A Ramset SRB Ed3 Full Edition PDF

Speciers
Resource Book
Edition 3
Speciers Resource Book
Introduction
Ramset Products are Tested in Australia

4 IS09001 accredited test facility 4 Tested in Australian building materials 4 Tested to Australian Standards 4 Australian Engineers derive performance data
It means our customers can specify with confidence!
Quality ISO 9001
Ramset extensive technical support literature is available from www.ramset.com.au or a Ramset Engineer in your state.
2 www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063
Introduction
WelcomeToTheRamset Specifiers Resource Book

This concise and systematically presented book contains the information most useful to Specifiers, Engineers and Architects when selecting the concrete anchoring solution that best suits their project. Selection of a concrete anchoring product is made on the basis of the basic type of fixing (bolt, stud or internally threaded), macro environment, (e.g. coastal or inland), micro environment (particular chemicals) and of course the capacity that best meets the design load case. Where the fixing is simple and does not warrant strength limit state calculations, selection on the basis of load case is made simple with working load limit tables for each concrete anchor. Where more rigorous design and strength limit state calculation is required, the simplified step-by-step method presented in this booklet will allow rapid selection and verification of the appropriate concrete anchor. The Brick and Block anchoring section gives design professionals guidance as to the behaviour of a number of fixings suitable for use in a variety of both solid and hollow pre-manufactured masonry units. The capacity information presented considers the elemental nature of pre-manufactured masonry units and advises designers as to suitable locations within the units accordingly. We're confident that you will find this book both useful and informative. For additional information or any further enquiries, contact your local Ramset engineer: NSW/ACT nswacteng@ramset.com.au or call 0412 592 075 QLD qldeng@ramset.com.au or call 0412 592 037 VIC/TAS victaseng@ramset.com.au or call 0412 559 612 SA/NT santeng@ramset.com.au or call 0412 579 206 WA waeng@ramset.com.au or call 0412 264 658 NATIONAL nateng@ramset.com.au or call 0418 653 711
Whats NEW in this edition?

At Ramset we are committed to ongoing innovation in our engineering resources. As a reflection of our continued product innovation and development, this latest edition includes the following improvements and new products: New Cracked Concrete Section (pg 274-306) New Sustained Load data for EPCON C8, SpaTec Plus and FIX Z A4 New Fire Rated Performance Data for Mechanical and Chemical Anchors (pg 257-273) New ETA (European Technical Approval) for the latest systems and products New internally Threaded Inserts - Chemical Injection (pg 88-95) New Faster Curing High Performance Chemical Injection Structaset 401 (pg 63-70/115-122) New 16mm AnkaScrew - Flanged head (pg 195-202)
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063

Section PageNo INTRODUCTION 3 1 LEGEND OF SYMBOLS 5 2 NOTATION 6 3 DESIGN PROCESS 3.1 Simplified Design Approach 3.2 Worked Example 4 ANCHOR DESIGN SOFTWARE 5 ANCHOR SELECTION GUIDE 5.1 Environmental Considerations 5.2 Installation Considerations 5.3 Anchor Feature Guide 5.4 Anchor Application Guide 5.5 Chemical Resistance Guide 6 ANCHORING TECHNOLOGY 6.1 Derivation of Capacity 6.2 Anchoring Principles 6.3 Base Materials 6.4 Design 6.5 Tension 6.6 Shear 6.7 Bending 6.8 Combined Loading 6.9 Anchor Groups 6.10 Assembly Torque and Preload 6.11 Long Term Preload Degradation 6.12 Slip Load and Cyclic Loading 6.13 Long Term Slip and Cyclic Loading 6.14 Corrosion 6.15 Fire CHEMICAL ANCHORING Anchor Studs Introduction & Estimating Chart 7 ChemSet Anchor Studs 7.1 General Information 7.2 Description and Part Numbers 7.3 Engineering Properties 8 ChemSet REO502 Injection 8.1 General Information 8.2 Description and Part Numbers 8.3 Engineering Properties 8.4 Strength Limit State Design 9 ChemSet 801 Injection 9.1 General Information 9.2 Description and Part Numbers 9.3 Engineering Properties 9.4 Strength Limit State Design 10 Structaset 401 Injection 10.1 General Information 10.2 Description and Part Numbers 10.3 Engineering Properties 10.4 Strength Limit State Design 11 ChemSet 101 PLUS Injection 11.1 General Information 11.2 Description and Part Numbers 11.3 Engineering Properties 11.4 Strength Limit State Design 12 ChemSet Maxima Spin Capsules 12.1 General Information 12.2 Description and Part Numbers 12.3 Engineering Properties 12.4 Strength Limit State Design CHEMICAL ANCHORING Threaded Inserts Introduction 13 Threaded Inserts 13.1 General Information 13.2 Description and Part Numbers 13.3 Engineering Properties 13.4 Strength Limit State Design CHEMICAL ANCHORING Reinforcing Bar Anchorage Introduction ChemSet Reinforcing Bar 14.1 Estimating Charts 14.2 Engineering Properties 15 ChemSet REO502 Injection 15.1 General Information 15.2 Description and Part Numbers 15.3 Engineering Properties 15.4 Strength Limit State Design 16 ChemSet 801 Injection 16.1 General Information 16.2 Description and Part Numbers 16.3 Engineering Properties 16.4 Strength Limit State Design 7 8-11 12-15 16-18 19-23 19 19 20 21 22-23 24-43 24 25-27 28-29 30 31-34 35-36 37 38 39 40 41 42 42 43 43 Section PageNo 17 Structaset 401 Injection 17.1 General Information 115 17.2 Description and Part Numbers 116 17.3 Engineering Properties 116 117-122 17.4 Strength Limit State Design 18 ChemSet 101 PLUS Injection 18.1 General Information 123 18.2 Description and Part Numbers 124 18.3 Engineering Properties 124 125-130 18.4 Strength Limit State Design CHEMICAL ANCHORING Post Installed Reinforcing Bar Introduction 132 19 Design Process 134 19.1 Design Process to AS3600-2009 19.2 Worked Example 135 136-137 19.3 Estimating Charts 19.4 Engineering Properties 138 20 ChemSet Reo 502 Injection 20.1 General Information 139 20.2 Description and Part Numbers 139 140-147 20.3 Strength Limit State Design 21 ChemSet 801 Injection 21.1 General Information 149 21.2 Description and Part Numbers 149 21.3 Strength Limit State Design 150-157 22 ChemSet 101 PLUS Injection 22.1 General Information 159 22.2 Description and Part Numbers 159 160-167 22.3 Strength Limit State Design MECHANICAL ANCHORING Introduction 23 SpaTec Plus Safety Anchors 23.1 General Information 23.2 Description and Part Numbers 23.3 Engineering Properties 23.4 Strength Limit State Design 24 Boa Coil Expansion Anchors 24.1 General Information 24.2 Description and Part Numbers 24.3 Engineering Properties 24.4 Strength Limit State Design 25 TruBolt Stud Anchors 25.1 General Information 25.2 Description and Part Numbers 25.3 Engineering Properties 25.4 Strength Limit State Design 26 AnkaScrew Screw In Anchors 26.1 General Information 26.2 Description and Part Numbers 26.3 Engineering Properties 26.4 Strength Limit State Design 27 DynaBolt Plus Sleeve Anchors 27.1 General Information 27.2 Description and Part Numbers 27.3 Engineering Properties 27.4 Strength Limit State Design 28 DynaSet Drop In Anchors 28.1 General Information 28.2 Description and Part Numbers 28.3 Engineering Properties 28.4 Strength Limit State Design 168 169 170 170 171-176 177 178 178 179-184 185 186 187 188-194 195 196 196 197-202 203 204 204 205-210 211 212 212 213-218 Section PageNo 36 Ramset Epoxy Grout 36.1 General Information 237 36.2 Typical Properties 237 36.3 Curing 238 238 36.4 Anchor Installation - Epoxy Grout 36.5 Description and Part Numbers 238 37 Ramset Premier Grout MP 37.1 General Information 239 37.2 Typical Properties 239-240 37.3 Curing 240 37.4 Description and Part Numbers 240 FIRE RATED PROTECTION Introduction 242 38 BlazeBrake Polyurethane Foam 38.2 General Information 243 38.3 Typical Properties 243-244 38.4 Description and Part Numbers 244 39 BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant 245 39.1 General Information 39.2 Typical Properties 245-246 246 39.3 Curing 39.4 Joint Design 247 247 39.5 Description and Part Numbers 40 FyreBrake Polyurethane Sealant 40.1 General Information 248 40.2 Typical Properties 248-249 40.3 Curing 249 249 40.4 Joint Design 40.5 Description and Part Numbers 250 41 Stackwork Fire Collars 41.1 General Information 251 252 41.2 Description and Part No. Cast-in 41.3 Description and Part No. Retrofit 253 42 Fire Rated Mech. Anchors 42.1 General Information 254-255 AnkaScrew Rod & Stud/ AnkaScrew /RediDrive/ DynaSet 43 SpaTec Plus Fire Rated Mech. Anchors 43.1 General Information 257 43.2 Description and Part Numbers 258 43.3 Engineering Properties 258 43.4 Fire Resistance Loads 259-262 44 FIX Z A4 Fire Rated Mech. Anchors 44.1 General Information 263 44.2 Description and Part Numbers 264 44.3 Engineering Properties 264 44.4 Fire Resistance Loads 265-268 45 EPCON C8 Fire Rated Chem. Anchors 45.1 General Information 269 45.2 Description and Part Numbers 270 45.3 Engineering Properties 270 45.4 Fire Resistance Loads 271-273 CRACKED CONCRETE Introduction 274 46 EPCON C8 Chemical Injection Anchor Studs 46.1 General Information 275 46.2 Description and Part Numbers 276 46.3 Engineering Properties 276 46.4 Strength Limit State Design 277-282 Sustained Loading 282 47 EPCON C8 Chemical Inject. Reinforcing Bar 47.1 General Information 283 47.2 Description and Part Numbers 284 47.3 Engineering Properties 284 47.4 Strength Limit State Design 285-290 Sustained Loading 290 48 SpaTec Plus Safety Anchor 48.1 General Information 291 48.2 Description and Part Numbers 292 48.3 Engineering Properties 292 48.4 Strength Limit State Design 293-298 Sustained Loading 298 49 FIX Z A4 Stud Anchor 49.1 General Information 299 49.2 Description and Part Numbers 300 49.3 Engineering Properties 300 49.4 Strength Limit State Design 301-306 Sustained Loading 306 Cast-in ANCHORING Introduction 50 Reid Elephant Foot Ferrules 50.1 General Information 51 Reid Round Bar Ferrules 51.1 General Information SPECIFIERS RESOURCE BOOK DESIGN WORKSHEET 308 309 309 310-311
Contents
44 45 45 45 47 48 48 49-54 55 56 56 57-62 63 64 64 65-70 71 72 72 73-78 79 80 80 81-86
88 89 90 90 91-95
96 97-98 98 99 100 100 101-106 107 108 108 109-114
BRICK AND BLOCK ANCHORING Introduction 220 29 Typical Masonry Units 221-223 30 ChemSet Injection 101 PLUS 30.1 General Information 224 30.2 Description and Part Numbers 225 30.3 Engineering Properties 225 31 AnkaScrew Screw In Anchors 226 31.1 General Information 31.2 Description and Part Numbers 227 31.3 Engineering Properties 227 32 DynaBolt Plus Anchor Hex Bolt 32.1 General Information 228 32.2 Description and Part Numbers 229 32.3 Engineering Properties 229 33 RamPlug Anchors 33.1 General Information 230 33.2 Description and Part Numbers 231 34 Typical BoltPerformance Information Introduction 34.1 Strength Limit State Design Info. 233 34.2 Working Load Limit Design Info. 233 CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS Introduction 35.1 Estimating Charts 35.2 Joint Configuration & Design 234 235 235-236
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
Legend of Symbols
We have developed this set of easily recognisable icons to assist with product selection.
PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS

Indicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related situations. Suitable for elevated temperate applications. Structural anchor components made from steel. Has good resistance to cyclic and dynamic Any plastic or non-ferrous parts make no contribution loading. Resists loosening under vibration. to holding power under elevated temperatures. Anchor has an effective pull-down feature, or is a stud anchor. It has the ability to clamp the fixture to the base material and provide high resistance to cyclic loading. Suitable for use in seismic design. May be used close to edges (or another anchor) without risk of splitting the concrete.
Temporary or removable anchor.
Cracked concrete.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS

Indicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection with regard to corrosion or environmental issues. AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive Steel Zinc Plated agents including chlorides and industrial pollutants. Minimum thickness 5 micron. Recommended for internal or external applications Recommended for internal applications only. in marine or corrosive environments. Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS4680-2006 and AS1214-1983. Minimum thickness 42 micron. For external applications. MGAL Steel Mechanically Galvanised Minimum thickness 42 micron. For external applications.
HCR
Stainless Steel High Corrosion resistance. HCR Grade 1.4529/1.4565.
Corrosion resistant. Not recommended for direct exposure to sunlight.
INSTALLATION RELATED SYMBOLS

Indicates the suitable positioning and other installation related requirements. Suitable for floor applications. Anchors suitable for use in dry holes.
Suitable for wall applications.
Anchors suitable for use in damp holes.
Suitable for overhead applications.
Anchors suitable for use in holes filled with water.
Suitable for hollow brick/block and hollow core concrete applications.
Suitable for use in drilled holes.
Anchor can be through fixed into substrate using fixture as template.
Suitable for use in cored holes.
Suitable for AAC and lightweight concrete applications.
Suitable for contact with drinking water for human consumption
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
Speciers Resource Guide
Notation
GENERALNOTATION
a = actual anchor spacing ac = critical anchor spacing am = absolute minimum anchor spacing Ab = reinforcing bar stress area As = stress area Ast = stress area of reinforcing bar bm = minimum substrate thickness db = bolt diameter df = fixture hole diameter drilled hole diameter dh = e = actual edge distance ec = critical edge distance em = absolute minimum edge distance concrete cylinder characteristic fc = compressive strength concrete flexural tensile strength fcf = reinforcing bar steel yield strength fsy = characteristic ultimate steel fu = tensile strength characteristic steel yield strength fy = h = anchor effective depth hn = nominal effective depth g = gap or non-structural thickness (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm2) (mm2) (mm2) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm) (mm) (mm) k1 = see AS3600 - 2009 k2 = see AS3600 - 2009 k3 = see AS3600 - 2009 L = anchor length (mm) (mm) Le = anchor effective length Lst = length of reinforcing bar to develop tensile stress st (mm) reinforcing bar length to develop Lsy.t = steel yield in tension (mm) length of reinforcing bar to develop Lsy.t (nom) = full steel yield in 32 MPa concrete (mm) (mm) Lt = thread length n = number of fixings in a group Nsy = tensile steel yield load capacity characteristic ultimate tensile Nub = adhesive bond capacity (kN) (kN) PL = long term, retained preload (kN) PLi = initial preload (kN) Pr = proof load t = total thickness of fastened material(s) (mm) (Nm) Tr = assembly torque Xe = edge distance effect, tension Xna = anchor spacing effect, tension anchor spacing effect, end of a row, tension Xnae = anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, Xnai = tension concrete compressive strength effect, Xnc = tension edge distance effect, tension Xne = Xuc = characteristic ultimate capacity Xva = anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear Xvc = concrete compressive strength effect, shear Xvd = load direction effect, concrete edge shear Xvn = multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear Xvs = corner edge shear effect, shear concrete compressive strength effect, Xvsc = combined concrete/steel shear Xns = Cracked concrete service temperature limits effect Z = section modulus (mm3) concrete cube characteristic = compressive strength (N/mm2) T = torque co-efficient of sliding friction x = mean ultimate capacity st = steel tensile stress steel tensile stress of reinforcing bar st (nom) = bonded into 32 MPa concrete
STRENGTHLIMITSTATENOTATION
M* = design bending action effect (kN.m) Mu = characteristic ultimate moment capacity (kN.m) N* = design tensile action effect (kN) Ntf = nominal ultimate bolt tensile capacity (kN) Nu = characteristic ultimate tensile capacity (kN) Nuc = characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity (kN) Nup = characteristic ultimate pull-through capacity (kN) Nucr = factored characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity (kN) (kN) Nur = design ultimate tensile capacity Nurc = design ultimate concrete tensile capacity (kN) Nurp = design ultimate pull-through capacity (kN) Nus = characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity (kN) Nusr = factored characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity (kN) Ru = characteristic ultimate capacity V* = design shear action effect (kN) Vsf = nominal ultimate bolt shear capacity (kN) (kN) Vu = ultimate shear capacity Vuc = characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity (kN) (kN) Vur = design ultimate shear capacity Vurc = design ultimate concrete edge shear capacity (kN) Vus = characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity (kN) Vusc = characteristic ultimate combined concrete/steel shear capacity (kN) = capacity reduction factor c = capacity reduction factor, concrete tension recommended as 0.6 m = capacity reduction factor, steel bending recommended as 0.8 n = capacity reduction factor, steel tension recommended as 0.8 q = capacity reduction factor, concrete edge shear recommended as 0.6 v = capacity reduction factor, steel shear recommended as 0.8 p = capacity reduction factor, pull-through recommended as 0.65
PERMISSIBLE STRESSNOTATION
fs = factor of safety factor of safety for substrate = 3.0 fsc = factor of safety for steel in tension fss = and bending = 2.2 factor of safety for steel in shear = 2.5 fsv = M = applied moment (kNm) Ma = working load limit moment capacity (kNm) N = applied tensile load (kN) 6 www.ramset.com.au Na = working load limit tensile capacity (kN) working load limit concrete tensile Nac = capacity (kN) factored working load limit tensile Nar = capacity (kN) working load limit steel tensile Nas = capacity (kN) factored working load limit steel Nasr = tensile capacity (kN) Ra V V a Var = working load limit capacity (kN) = applied shear load (kN) = working load limit shear capacity (kN) = factored working load limit shear capacity (kN) working load limit steel shear Vas = capacity (kN)
1300 780 063
Design Process
Speciers Resource Guide
Ms = Partial safety factor for steel resistance (tension and shear) Msp = Partial safety factor for combined pull-out concrete cone (pull-through) resistance Mc = Partial safety factor for concrete edge failure Mpr = Partial safety factor for concrete pryout failure
STRENGTH LIMIT STATE NOTATION (CRACKED CONCRETE)

N0Rd,c = Cracked concrete cone resistance reduced characteristic NRk,c = Cracked concrete cone resistance characteristic 0 N Rd,p = Cracked concrete combined pullout concrete cone (pull-through) resistance reduced characteristic N0Rk,p = Cracked concrete combined pullout (pull-through) concrete cone resistance - characteristic NRd,s = Cracked concrete steel tensile resistance reduced characteristic NRk,s = Cracked concrete steel tensile resistance - characteristic NRd,p = Design cracked concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone (pullthrough) resistance NRd = Design cracked concrete tensile resistance V0Rd,c = Cracked concrete edge resistance reduced characteristic 0 V Rk,c = Cracked concrete edge resistance characteristic 0 V Rd,cp = Cracked concrete Pryout failure reduced characteristic VRk,cp = Cracked concrete Pryout failure characteristic VRd,c = Design cracked concrete edge shear resistance VRd,cp = Design cracked concrete Pryout failure VRd,s = Cracked concrete steel shear resistance reduced characteristic VRk,s = Cracked concrete steel shear resistance characteristic VRd = Design cracked concrete shear resistance
Design Process
This information is provided for the guidance of qualified structural engineers or other suitably skilled persons in the design of anchors. It is the designers responsibility to ensure compliance with the relevant standards, codes of practice, building regulations, workplace regulations and statutes as applicable. This manual allows the designer to determine load carrying capacities based on actual application and installation conditions. The designer must first select the anchor style/type to suit application and environmental conditions through the use of tables 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5 to identify the specific product features, dimensional properties and environmental characteristics required. Then select an appropriate anchor size to meet the required load case through the use of either the working load information provided or by use of the simplified design process described on the page opposite to arrive at recommendations in line with strength limit state design principles. Ramset has developed this Simplified Design Approach to achieve strength limit state design, and to allow for rapid selection of a suitable anchor and through systematic analysis, establish that it will meet the required design criteria under strength limit state principles. The necessary diagrams, tables etc. for each specific product are included in this publication. Ramset has also developed a software tool Ramset Anchor Design to enable engineers to quickly select suitable anchors for a specific set of design conditions and output the results for project file reference. See section 4 of this publication for further details and an example of how to use the Ramset Anchor Design software.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
3.1
Simplied Design
Approach
We have developed this design process to provide accurate anchor performance predictions and allow appropriate design solutions in an efficient and time saving manner. Our experience over many years of anchor design has enabled us to develop this process which enables accurate and quick solutions without the need to work labouriously from first principles each time.
PRELIMINARYSELECTION
Design Process
Establish the design action effects, N* and V* (Tension and Shear) acting on each anchor being examined using the appropriate load combinations detailed in the AS1170 series of Australian Standards. Refer to charts 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5 in order to select an anchor type that best meets the needs of your application.
STRENGTHLIMITSTATEDESIGN
STEP 1
Select anchor to be evaluated

This is an important structural dimension that will be referred to in subsequent tables. Typically, greater effective depths will result in greater concrete tensile capacities. ACTION Note down the anchor effective depth, h. Note also the product part no. referenced.
Refer to table 1a, Indicative combined loading Interaction Diagram for the anchor type selected, looking up N* and V* to select the anchor size most likely to meet the design requirements. Note that the Interaction Diagram is for a specific concrete compressive strength and does not consider edge distance and anchor spacing effects, hence is a guide only and its use should not replace a complete design process. ACTION Note down the anchor size selected.
Having selected an anchor size, check that the design values for edge distance and anchor spacing comply with the absolute minima detailed in table 1b. If your design values do not comply, adjust the design layout. Calculate the anchor effective depth as detailed in step 1c.
Checkpoint
Anchor size selected ? Absolute minima compliance achieved ? Anchor effective depth calculated ? If the above questions are answered satisfactorily, proceed to step 2.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
3.1
Simplied Design
Approach
STEP 2
Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchor

For designs involving more than one anchor, consideration must be given to the influence of anchor spacing on tensile capacity. Use either of tables 2d or 2e to establish the anchor spacing effect, tension, Xnae or Xnai. ACTION Note down the value of Xnae or Xnai
Referring to table 2a, determine the reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity (Nuc). This is the basic capacity, uninfluenced by edge distance or anchor spacings and is for the specific concrete compressive strength(s) noted. ACTION Note down the value for Nuc
Design Process
Calculate the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc by referring to table 2b. This multiplier considers the influence of the actual concrete compressive strength compared to that used in table 2a above. ACTION Note down the value for Xnc
2
Design reduced concrete tensile capacity, Nurc
If the concrete edge distance is close enough to the anchor being evaluated, that anchors tensile performance may be reduced. Use table 2c, edge distance effect, tension, Xne to determine if the design edge distance influences the anchors tensile capacity. ACTION Note down the value for Xne
Nurc = Nuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai ) (kN)

This calculation takes into consideration the influences of concrete compressive strength, edge distance and anchor spacing to arrive at the design reduced concrete tensile capacity. ACTION Note down the value of Nurc
STEP 3
Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchor
Having calculated the concrete tensile capacity above (Nurc), consideration must now be given to other tensile failure mechanisms. Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity (Nus) from table(s) 3a. ACTION Note down the value of Nus
3
Now that we have obtained capacity information for all tensile failure mechanisms, verify which one is controlling the design.
For internally threaded anchoring products that utilise a separate bolt such as the DynaSet anchor, make use of step 3b to verify the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity (Ntf).
Design reduced ultimate tensile capacity, Nur
Nur = minimum of Nurc, Nus, Ntf

Check N*
/ Nur 1,
if not satisfied return to step 1 This completes the tensile design process, we now look to verify that adequate shear capacity is available.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
3.1
Simplied Design
Approach Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor
Examples
STEP 4
Referring to table 4a, determine the reduced characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity (Vuc). This is the basic capacity, uninfluenced by anchor spacings and is for the specific edge distance and concrete compressive strength(s) noted.
Design Process
ACTION
Note down the value for Vuc
n=3 V*TOTAL
Calculate the concrete compressive strength effect, shear, Xvc by referring to table 4b. This multiplier considers the influence of the actual concrete compressive strength compared to the nominal value used in table 4a above. ACTION Note down the value for Xvc
The angle of incidence of the shear load acting towards an edge is considered through the factor Xvd, load direction effect, shear. Use table 4c to establish its value. ACTION Note down the value for Xvd
n=2 V*TOTAL
Assume slotted holes to prevent shear take up.
For a row of anchors located close to an edge, the influence of the anchor spacing on the concrete edge shear capacity is considered by the factor Xva, anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear. Note that this factor deals with a row of anchors parallel to the edge and assumes that all anchors are loaded equally. If designing for a single anchor, Xva = 1.0 ACTION Note down the value for Xva
n=2 V*TOTAL
Note: Consider capacity of two anchors in row closest to edge only, ie. anchor load = V*TOTAL/2 to each anchor. ACTION Note down the value for Xvn
In order to distribute the concrete edge shear evenly to all anchors within a row of anchors aligned parallel to an edge, calculate the multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn. If designing for a single anchor, Xvn = 1.0
4
Design reduced concrete shear capacity, Vurc
Vurc = Vuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn (kN)

This calculation takes into consideration the influences of concrete compressive strength, edge distance and anchor spacing to arrive at the design reduced concrete shear capacity. For a design involving two or more anchors in a row parallel to an edge, this value is the average capacity of each anchor assuming each is loaded equally. ACTION Note down the value of Vurc
10
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
3.1
Simplied Design
Approach
STEP 5
Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor
Having calculated the concrete shear capacity above (Vurc), consideration must now be given to other shear failure mechanisms. Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity (Vus) from table(s) 5a. ACTION Note down the value for Vus
5
Design reduced shear capacity, Vur Now that we have obtained capacity information for all shear failure mechanisms, verify which one is controlling the design.
Design Process
For internally threaded anchoring products that utilise a separate bolt such as the DynaSet anchor, make use of step 5b to verify the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity (Vsf).
Vur = minimum of Vurc, Vus, Vsf

Check V*
/ Vur 1,
if not satisfied return to step 1 This completes the shear design process, we now look to verify that adequate combined capacity is available for load cases having both shear and tensile components.
STEP 6
Combined loading and specification
For load cases having both tensile and shear components, verify that the relationship represented here is satisfied.
6
Check
N*/Nur + V*/Vur 1.2,

if not satisfied return to step 1
Specify the product to be used as detailed.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
11
3.2
Worked Example
Strength Limit State Design
Verify capacity of the anchors detailed below: Given data: Concrete compressive strength Design tensile action effect Design shear action effect Edge distance fc N*TOTAL V*TOTAL e a t n 50 MPa 80 kN 180 kN 250 mm 150 mm 17 mm 4
150
150
150
Design Process
Anchor spacing Fixture plate + grout thickness No. of anchors in shear
A
250
V*TOTAL = 30
As the design process considers design action effects PER anchor, distribute the total load case to each anchor as is deemed appropriate. In this case, equal load distribution is considered appropriate hence,
Design tensile action effect (per anchor) Design shear action effect (per anchor)
N* V*
20 kN 45 kN
Given that each of the interior anchors is influenced by two adjacent anchors, verify capacity for anchor B in this case. From the information presented in tables 5.1 5.5, it is established that SpaTec Plus anchors will be suitable for selection. Having completed the preliminary selection component of the design process, commence the Strength Limit State Design process.
12
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
3.2
Worked Example
STEP 1

The effective depth, h, is calculated by making reference to the Description and Part Numbers table on page 170 and calculating effective depth, h = Le - t. Hence, h = 125 - 17 = 108 mm ACTION h = 108 Anchor selected is SP16145
Refer to table 1a, Indicative combined loading interaction diagram on page 171. Applying both the N* value and V* value to the interaction, it can be seen that the intersection of the two values falls within the M16 band. ACTION M16 anchor size selected.
Design Process
Confirm that absolute minima requirements are met. From table 1b (page 171) for M16 SpaTec Plus, it is required that edge distance, e > 160 mm. and that anchor spacing, a > 105 mm. The design values of e = 250 mm and a = 150 mm comply with these minima, hence continue to step 1c.
1
Anchor size selected ? M16 Absolute minima compliance achieved ? Anchor effective depth calculated ? Yes h = 108 mm with SP16145
STEP 2
ACTION Nuc = 54.6 kN

As we are considering anchor B for this example, use table 2e on page 173 to verify the anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, tension, Xnai value. If we were inspecting anchors A or D we would use table 2d for anchors at the end of a row. ACTION Xnai = 0.45
Referring to table 2a, consider the value obtained for an M16 anchor at h = 110 mm (closest to our design value of h = 108 mm).
Verify the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc value from table 2b. ACTION Xnc = 1.25 Verify the edge distanced effect, tension, Xne value from table 2c. ACTION Xne = 1.00 (no effect)
2
Design reduced concrete tensile capacity, Nurc Nurc = Nuc * Xnc * Xne * Xnai (kN) = 54.6 * 1.25 * 1.00 * 0.45 = 30.7 kN ACTION Nurc = 30.7 kN
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
13
3.2
Worked Example
Strength Limit State Design Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchor
STEP 3
From table 3a, verify the reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, Nus. For an M16 SpaTec Plus, Nus = 100.5 kN.
3
Nur = minimum of Nurc, Nus
In this case Nur = 30.7 kN (governed by concrete capacity). Check N*
Design Process
ACTION Nus = 100.5 kN
/ Nur 1,
20 / 30.7 = 0.65 1 Tensile design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 4.
STEP 4
ACTION Vuc = 80.2 kN
Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor

In order to distribute the shear load evenly to all anchors in the group, the multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn value is retrieved from table 4e. The ratio of (a / e) for this design case is 150 / 250 = 0.6. ACTION Xvn = 0.69
Referring to table 4a, consider the value obtained for an M16 anchor at e = 250 mm.
Verify the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xvc value from table 4b. ACTION Xvc = 1.25 Verify the load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd value using table 4c. ACTION Xvd = 1.32 for angle of 30 degrees to normal. Verify the anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva value using table 4d. ACTION Xva = 0.62
4
Design reduced concrete shear capacity, Vurc Vurc = Vuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn (kN) = 80.2 * 1.25 * 1.32 * 0.62 * 0.69 = 56.6 kN ACTION Vurc = 56.6 kN
STEP 5
From table 5a, verify the reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, Vus. The shear capacity available from the SpaTec Plus anchor is subject to its effective depth, h value. As was noted earlier h = 108 mm for this example, hence, for an M16 SpaTec Plus at h = 108 mm, Vus = 104.5 kN ACTION Vus = 104.5 kN
5
Vur = minimum of Vurc, Vus
In this case Vur = 56.6 kN (governed by concrete capacity). Check V*
/ Vur 1,
45 / 56.6 = 0.80 1 Shear design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 6.
14
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
3.2
Worked Example
STEP 6 6
Check that the combined loading relationship is satisfied:
Re-consider the design using the adjusted values with anchor spacing, a set at 200 mm. Nuc Xnc Xne Xnai = 54.6 kN = 1.25 = 1.00 = 0.61
Design Process

20 / 30.7 + 45 / 56.6 = 1.44 > 1.2 Combined loading criteria FAILED.
Hence Nurc = 41.6 kN (at a = 200 mm). Review the design process and examine the critical factors influencing the overall anchor capacity. For tension (governed by concrete failure), Nuc Xnc Xne Xnai = 54.6 kN = 1.25 = 1.00 = 0.45 Vuc Xvc Xvd Xva Xvn = 80.2 kN = 1.25 = 1.32 = 0.66 = 0.74 (at a = 200 mm, hence a / e = 0.8)
Hence Vurc = 64.6 kN (at a = 200 mm). Now,
It can be seen from the above values that whilst the concrete compressive strength effect, Xnc improves the design ultimate tensile capacity, the anchor spacing effect, Xnai significantly reduces design ultimate tensile capacity. Possible solution: Increase anchor spacing to raise the value of Xnai. For shear (governed by concrete failure), Vuc Xvc Xvd Xva Xvn = 80.2 kN = 1.25 = 1.32 = 0.62 = 0.69

20 / 41.6 + 45 / 64.6 = 1.17 < 1.2 Combined loading criteria PASSES.
Specify
Ramset SpaTec Plus Anchor, M16 (SP16145). Maximum fixed thickness to be 17 mm.
To be installed in accordance with Ramset Technical Data Sheet
Again, the concrete compressive strength effect, Xvc improves the design ultimate shear capacity. Anchor spacing effect, Xva reduces the design ultimate shear capacity. Possible solution: Increase anchor spacing to raise the value of Xva. Note that increasing the anchor spacing for this design will improve Xnai, Xva and Xvn.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
15
Anchor Design
Software
4.1.2 USE OF THE RAMSET DESIGN SOFTWARE
Having installed and run the program proceed to the toolbar at the top of the screen and select the New button, this will bring you to the first of four input screens.
4 .1.1 RAMSET ANCHOR DESIGN SOFTWARE v1.3

Ramset Anchor Design Software is provided to assist in the choice of a suitable fastener which meets a specific set of design inputs and is intended for use by suitably qualified design professionals. The program attempts to acquire the minimum data needed to fully specify the anchoring problem, substrate details adverse environments interfering edges and anchors load case information and to offer a range of anchors which meet the requirement. Additional information prompts with defaults, ensuring it has been considered. Once a selection has been made all inputs, calculated values and installation details are available as output. The Ramset Anchor Design Software is ideal for considering complex anchor layouts and grouped anchor configurations. Note that the calculations being performed relate to the single fastener currently at the reference location. The software provides a calculation of the viability of THAT anchor and assumes that all other anchors: are the same type have the same installation conditions, are subject to the same force. For multiple anchor connections, the design professional must therefore distribute the applied load case(s) to each anchor in the group and evaluate each anchor separately. This approach allows the designer flexibility in distributing loads to anchors so as to optimise the connection detail without the constraints of a software imposed distribution method. The software will check that the substrate thickness is adequate for allowing anchor capacity to be generated. The Structural Engineer should check the substrates sectional capacity for resisting the applied load. By default the software will select from a wide range of fasteners types that suit the design parameters of the specific anchor.
Anchor Design Software
Project/Customer Details
On the first screen (Fig. 1) enter Project/Customer Details. These are simply details that will help identify the project you are designing and will form part of the printed output that can be stored as part of the project documentation.
Fig. 1 On completion of these details, the Next button located on the bottom of the screen will move you onto the second input screen.
Material Details
On the second screen (Fig. 2) enter the Material Details. These refer directly to the substrate properties of the project you are designing. Fields which must be completed are; Fixture and Non Structural Space Thickness This refers to the thickness of the fixture and the non structural gap which is any non structural material (e.g. plaster, grout, packer, foam) in between the substrate and the fixture. Structural Depth and Compressive Strength This refers to the substrate thickness and its compressive strength. Note that the program assumes the substrate is a solid homogeneous material with a particular compressive strength. Therefore it cannot design hollow block fixings, however corefilled blockwork can be analysed using an equivalent compressive strength value.
16
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
Anchor Design
Software
Fields which may be completed to help define the anchor selection criteria are: (Note if these fields are left blank then the program will consider all possible anchors in the range that would be suitable for the design conditions you impose.)
The screen should then be similar to the following.
F astener Environment These boxes can be ticked if there is a particular attribute the anchor must exhibit. e.g. Selecting the Corrosive attribute will ensure only galvanised and stainless steel fixings are considered and ignore zinc plated anchors. A nchor for Consideration You can individually select specific anchor types to be considered in the design, and ignore any that you do not wish to be evaluated.
Fig. 3 You will notice from Fig. 4 that the fastener in the cross hairs is the reference fastener location upon which all calculations are made. You are able to change the fastener being evaluated to one of the other anchors - details on how to do this can be found by selecting the Help button. The Concrete Compaction Factor represents the quality of the concrete. For well vibrated and compacted concrete, this value should be set at 1.0. For poorly finished or unsupervised edge concrete, set the value at 1.5. On Completion of all details, the Next button moves you onto the final input screen, or alternatively select Previous to make any changes to the second input screen.
Fig. 2 On completion of the details, the Next button will move you onto the third input screen, or alternatively hit Previous to make any changes to the first input screen.
Limit State or Working Load Design

The fourth screen (Fig. 4) requires you to enter either the Limit State or Working Load Design Loads - applied load on the single anchor position selected. This refers to the loads applied on the anchor in question, and can either be entered in as a strength Limit State Load or a Working Load. To design in strength Limit State, select the Change to Limit State Design button. You can then adjust the reduction factors as required. Finally input the applied loads on the anchor you are designing, remembering that this load is applied to the single anchor position only. You will note that the Shear force is split into Y and Z axis components. Entering a +ve load in the Y box will mean it will be directed toward the top of the screen, if you wish to direct the load in the opposite direction simply input the value as a -ve load. Likewise for the Z axis.
Layout of Dimensional Considerations

On the third screen (Fig. 3) enter the layout of edges and other fasteners which may affect the design. These are details on the anchor layout, which enable any loss in capacity due to being close to an edge or a neighbouring fastener, of the particular connection you are designing to be taken into account. Select the Layout button. Select your anchor group configuration, e.g. for a 2 x 2 anchor layout select the four line. Now fill out all the applicable edge distances and spacings. Note that you do not have to enter in all the edges if the anchors are located internally within a slab or panel. Once you are satisfied with the layout, select the Finish button.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
17
Anchor Design
Software
Fig. 4 On completion, the Finish button will commence the computation of all the possible solutions for the parameters you have entered. The possible solutions will be displayed in the Possible Acceptable Anchors dialogue box. It is important to note that if the input design parameters were incomplete or no possible solutions could be found, the program will advise as to the reasons why, (e.g. anchors too close to edge). You are then able to adjust the design as detailed, using the design input icons on the summary output screen (Fig. 6).
Fig. 6 The icons in the top right hand corner of the screen enable you to navigate through the completed design. The first four from the left are actually the four design input screens you have just completed. The fifth icon (calculator icon) allows you to recalculate for possible solutions in case you make any amendments or would like to select a different anchor. The next icon (printer icon) allows you to print a summary of the design, which will show the project description, anchor layout, design inputs and outputs. More detailed printouts are available if you go to File then Print... then select the printout you would like. The next icon (disk icon) allows you to save the design for future reference and can be retrieved at a later date. For a copy of our latest Design Software, contact your local specialist Ramset Sales Engineer (details on inside front cover) for a demonstration.
Fig. 5 You will notice on the above screen that the anchors are listed in order of capacity utilised and also display a relative cost, which is an index cost allowing you to compare the approximate installed cost of the various types of suitable anchors. Select your preferred anchor via the Select button and the screen will then show the design output screen. This screen shows you the Design Inputs, parameters which you have entered and computed Design Outputs which includes capacities, governing factors and installation dimensions. If you would like to see the detailed calculations, then select the relevant tabs, i.e. Design, Layout, Cross Section and Installation.
18
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
5.1-2
Enviromental / Installation
Considerations
5.1 Environmental Considerations

ANCHOR
ChemSet Spin Structaset401 ChemSet Reo 502 ChemSet 101 Plus ChemSet 801 DynaSet Plus SpaTec Plus Coastal Environment External Coastal Environment Internal Inland Environment External Inland Environment Internal Tropical Environment External Tropical Environment Internal Alpine Environment External Alpine Environment Internal Industrial Environment External Industrial Environment Internal Internal Wet Areas AnkaScrew EPCON C8 DynaBolt RamPlug Boa Coil FIX Z A4 TruBolt
Anchor Selection Guide
(SS) (SS)
(SS) (SS)
(SS) (SS)
(SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal)
(SS) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal)
(Zn) (Zn) (SS) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (SS) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (SS) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (Zn) (Zn) (SS) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (SS) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn) (Zn)
(SS) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal)
5.2 Installation Considerations

ANCHOR
ChemSet Spin Structaset401 DynaBolt Plus ChemSet Reo 502 ChemSet 101 Plus ChemSet 801 SpaTec Plus AnkaScrew EPCON C8 RamPlug DynaSet Boa Coil FIX Z A4 TruBolt
Dry Hole Damp Hole Water Filled Hole Submerged Hole After Set Fire Resistant Solid Concrete Hollow Block (Cavity) Solid Clay Brick Wire Cut Clay Brick Cracked Concrete Sustained Loading
(SS) (SS) (SS)
(SS) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS)
(Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (Gal) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) (SS) * * * *
LEGEND
* With accessories
= Recommended
= Possible
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
19
5.3
Anchor Feature
Guide
Indicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related situations. Suitable for elevated temperate applications. Structural anchor components made from steel. Has good resistance to cyclic and dynamic Any plastic or non-ferrous parts make no contribut loading. Resists loosening under vibration. to holding power under elevated temperatures. Anchor has an effective pull-down feature, or is a stud anchor. It has the ability to clamp the fixture to the base material and provide high resistance to cyclic loading. Suitable for use in seismic design. May be used close to edges (or another anchor) without risk of splitting the concrete.
Cracked concrete. The following chart provides a quick guide for selecting the appropriate Ramset Concrete Anchor to suit your needs. Please refer to the Legend of Symbols below each table for a detailed explanation of the symbols used. MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS
5.3 Anchor Feature Guide

PRODUCT
PERFORMANCE RELATED
Indicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection with regard to corrosion or environmental issues. AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corros Steel Zinc Plated agents including chlorides and industrial pollutan Minimum thickness 5 micron. Recommended for internal or external application Recommended for internal applications only. MATERIAL SPECIFICATION in marine or corrosive environments. Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS4680-2006 and AS1214-1983. MGAL Minimum thickness 42 micron. For external applications.
HCR
SpaTec Plus Safety Anchor Boa Coil Anchor FIX Z A4 Anchor TruBolt Anchor
AnkaScrew Screw-In Anchor DynaBolt Plus Anchor DynaBolt Plus Anchor Hex Bolt DynaSet Drop-In Anchor RamPlug Anchor EPCON C8 Injection & Stud EPCON C8 Injection & Rebar ChemSet Reo 502 Injection & Stud ChemSet Reo 502 Injection & Thr'd Ins ChemSet 801 Injection & Stud Structaset 401 Injection & Stud Structaset 401 Injection & Thr'd Insert ChemSet 101 Plus Injection & Stud ChemSet Maxima Spin Capsule & Stud
Indicates the suitable positioning and other installation related requirements. Suitable for floor applications. Suitable for wall applications. Suitable for overhead applications.
Mechanically Galvanised Steel Minimum thickness 42 micron. For external applications. INSTALLATION RELATED SYMBOLS MGAL
Corrosion resistant. Not recommended for direct exposure to sunlig
Anchors suitable for use in dry holes.
using fixture as template. Suitable for AAC and lightweight concrete applications.
LEGEND
Anchor can be through fixed into substrate
Suitable for use in drilled holes. Suitable for use in cored holes.
PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS

Indicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related situations. Suitable for elevated temperate applications. Structural anchor components made from steel. Has good resistance to cyclic and dynamic Any plastic or non-ferrous parts make no contribution loading. Resists loosening under vibration. to holding power under elevated temperatures. Anchor has an effective pull-down feature, or is a stud anchor. It has the ability to clamp the fixture to the base material and provide high resistance to cyclic loading. Suitable for use in seismic design. May be used close to edges (or another anchor) without risk of splitting the concrete.
= Recommended
Cracked concrete.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS

Indicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection with regard to corrosion or environmental issues. AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive Steel Zinc Plated agents including chlorides and industrial pollutants. Minimum thickness 5 micron. Recommended for internal or external applications Recommended for internal applications only. in marine or corrosive environments. Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS4680-2006 and AS1214-1983. Minimum thickness 42 micron. For external applications. MGAL Steel Mechanically Galvanised Minimum thickness 42 micron. For external applications.
HCR
Corrosion resistant. Not recommended for direct exposure to sunlight.

20
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
5.4
Anchor Application
Guide
5.4 Anchor Application Guide

PRODUCT APPLICATIONS
SpaTec Plus Safety Anchor Boa Coil Anchor
FIX Z A4 Anchor RELATED SYMBOLS PERFORMANCE Indicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related situations. Suitable for elevated temperate applications. TruBolt Anchor Structural anchor components made from steel. Has good resistance to cyclic and dynamic Any plastic or non-ferrous parts make no contribution loading. Resists loosening under vibration. AnkaScrew Screw-In Anchor to holding power under elevated temperatures.
Anchor has an effective pull-down feature, DynaBolt Plus Anchor or is a stud anchor. It has the ability to clamp the fixture Hex to the base material and provide DynaBolt Plus Anchor Bolt high resistance to cyclic loading. DynaSet Drop-In Anchor Suitable for use in seismic design. RamPlug Anchor
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
EPCON C8 Injection & Stud

Cracked concrete. EPCON C8 Injection & Rebar

May be used close to edges (or another anchor) without risk of splitting the concrete. Temporary or removable anchor.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS ChemSet Reo 502 Injection & Stud Indicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection with regard to corrosion or environmental issues. ChemSet Reo 502 Injection & Threaded Insert AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive Steel Zinc Plated agents including chlorides and industrial pollutants. ChemSet 801 Injection & Stud 5 micron. Minimum thickness Recommended for internal or external applications
Recommended for internal applications only.
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Structaset 401 Injection & Stud Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS4680-2006 and AS1214-1983. Minimum thickness 42 micron. Structaset 401 Injection & Threaded Insert For external applications. ChemSet 101 Plus Injection & Stud Steel Mechanically Galvanised Minimum thickness 42 micron. ChemSet Maxima Spin Capsule & Stud MGAL For external applications.
HCR
in marine or corrosive environments.
Corrosion resistant. to Not recommended for direct exposure sunlight.

LEGEND 3 = Recommended
Suitable for wall applications.
Suitable for overhead applications.
Suitable for use in drilled holes.
Anchor can be through fixed into substrate using fixture as template.
Suitable for use in cored holes.
Suitable for AAC and lightweight concrete applications.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
21
5.5
Chemical Resistance
Guide
Resistance of anchors exposed to:
Adhesives Chemical Environment Acetic Acid Aqueous Solution Acetic Acid Glacial Concentration 10% 100% 100% 100% 5% 9% 100% Saturated 10% 100% 100% Saturated 100% 100% 100% Saturated 100% Gas 100% 20% Saturated Saturated 100% Saturated 100% 100% 100% 95% 20% 15% 100% 100% 100% 100% 4% 15% 25% 20% C C C C C C C ChemSet 101 Plus Structaset 401 C C C C C C ChemSet 801 C C C C C C Reo 502 C C Maxima SS Fixings Gal Zinc

22
Acetone Ammonia Ammonium Hydroxide Ammonium Hydroxide Aniline Aqueous Solution Aluminium Chloride Aqueous Solution Aluminium Nitrate Beer Benzene Benzoic Acid Benzyl Alcohol Butyl Alcohol Butyl Lactic Acid Calcium Sulphate Aqueous Solution Carbon Dioxide Carbon Monoxide Carbon Tetrachloride Caustic Soda Cement in suspension Chlorine Water Chloro Benzene Citric Acid Aqueous Solution Cyclohexanol Diesel fuel Diethylene Glycol Ethanol Ethanol Aqueous Solution Ethanol Aqueous Solution Ethyl Acetate Ethylene Glycol Heptane Hexane Hydrochloric Acid Hydrochloric Acid Hydrochloric Acid Hydrogen Fluoride
LEGEND
C - = Retains 80% of properties when exposed up to 75C = Not Resistant = Occasional contact up to 25C = Information not available at time of publication
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
5.5
Chemical Resistance
Guide
Fixings Reo 502 C C C
Resistance of anchors exposed to:

Chemical Environment Hydrogen Peroxide (Bleach) Hydrogen Peroxide (Bleach) Hydrogen Sulphide Gas Isopropyl Alcohol Jet Fuel Linseed Oil Lubricating Oil Methanol Methanol Methylene Chloride Mineral Oil Nitric Acid Nitric Acid Parafin / Kerosene (Domestic) Perchloroethylene Petroleum Phenol Aqueous Solution Phenol Aqueous Solution Phosphoric Acid Phosphoric Acid Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash) Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash) Sea Water Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Hypochlorite Solution Styrene Sulphur Dioxide (40C) Sulphur Dioxide Solution Sulphuric Acid Sulphuric Acid Sulphuric Acid Suphurous Acid Toluene Turpentine Washing Powder Water White Spirit Xylene Concentration 5% 40% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 15% 100% 100% 100% < 20% 20 - 70% 100% 100% 100% 1% 100% 9% 50% 10% / pH 13 100% 100% 20% 5 - 15% 100% 5% 10% 10% 30% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% = Retains 80% of properties when exposed up to 75C = Not Resistant = Occasional contact up to 25C = Information not available at time of publication ChemSet 101 Plus C C C C Structaset 401 C C C C Adhesives ChemSet 801 C C C C Maxima SS Gal Zinc
LEGEND
C -
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
23
6.1
Derivation of Capacity
Anchor Technology
Anchoring Technology
6.1 Derivation Of Capacity
Internationally, design standards are becoming more probabilistic in nature and require sound Engineering assessment of both load case information and component capacity data to ensure safety as well as economy. Published capacity data for Ramset Fasteners anchoring products are derived from Characteristic Ultimate Capacities. From a series of controlled performance tests, Ultimate Failure Loads are established for a product. Obviously, the value obtained in each test will vary slightly, and after obtaining a sufficient quantity of test samples, the Ultimate Failure Loads are able to be plotted on a chart. Test values will typically centre about a mean value. Once the mean Failure Load is established, a statistically sound derivation is carried out to establish the Characteristic Ultimate Capacity which allows for the variance in results as well as mean values. The Characteristic Value chosen is that which ensures that a 90% confidence is obtained that 95% of all test results will fall above this value.
Quantity of test results
Xuc
Tested ultimate load x = Mean Ultimate Capacity Xuc = Characteristic Ultimate Capacity
24
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
6.2
Anchoring Principles
6.2.1 GENERAL
Ramset anchors are high quality, precision made fastenings secured with either a torque induced setting action, a displacement induced setting action or a chemical bonding action. Resistance to tensile loads is provided by mechanisms which depend upon the type of anchor and its method of setting. Information on the elements that comprise the resistance mechanisms is given separately for each type of anchor. Generally, shear load resistance mechanisms are more uniform amongst anchors, and comprise these elements: the bolt or stud, and in some cases, the steel spacer of the anchor. the ability of the anchor to resist the bending moment induced by the shear force. the compressive strength of the concrete. the shear and tensile strength of the concrete at the surface of the potential concrete failure wedge. When loaded to failure in concrete shear, an anchor located near an edge breaks a triangular wedge away from the concrete.
6.2.2 TORQUE SETTINGANCHORS

SpaTec Plus, TruBolt, and DynaBolt Plus anchors are inserted through the hole in the fixture, into a hole drilled into the concrete, and are set by the application of assembly torque to the nut or bolt head. The diameter of the drilled hole is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the anchor. When torque is applied to the bolt head or nut of the anchor, the cone is drawn up into the sleeve to expand its effective diameter. The wedge action of the cone nut in the sleeve increases with increasing torque. The reaction of the concrete against the expanded sleeve of the anchor creates a high friction force between the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole. The body of the concrete contains and restricts the expansion forces. The application of assembly torque produces a preload between the fixture and the concrete.
Anchor Drilled hole
e Load
Concrete Wedge
TORQUE SETTING ACTION SpaTec Plus, TruBolt & DynaBolt Plus Anchors
If increasing load were to be applied to the fixture, preload would reduce and finally be removed. At this point, the steel cone would begin to be drawn further into the expansion sleeve. When loaded to failure in concrete tension, the failure mode of a correctly installed anchor is characterised by the formation of a concrete cone, the apex of which is located at the effective depth of the anchor. Alternatively, if the tensile capacity of the steel is exceeded, the anchor will break.
CONCRETE WEDGE FAILURE MODE
continued over
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
25
6.2
6.2.2 TORQUE SETTINGANCHORS cont.
Effective depth is the effective length, Le of the anchor less the fixture thickness, t. h = Le - t
6.2.3 ROTATION SETTINGANCHORS

The Boa Coil anchor is set by driving the anchor into the hole with a hammer up to the depth set mark and then, using a spanner or wrench, rotating the bolt through the coil, thereby setting the anchor. The diameter of the drilled hole is a similar size to that of the anchor. Resistance to tensile load is provided by the two (2) components which make up the Boa Coil anchor, the bolt and the coil. The reaction of the concrete against the expanded anchor creates a high friction force and an undercut forms between the anchor and the hole wall. The body of the concrete contains and restricts the expansion forces. The action of tightening the anchor bolt against the fixture produces a preload between the fixture and the concrete. As the applied tensile load increases, a commensurate decrease in preload occurs, until at some point after all preload has been removed, first slip occurs. Concrete is locally crushed around the coil as it beds in further, accompanied by an increase in load capacity. When failure occurs in the concrete the mode of failure is a broaching effect whereby load is still being held until the applied load is equivalent to the shear and tensile capacity of the concrete, at this point a cone of failure occurs.
Note that for the purpose of calculating h, the fixture thickness t should include the thickness of non structural grout, packing, etc.
h Le
Applied tensile loads are resisted by these elements: the anchor bolt or stud. the wedge action of the steel cone in the sleeve. friction between the expanded sleeve and the drilled hole. shear and tension at the surface of the potential concrete cone.
Applied tensile load Anchor
CONCRETE CONE FAILURE MODE
26
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
6.2
6.2.4 DISPLACEMENT SETTING ANCHORS

DynaSet anchors are inserted into a drilled hole, and set by the displacement of the expander plug.
6.2.5 CHEMICALANCHORS
ChemSet Injection Systems, ChemSet Maxima Spin Capsules, ChemSet Hammer Capsules anchors are set in a drilled hole by the hardening of the chemical adhesive.
Setting tool
CHEMICAL ANCHORING
DISPLACEMENT SETTING DYNASET ANCHORS
The adhesive penetrates the pores and irregularities of the base material and forms a key around the threads of the stud. The cured adhesive becomes a hard, strong material that transfers load to the base material via mechanical and adhesive bonds with the surface of the drilled hole. When tested to failure, a shallow concrete cone may form at the top of the anchor. This cone does not necessarily contribute to the tensile strength of the anchor, but simply registers the depth at which the concrete cone strength happens to equate to the cumulative bond strength of the adhesive to the sides of the hole. For a given concrete strength, the stronger the adhesive bond, the deeper the cone. Applied tensile loads are resisted by: the stud. bond between the stud and the adhesive shear in the adhesive bond between the adhesive and the concrete. shear and tension in the concrete.
The diameter of the drilled hole is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the anchor. When the expander plug is fully driven home (displaced), it expands the lower portion of the anchor body, to increase its effective diameter. Because the anchor is expanded by a series of blows from a setting punch, a certain amount of shock loading is imparted to the concrete immediately adjacent. The reaction of the concrete against the expanded body of the anchor creates a high friction force between the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole. The body of the concrete contains and restricts the expansion forces. A bolt is subsequently screwed into the anchor. The mode of failure in concrete tension is characterised by the formation of a shear cone, the apex of which is located at the effective depth of the anchor. Applied tensile loads are resisted by the following elements: the bolt. the steel annulus of the anchor. friction between the expanded anchor and the drilled hole. shear and tension at the surface of the potential concrete cone.
Anchor
Applied tensile load Concrete cone
Adhesive covered stud
CONCRETE BOND FAILURE MODE
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
27
6.3
Base Materials
Where structural base materials are covered with a non-structural material such as plaster or render, anchors should be embedded to the design depth in the structural base material. Allowance must be made for the thickness of the non-structural material when considering the application of shear loads, and in determining the moment arm of applied bending moments. In hollow block masonry, where the cores are filled with concrete grout, Ramset anchors may be designed and specified similarly as in concrete, provided the designer assesses the effective strength of the masonry including the joints. However, it is not advisable to use certain heavy duty anchors in unfilled hollow masonry units (either bricks or blocks). These heavy duty anchors include all SpaTec Plus, TruBolt and ChemSet capsule anchors, and DynaBolt Plus, Boa Coil anchor, DynaSet, and Chemical Injection anchors greater than M12 in diameter. In any case the designer should assess the effective strength of the masonry including the joints, and determine how the loading is to be transferred to the masonry structure. Load tests should be conducted on site to assist in assessing masonry strength. Ramset heavy and medium duty anchors are not recommended for low strength base materials such as autoclaved aerated concrete, except for ChemSet Injection System studs up to M12.
6.3.1 SUITABILITY
Ramset anchors can be used in plain or in reinforced concrete. It is recommended that the cutting of reinforcement be avoided. The specified characteristic compressive strength fc will not automatically be appropriate at the particular location of the anchor. The designer should assess the strength of the concrete at the location of the anchor making due allowance for degree of compaction, age of the concrete, and curing conditions. Particular care should be taken in assessing strength near edges and corners, because of the increased risk of poor compaction and curing. Where the anchor is to be placed effectively in the cover zone of closely spaced reinforcement, the designer should take account of the risk of separation under load of the cover concrete from the reinforcement. Concrete strength fc determined by standard cylinders, is used directly in the equations. Where strength is expressed in concrete cubes, a conversion is given in the following table:
Cube Strength (N/mm2) 20 30 40 50 60 15 24 33 42 51 Cylinder Strength fc (MPa)
28
The design engineer is responsible for the overall design and dimensioning of the structural element to resist the service loads applied to it by the anchor.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
6.3
Base Materials
6.3.2 ABSOLUTE MINIMUM DIMENSIONS

Spacings, edge distances, and concrete thicknesses are limited to absolute minima, in order to avoid risks of splitting or spalling of the concrete during the setting of Ramset torque, rotation and displacement setting anchors. Absolute minima for stress-free anchorages such as chemical anchors are defined on the basis of notional limits, which take account of the practicalities of anchor placement. Absolute minimum spacing am and absolute minimum edge distance em, define prohibited zones where no anchor should be placed. The prohibited spacing zone around an anchor has a radius equal to the absolute minimum spacing. The prohibited zone at an edge has a width equal to the absolute minimum edge distance. The concrete thickness minima given below, does not include concrete cover requirements, and are not a guide to the structural dimensions of the element. It is the responsibility of the design engineer to proportion and reinforce the structural element to carry the loads and moments applied to it by the anchorage, and to ensure that the appropriate cover is obtained. In order to avoid breakthrough during drilling of the hole into which anchors will be installed, maintain a cover value to the base of the hole equal to 2x the drilled hole diameter, dh. ie. for a hole of 20mm diameter allow 40mm cover to the rear face of the substrate component. In certain circumstances, it may be possible to install anchors in thinner concrete elements. If cover to the anchor is not required, and a degree of spalling can be tolerated between the end of the expansion sleeve and the far surface of the concrete, embedment close to the far surface may be feasible. More information on the conditions for reduced concrete thickness may be obtained from Ramset Engineers. Where an anchor is installed at the absolute minimum edge distance em, substrate thickness must be a minimum of 2 * h.
am
Free zone
Prohibited zone
em
Prohibited zone
Concrete Edge
Edge distance "e" Minimum concrete thickness 'bm' em 2em
PROHIBITED ZONES FOR SPACINGS AND EDGES
2.0h
Where an expansion anchor is placed at a corner, there is less resistance to splitting, because of the smaller bulk of concrete around the anchor. In order to protect the concrete, the minimum distance from one of the edges is increased to twice the absolute minimum.
CONCRETE THICKNESS
2*em
Free zone Prohibited zone
Prohibited e m zone Concrete Edge
PROHIBITED ZONES AT CORNER FOR EXPANSION ANCHORS
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
29
6.4
Design
6.4.1 WORKINGLOAD DESIGN

Using the permissible stress method which is still valid in many design situations: L (applied load) Ra (working load limit capacity)
6.4.2 STRENGTHLIMITSTATE DESIGN

Designers are advised to adopt the limit state design approach which takes account of stability, strength, serviceability, durability, fire resistance, and any other requirements, in determining the suitability of the fixing. Explanations of this approach are found in the design standards for structural steel and concrete. When designing for strength the anchor is to comply with the following: Ru S* where: = capacity reduction factor Ru = characteristic ultimate load carrying capacity S* = design action effect Ru = design strength Design action effects are the forces, moments, and other effects, produced by agents such as loads, which act on a structure. They include axial forces (N*), shear forces (V*), and moments (M*), which are established from the appropriate combinations of factored loads as detailed in the AS1170 Minimum Design Load on Structures series of Australian Standards. Capacity reduction factors are given below, these typically comply with those detailed in AS4100 - Steel Structures and AS3600 Concrete Structures. The following capacity reduction factors are considered typical: c = capacity reduction factor, concrete tension = 0.6 q = capacity reduction factor, concrete shear = 0.6 n = capacity reduction factor, steel tension = 0.8 v = capacity reduction factor, steel shear = 0.8 m = capacity reduction factor, steel bending = 0.8 Whilst these values are used throughout this document, other values may be used by making the adjustment for as required.
30
Working load limits are derived from characteristic ultimate capacities and factor of safety: Ra = Ru / Fs Factors of safety are related to the mode of failure, and material type, and the following are considered appropriate for structural anchoring designs: fss = factor of safety for steel in tension and bending = 2.2 fsv = factor of safety for steel in shear = 2.5 fsc = factor of safety for concrete = 3.0
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
6.5
Tension
6.5.1 STEEL TENSION

The characteristic ultimate tensile capacity for the steel of an anchor is obtained from: Nus = As fu where: Nus = characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity As = tensile area = stress area for threaded sections fu = characteristic ultimate tensile strength (N)
6.5.2 CONCRETECONE
Characteristic ultimate tensile capacities for mechanical anchors vary in a predictable manner with the relationship between: - hole diameter (dh) - effective depth (h), and - concrete compressive strength (fc) within a limited range of effective depths, h. This is typically expressed by a formula such as: (mm2) (mm2) (MPa) Nuc = factor * dbfactor * h1.5 * fc Anchors may have constraints that apply to the effective depth of the anchor or the maximum or minimum concrete strength applicable. Anchor effective depth (h) is taken from the surface of the substrate to the point where the concrete cone is generated. In establishing the effective depth for mechanical anchors, the designer should allow for any gap expected to exist between the fixture and the concrete prior to clamping down.
The tensile working load limit (permissible stress method) for the steel of a Ramset anchor is obtained from: Nas = Nus / 2.2
air gap
h h
EFFECTIVE DEPTH FOR ANCHORS
The appropriate concrete compressive strength fc is the actual strength at the location of the anchor, making due allowance for site conditions, such as degree of compaction, age of concrete, and curing method. Concrete tensile working load limits (permissible stress method) for anchors are obtained from: Nac = Nuc / 3.0
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
31
6.5
Tension
6.5.3 PULL-THROUGH
This mode of failure occurs in expansion anchors under tensile loading, where the applied load exceeds the frictional resistance between either the cone and the expansion sleeve, or the sleeve and the sides of the drilled hole in the concrete. Failures of this type are often associated with anchors that are improperly set, or used in larger diameter holes drilled into the concrete with over-sized drill bits. The load carrying capacities of anchors with thick-walled expansion sleeves such as SpaTec Plus and correctly set DynaSet anchors, are not sensitive to this mode of failure. The recommended limits on concrete strength fc in the determination of concrete cone strength for DynaBolt and TruBolt anchors, act as a precaution against this mode of failure.
6.5.4 CONCRETE BOND

Chemical Anchors
Characteristic ultimate tensile load carrying capacities for concrete bond failure in the compression zone varies with hole depth, effective depth and concrete strength in a similar manner to concrete cone failure in mechanical anchors. Effective anchor depth h is taken from the start of the adhesive, (usually the surface of the concrete) to the bottom of the stud. For chemical capsule anchors, it is not usual to deviate from the depths given in the Section Properties and Data. Whilst it is essential to provide sufficient resin to fill the space between the stud and the concrete, the installer must avoid excessive overspill. Hole depths for capsule anchors may be increased in increments related to the volume of capsules available. It is recommended to seek advice from Ramset Technical Staff before deviating from the recommended hole depths or hole diameters.
EFFECTIVE DEPTH FOR CHEMICAL ANCHORS
The appropriate concrete strength fc to be used in these equations, is the actual strength at the location of the anchor, making due allowance for site conditions, such as degree of compaction, age of concrete, and curing method. Concrete tensile working load limits (permissible stress method) for Ramset chemical anchors are obtained from: Nac = Nuc / 3.0
32
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
6.5
Tension
6.5.5 CRITICALSPACING
In a group of mechanical anchors loaded in tension, the spacing at which the cone shaped zones of concrete failure just begin to overlap at the surface of the concrete, is termed the critical spacing, ac.
For anchors influenced by the cones of two other anchors, as a result for example, of location internal to a row: Xna = a / ac 1 Unequal distances (a1 and a2, both < ac) from two adjacent anchors, are averaged for an anchor internal to a row:
ac
Xna = 0.5 (a1 + a2) / ac If the anchors are at the ends of a row, each influenced by the cone of only one other anchor: Xna = 0.5 (1 + a/ac) 1 The cone of anchor A is influenced by the cones of anchors B and C, but not additionally by the cone of anchor D. Xna is the appropriate reduction factor as a conservative solution. Critical spacing (ac) defines a critical zone around a given anchor, for the placement of further anchors. The critical spacing zone has a radius equal to the critical spacing. The concrete tensile strengths of anchors falling within the critical zone are reduced. For clarity, the figure includes the prohibited zone as well as the critical zone.
Anchors Cone of Failure
For chemical anchors the critical spacing is determined by interference between the cylindrically shaped zones of stress surrounding the anchors.
ac a
Bond cylinders Anchors
At the critical spacing, the capacity of one anchor is on the point of being reduced by the zone of influence of the other anchor. Ramset anchors placed at or greater than critical spacings are able to develop their full tensile capacity, as limited by concrete cone or concrete bond capacity. Anchors at spacings less than critical are subject to reduction in allowable concrete tensile capacity. Both ultimate and working loads on anchors spaced between the critical and the absolute minimum, are subject to a reduction factor Xna, the value of which depends upon the position of the anchor within the row: Nucr = Xna * Nuc for strength limit state design. And, for permissible stress method analysis: Nar = Xna * Nac
a ac
No influence.
ANCHOR GROUP INTERACTION
CRITICAL
REDUCTION
PROHIBITED
ac > a > am
Interaction occurs between failure cones. Capacity reduction necessary.
a < am
Risk of cracking.
Cone of Failure
a
Anchors
ANCHORS IN A ROW
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
33
6.5
Tension
6.5.6 CRITICALEDGEDISTANCE
At the critical edge distance for anchors loaded in tension, reduction in tensile capacity just commences, due to interference of the edge with the zone of influence of the anchor.
Chemical and Screw In Anchors

For chemical and screw in anchors the critical edge distance is determined by interference between the edge and the cylindrically shaped zones of stress surrounding the anchors. ec = 4 * db
ec
Expansion Anchors
The critical edge distance (ec) for expansion anchors is taken as one and a half times effective depth: ec = 1.5 * h
ec
Anchor
Anchor
Bond cylinder
Cone of Failure
e
INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH BOND CYLINDER
If the edge lies between the critical and the absolute minimum distance from the anchor, the concrete tensile load reduction co-efficient Xe, is obtained from the following formula:
INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH CONCRETE CONES
Xe = 0.3 + 0.7 * e / ec 1
Rotation Set Anchors

The critical edge distance for Boa Coil anchor is taken as: ec = 6 * db
Applies to em e ec where: Xe = edge reduction factor tension Critical edge distances define critical zones for the placement of anchors with respect to an edge. The critical edge zone has a width equal to the critical edge distance. The concrete tensile strengths of anchors falling within the critical zone are reduced. For clarity, the figure includes the prohibited zone as well as the critical zone.
em ec
Free zone Critical zone
Concrete Edge
Prohibited zone
CRITICAL EDGE ZONE
34
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
6.6
Shear
6.6.1 ANCHOR STEEL SHEAR

For an anchor not located close to another anchor nor to a free concrete edge, the ultimate shear load will be determined by the steel shear strength of the anchor, provided the effective depth of the anchor is compliant with the following:
The designer should also take into account any conditions that may cause bending moments and unbalanced forces to be applied simultaneously. Any tendency of the fixture to lift away from the surface under load will generate moments and tension forces. The characteristic ultimate shear capacity (Vus) for the steel of an anchor is obtained from:
SpaTec Plus
h 4 * dh
4 * dh Minimum for bolt shear
Vus = 0.62 * As * fu (N)
6.6.2 CONCRETEEDGE SHEAR

Where load is directed either towards or parallel to an edge, and the anchor is located in the proximity of the edge, failure may occur in the concrete.
dh
1.25 * db Minimum for bolt and spacer shear MINIMUM INSERTION FOR BOLT SHEAR
Drilled hole
Anchor
e Load
For SpaTec Plus it is required that the bottom end of the spacer is inserted at least one and a quarter times hole diameter (1.25 * dh) in order for the shear strength of the spacer to be allowed as contributing to the shear strength of the anchor.
Concrete Wedge
Boa Coil
For full bolt shear, h 6 * dh
CONCRETE WEDGE FAILURE MODE
A reduced shear capacity is applicable down to a minimum value of 3 * dh

h = 3dh For min. bolt shear h = 6dh For max. bolt shear
h = 3 * dh Minimum for bolt shear
dh
MINIMUM INSERTION FOR BOLT SHEAR
TruBolt
h 4 * dh
DynaBolt
h 3.5 * dh
DynaSet anchors are not normally embedded to four times the diameter of the drilled hole, and their characteristic shear capacities relate to the bending strength of the anchor or shear of the inserted bolt.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
35
6.6
Shear
Failure wedge Failure wedge Concrete edge
a a
a a e
6.6.3 SPACINGUNDER CONCRETE SHEAR

At a spacing of at least 2.5 times edge distance, there is no interference between adjacent failure wedges. Where anchor spacing is less than 2.5 times edge distance, the shear load capacities in the concrete are subject to a reduction factor Xva.
Failure wedge
Two anchors on a line normal to the edge, and loaded Concreteinstalled edge e in shear towards the edge, are treated as a special case. Where the INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES anchors are loaded simultaneously by the same fixture, the ultimate or the concrete edge shear capacity for each anchor will be influenced by INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES the other anchor. Where the spacing a between anchors A and B is less than or equal to eB the edge distance of anchor B, the ultimate edge shear for anchor A is equal to anchor B, despite the longer edge distance of anchor A:
a
Shear force
Concrete edge
e
Shear force A B A Concrete edge Concrete edge Failure wedge Failure wedge
a INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES eB a

B
Xva = 0.5 ( 1 + a / (2.5 * e))
The direction of the shear load towards an edge will influence the concrete edge shear capacity. This is accounted for with the factor Xvd.
eB ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS AN EDGE
Shear force
ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS EDGE edge is For an anchor located at a corner and where theAN second parallel to the applied shear, interference by the second edge upon the shear wedge is taken into account by the following reduction factor:
aV*
Concrete edge
A B Failure wedge
Xvs = 0.30 + 0.56 * e1 / e2 1

e1 e1
Shear Force Shear Force
eB
When a row of anchors is subject to TOWARDS a shear load ANCHORS IN LINE ANacting EDGE towards an edge, the distribution of each anchors capacity in the anchor group is derived by using the factor Xvn.
Concrete edges
e2
Failure wedge
e2
Failure wedge
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
Concrete edges
V*A V*B V*C

e1
Shear Force
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
n=3
V*TOTAL
V*A = V*B = V*C Vur V*A, V*B, V*C
Concrete edges
e2
Failure wedge
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
36
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
6.7
Bending
The designer must allow for bending, when an anchor is exposed to a shear force that will result in the anchor going into bending. For this to occur, the fixture plate must be free to rotate around the bolt as show due to an air gap or non structural material between the fixture and the concrete surface. Where the anchor is part of a array of anchors that prevent the fixture from rotating, or if the gap is filled with grout, then bending cannot occur. Note: Where an incompressible layer such as grout is used, it does not contribute to the pullout capacity of the anchor, hence the layer thickness is to be added to the fixture thickness when calculating the anchor effective depth. The designers calculation of the design bending moment (M*) should include an allowance in the moment arm of one hole diameter inwards from the face of the concrete: M* = V* * ( dh + g + t / 2) where: V* = shear design action effect g t = gap between fixture and concrete surface = fixture thickness (N) (mm) (mm) (mm)
In the case of working load limit design, applied moments (M) are calculated as follows: M = V * ( dh + g + t / 2) V = applied shear force (N)
Characteristic ultimate bending capacities (Mu), are obtained from the following formula: Mu = fy * Z where: fy = characteristic yield strength (MPa) Z = section modulus of the anchor (mm3)
and for working load limit bending moment (Ma): Ma = Mu / fss = Mu / 2.2
dh = drilled hole diameter
Non-structural One hole diameter material or gap Fixture
Applied load Moment arm
DESIGN BENDING MOMENT
Anchor moments need only be considered if there is a non structural material or gap between the fixture and substrate that results in application of a moment to the anchor itself.
ANCHOR UNDER BENDING ANCHOR NO BENDING ANCHOR NO BENDING
Non-structural material or gap Fixture
Grout Fixture Fixture
Applied load
Applied load Applied load
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
37
6.8
Combined Loading
6.8.3 TENSIONAND SHEAR
Design for combined tension and shear, requires firstly the determination of anchor capacities. Strength limit state design capacities are taken as: Nur = cNurc nNus Vur = qVur vVus where: = capacity reduction factor Nur = design reduced ultimate tensile capacity
Applied tension
6.8.1 TENSIONANDBENDING
Where an anchor is subjected to combined tension and bending, ultimate tensile capacity for the steel is determined as follows: Nusr = Nus * (1 - (M* / mMu))
where: m = capacity reduction factor, steel bending, recommended as 0.8
Vur = design reduced ultimate shear capacity c = capacity reduction factor concrete tension
Applied moment
q = edge capacity reduction factor concrete shear, recommended as 0.6 n = capacity reduction factor, steel tension, recommended as 0.8 v = capacity reduction factor, steel shear, recommended as 0.8 Working load capacities are determined as follows: Na = Nar Nsr Va = Var Vas where: Na = working load limit tensile capacity Va = working load limit shear capacity Strength limit state combination of tension and shear complies with the following: N* / Nur 1 V* / Vur 1 N* / Nur + V* / Vur 1.2 The following formulae are used for working load combination:
Moment arm
COMBINED TENSION, SHEAR AND BENDING
Factored working load limit steel tensile capacities, to allow for the effects of bending moments are given by: Nasr = Nas * (1 - M / Ma) where: Nasr = factored working load limit steel tensile capacity (N)
6.8.2 SHEARANDBENDING
There is no reduction in shear capacity in the case of combined bending and shear. Shear capacity and bending capacity are checked independently.
Applied shear Moment arm
N / Na 1 V / Va 1 N / Na + V / Va 1.2 where: N = applied tensile load V = applied shear load
COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR
38
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
6.9
Anchor Groups
This information deals specifically with the design of individual anchors, loaded either as a single anchor or as a member of a group. Under the relevant loading condition, as a general principle, all load reduction factors applicable to an individual anchor in the group should be multiplied together to account for the combined effects on the anchor of multiple loads, group layout, and base material geometry. In the application of loads, due allowance should be made for eccentricities in the lines of action of loads relative to the centroid of the group, and for any other conditions likely to cause a magnification of load to an anchor, i.e. prying forces. In a group loaded in shear there is a risk of uneven loading, particularly where more than two anchors are arranged one behind the other in the direction of the load. The designer should assess and make appropriate allowance for the ability of the fixture to distribute the load to anchors in the group. The simplified strength limit state design process detailed in this document is intended to cover a wide range of applications. It is suitable for verifying capacity of single anchors or groups of anchors, however it must be remembered that the capacity data given is PERANCHOR and load cases must be distributed to all anchors in a group and each anchor verified as being suitable. The simplified design process allows verification of: Single anchors subject to shear and/or tension.
For a row of anchors subject to a shear force component towards an edge, the design tables assume that the design load case is evenly distributed to all anchors in the group and calculates the averaged shear capacity for each anchor. V*A = V*B = V*C
V*A V*B V*C
n=3 Vur = per anchor capacity
V*TOTAL
The design tables are unable to verify capacity for anchors in the following configurations: Location at a corner with shear load component towards the edge(s). An anchor is considered to be at a corner if the ratio of the edge distance parallel to the direction of shear to the edge distance in the direction of shear is less than 1.25. If: e1 then apply reduction e2 < 1.25 factor Xvs shown below Xvs = 0.30 + 0.56 * e1 / e2 1
N* V*
e1 e2
V*
e1 e2 > 1.25 acceptable
Groups of anchors (row, rectangular array etc.) subject to tensile loading and/or shear loading not towards an edge.
Anchors subject to a moment. Anchors in a line towards an edge with a shear load component acting towards that edge, unless it is assumed that the anchor closest to the edge takes all of the shear load, V*TOTAL
V*TOTAL N*TOTAL
Groups of anchors subject to tensile and/or shear loading where the line of anchors parallel to (and closest to) the edge are considered to take the total shear load.
V*TOTAL
These anchors assumed to be in slotted holes
N*TOTAL
For these cases, please refer to the Ramset Anchor Design software or contact your local Ramset Engineer for advice.
V*A + V*B + V*C = V*TOTAL V*TOTAL
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
39
6.10
Assembly Torque
and Preload
Boa Coil anchors and stud anchors such as TruBolt anchors and chemical anchors also have the capability to clamp the fixture to the concrete. Torque controlled expansion anchors without an adequate pulldown capability, suffer from loss of preload to the spacer or sleeve, whenever there is a gap between the mating surfaces. This results in a reduction in the preload available for compression of the concrete. Such anchors may perform under cyclic loads as if there were an inadequate preload, even though the specified assembly torque may have been carefully applied. In some instances it is possible for the fixture to be loose against the concrete surface from the time of initial assembly of the fixing. Initial preload (PLi) which is developed immediately after the application of assembly torque, is calculated for Ramset anchors as: PLi = * Pr where:
PRELOADING OF FIXTURE TO CONCRETE
The application of assembly torque to a well designed anchor, results in the generation of a preload or clamping force between the fixture and the concrete. Because the fixture supports the concrete and suppresses cone failure, preload may exceed concrete cone failure load. The concrete experiences an elastic compression beneath the fixture. Under external loading of the fixture, the surfaces of the joint will not separate until the applied load exceeds the preload. Although the magnitude of the preload influences the deformation of the fixing under load, it does not in general, affect the ultimate static load capacity of the fixing.
Preload or clamping load
Clamped material Applied load
Heavy and medium duty sleeve anchors with a fully functioning pull-down mechanism such as Ramset SpaTec Plus and DynaBolt Plus anchors, ensure that loss of preload to the spacer or sleeve is negligible, even where a substantial gap may have existed between the concrete and the fixture, due to unevennesses in the mating surfaces. After the expansion sleeve has enlarged to grip the sides of the hole, the pull-down mechanism allows the gap to be closed and the fixture to be clamped against the concrete.
= proportion of proof load as initial preload 65% for mechanical anchors Pr = bolt or anchor proof load (kN) = As * fy Assembly torques required (Tr) to develop initial preloads are given by the following formula: Tr = T * db * PLi where: T = torque co-efficient of sliding friction * 0.32 for cold-formed anchors and stainless steel anchors * 0.37 for machined anchors
SpaTec Plus and DynaBolt Plus Anchors PULL DOWN MECHANISMS
40
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
6.11
Long Term Preload

Degradation
In considering the long term performance in concrete of expansion anchors under cyclic loading, account must be taken of concrete creep which causes a degradation of preload over time. Immediately after the application of assembly torque and the establishment of initial preload, there is a rapid initial reduction in preload, followed by a continued gradual reduction over time, towards a long term limiting value of PL, at % of initial preload. As a guide, may be taken as typically 70% for SpaTec Plus anchors, and as 40% for DynaBolt and TruBolt anchors. In a particular application, the proportion of preload permanently retained will depend upon concrete strength, concrete quality including curing, level and direction of concrete stress, applied load level, timing of applied loads, and the value of the total spring rate for the anchor/ fixture/base material system.
1.0
PL/PLi
6 Time (Months)
12
PRELOAD DEGRADATION
Ultimate load
Applied load
Long term preload = slip load 65% of slip load
Displacement
SLIP LOAD AND PRELOAD
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
41
6.12-3
Slip / Cyclic Loading

1.0
PL/PLi
6.12 Slip and Cyclic loading

Provided the applied load is less than the remaining preload, slip 0 3 6 9 12 virtually does not occur, and the fixing experiences the applied load as Time (Months) a reduction in elastic compression of the concrete. When the applied load exceeds thePRELOAD preload, DEGRADATION the clamped material can separate from the concrete and slippage of the joint can commence. If the design requirement is for negligible slip (say 0.1mm), the assembly torque should be both carefully specified and applied. It is recommended that anchor capacity be limited to a percentage of the expected preload after allowing for long term degradation.
Ultimate load
Applied load
Long term preload = slip load 65% of slip load
The Boa Coil anchor performs more like a slight undercut anchor where the first slip measured at 0.1mm is close to the ultimate load of the anchor in concrete. The Boa Coil anchors ability to sustain cyclic loads depends primarily upon the interaction of the Boa Coil and the concrete sides of the hole. It is this unique interaction that enables the Boa Coil anchor to achieve high first slip loads. To ensure long life of the fastener under cyclic loading the designer should ensure (as for slip loads), that the applied load does not exceed 65% of the first slip load, called the reduced characteristic ultimate slip load. When the applied load is less than the reduced characteristic ultimate slip load the Boa Coil anchor has the ability to withstand an infinite number of repetitions of the applied load.
Ultimate load
Displacement
Long term preload = slip load Applied load 65% of slip load
SLIP LOAD AND PRELOAD
The ability of an anchor to sustain cyclic loads depends (as for slip loads) primarily upon the relationship between the applied load and the effective preload in the anchor. Where the applied load is less than both the preload and the static working load, the fastening has the ability to withstand an infinite number of repetitions of the applied load. The cyclic loading is experienced as changes in pressure at the interface of the fixture and the concrete, and the stress range in the anchor should never approach the endurance limit. To ensure long life of the fastening under cyclic loading, the designer should ensure (as for slip loads), that the applied load is less than % of the expected long term preload after allowing for degradation.
Displacement
SLIP LOAD
Note: = ratio of allowable slip or cyclic load to expected long term limiting preload
6.13 Long term, Slip & Cyclic loading of Mechanical & Chemical anchors
This section expands on the information stated under Sections 6.11 "Long Term Preload Degradation" & 6.12 "Slip Load and Cyclic Loading". Mechanical and chemical anchorages, once installed, may be used to clamp down the fixture and so are loaded axially. The recommended initial setting or tightening torque is specified in each anchoring section of this book which creates the axial clamp down. The anchorage must resist this setting load and any additional applied load through the fixture itself. The known behaviour of all loaded post-installed anchor systems is such that complex creep mechanisms are at work in the concrete and both system types (mechanical & chemical) display a limited relaxation of the installed tightening torque. This translates to a reduction (to a limit) of the installed clamping force and the resisting anchorage force. This is the "long term preload degradation". All Ramset systems are rated for the long term case and only this information is published. In some load cases, particularly with combined & repetitious applied axial and shear loads, it is important that the applied axial load does not overcome the installed axial preload. This does not cause a structural failure as such but may allow some shear slippage of the fixture, depending on the surface & friction conditions. Precast panel prop anchors and roof structure anchors in cyclonic conditions are possible examples where this may be a concern. For the deemed heavier duty Ramset anchor systems an applied load up to Working Load Limit, WLL (Nuc/3) will never exceed the axial preload if installed as specified. Other systems (notably so-called "light sleeve anchors") have a lower limit on tensile load if exceeding preload is of concern. The table below shows the allowable slip or cyclic axial load (Ny) as a function of WLL (refer SRB) for various systems where infinite cycles of applied tensile load and retention of positive preload are considered: System Ny (allowable slip / cyclic axial load) SpaTec Plus WLL TruBolt 0.35 x WLL BoaCoil WLL ChemSet Reo 502 WLL Maxima Spin Capsule WLL AnkaScrew WLL EPCON C8 WLL Note: AS1170 relies on a 1.5 factor between Strength Limit State Design & WLL values.
42
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
6.14-5
Corrosion / Fire
6.14 CORROSION
During their service life, fasteners may be subjected to a range of corrosive agents and environments. Atmospheric environments may include the benign, such as indoors in dry conditions. The less benign outdoor areas are exposed to rain and/or humidity. The chloride bearing atmospheres under the influence of sea winds are more corrosive. The polluted atmosphere in some industrial areas, and the marine environment over the sea, at the shore, or within the splash zone, may be highly aggressive. Fastenings may be required to be placed under fresh water, salt water, or in contact with a whole range of potentially corrosive liquids. Ramset anchors are supplied with a range of corrosion resistances suitable for various applications. There is a large number of specialist texts on the subject of corrosion, to which the reader is referred. The stainless steel specification for Ramset anchors has a high molybdenum content, which gives superior resistance against chlorides and common industrial pollutants. Stainless steel anchors should be insulated from the zinc coating, when securing galvanised steelwork, because of the possibility of galvanic corrosion. Care must be taken to ensure selected fasteners meet the appropriate standards and are also correctly described. The term galvanised in this document refers to hot dip galvanising according to the Australian Standards listed in the table below. Note that other publications may use the term galvanised when referring to zinc electroplated anchors, which provides inferior corrosion protection. To ensure adequate corrosion protection, verify that the plating thickness complies with the thickness value required by the relevant Australian Standard. AS1214 - 1983 requires a minimum of 42 micron thickness for hot dip galvanised threaded items.
CORROSION PROTECTION
ENVIRONMENT Indoors, under cover Low humidity Exposure to moisture likely Exposed to weather Industrial pollution Marine environments Chemical plants Aggressive environments At the sea
SPECIFICATION Zinc plated
Plating
Minimum thickness 5 micron
Galvanising
Hot dipped to AS4680-2006 AS1214-1983 Minimum thickness 42 micron
ISO3506-1979 Stainless steel Grade A4, Prop Class 70 (AISI 316)
6.15 FIRE
When exposed to heat so that it reaches a temperature of about 550C, steel retains about half of its original strength. Designers have traditionally adopted this limiting temperature for the retention of structural integrity. Expansion and cast-in anchors manufactured in steel, are subject to the same limit, except that conditions are generally more favourable to the retention of structural strength for these anchors, than other components of an unprotected structure. For example, in circumstances where heat can be expected to vent through the roof sheeting, there is little risk of the fixings at the supports of steel beams, reaching the same temperature as the most critical part of the main steel structural elements. Generally, fixings reach significantly lower temperatures than the main structural elements. Part of an anchor is always embedded in and insulated by the concrete, which increases the time for the heat to flow to the anchoring element of the anchor, and because of the heat sink of the concrete mass which takes heat from the anchor, there is an increase in the time for its temperature to rise. Fire induced deformations of wall panels, and the behaviour of the structural frame under fire, should be carefully considered in the design. Spread of the fire to adjoining properties will be prevented, as long as the panels remain fixed to the structural frame. The connection between a heavy structural steel frame and the wall panels should be via deformable ties. The limiting operational temperature for chemical anchors is 80C. When used for anchoring reinforcing steel, chemical systems are provided with concrete cover, and may be designed to provide the desired fire rating, by limiting the temperature rise at the anchor points. Where protection is required for the steel structure, special fireproofing material is specified. The same protection should be extended to any exposed fixings to the concrete structure.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
43
Chemical Anchoring - Anchor Studs
Introduction
Chemical Anchoring Anchor Studs
The key advantage of ChemSet chemical anchors is that they do not impart an expansion stress on the surrounding substrate. This makes chemical anchoring ideal for close to edge fixings or for close anchor spacings. The superior bond of ChemSet chemical anchors makes them ideal for installing starter bars, because the required pull out strength is achieved in shallower holes than is possible with cementitious mortars.
The superior strength of grade 5.8 carbon steel threaded stud anchors gives the ChemSet chemical anchor systems greater steel capacity than regular grade 4.6 threaded rod. The Ramset ChemSet range of chemical anchoring systems provide different options of cost and performance for the designer and for the applicator. For the designer, selection of the correct chemical anchoring solution to his or her design problem will often be based upon the strength capacity of the system, but may also involve issues such as chemical resistance. The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer to the components of the ChemSet chemical anchoring range and provides information to allow selection of the anchor with the right capacity for various environmental conditions.
The ability of ChemSet chemical anchors to sustain cyclic tensile loads depends on adhesive bond, not on preload or tightening torque. The adhesive bond does not deteriorate or change over time making Chemset chemical anchors ideal for cyclic and vibrating load cases.
Estimating Chart

Fixings per cartridge for ChemSet Injection:

Number of fixings Anchor Nominal Nominal ChemSet 801 Structaset 401 ChemSet 101 size hole diameter hole depth Reo 502 (mm) (mm) Jumbo Cartridge Jumbo Cartridge Jumbo Cartridge Jumbo M8 10 80 193 91 193 96 195 96 195 M10 12 90 132 62 132 66 133 66 133 M12 14 110 86 41 86 43 87 43 87 M16 18 125 54 26 54 27 55 27 55 M20 24 150 22 10 22 11 22 11 22 M24 26 160 24 11 24 12 24 12 24
44
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
7.1-3
ChemSet Anchor Studs

7.1 GENERAL INFORMATION

Product
Steel threaded studs for use with all ChemSet anchoring products, capsules and injection adhesives.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
HCR
Benefits, Advantages and Features

Ensures maximum performance from ChemSet chemical anchors:
Made from high performance Grade 5.8 Steel.
L
Superior corrosion resistance:

AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.
db dh
Outstanding exterior resistance:

42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised.
Convenient:
Supplied with nuts and washers and setting tool for spin capsules. D epth setting mark to ensure correct embedment.
7.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS

Anchor Anchor Nominal effective Nominal fixture Effective Part No. size, db length, L depth, hn thickness, t length, Le (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Zn Gal S/S M8 M12 M16 M20 110 160 180 190 260 80 110 110 125 150 15 30 50 40 75 95 140 165 225 CS08110 CS08110GH CS08110SS CS12160 CS12160GH CS12160SS CS16190 CS16190GH CS16190SS CS20260 CS20260GH CS20260SS M10 130 90 25 115 CS10130 CS10130GH CS10130SS 160 CS12180
M24 300 160 105 265 CS24300 CS24300GH CS24300SS

Note: HCR Anchor Studs Special on request
7.3 ENGINEERINGPROPERTIES
Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Section Min. diameter, dm Stress Area, As Anchor Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield Strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z 2 (mm) (mm ) size, db (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3) M8 6.6 33.2 430 540 450 650 31.2 M10 7.9 52.8 430 540 450 650 62.3 M12 9.6 78.5 430 540 450 650 109.2 M16 13.3 153.9 420 520 450 650 277.5 M20 16.6 232.4 420 520 450 650 540.9 M24 19.6 336.5 420 520 450 650 935.5
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
45
Notes

46
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
8.1
ChemSet Reo 502

Chemical Injection Anchoring
INSTALLATION RELATED

PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
HCR
Product
ChemSet Reo 502 is an extra heavy duty epoxy anchoring adhesive.

Approved for Rail Sleeper Repair Greater productivity:
Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes no weather delays Fast 3 hour cure time Repeated load tested for a total of 3 million cycles as per AS1085.19-2003 table A1
Greater security:
High loads in shallow holes in thin slabs
Principal Applications
Reinforcing bars. Deformed bars. Starter bars. Anchoring structural steel to concrete. Anchoring stadium seating. Rail Sleeper Repair Rail Gantries Road Stitching Light Poles
Versatile:
Anchors in dry, damp, wet and flooded holes Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes For tropical and temperate climates Electrical Insulator
Greater safety:
Low odour VOC Compliant Non-flammable for transport and storage Rated for Sustained Loading ASTM E 1512-01 (2007) Note: For reinforcing bar design, refer to Reinforcing Bar Technology section of this document
Installation temperature limits:

Substrate: 5C to 40C. Adhesive: 20C to 32C. Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has sufficiently cured as specified.
Installation
Service temperature limits:

-10C to 80C.
Setting Times
Reo 502
1 2 3 4 5 6
Working Time (mins)
Cure Time (hrs)
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert Ramset ChemSet Anchor Stud/rebar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. Allow ChemSet Reo 502 to cure as per setting times. 6. Attach fixture.
Substrate Temperature
40C 32C 27C 20C 16C 10C 0C

8.5 12 20 23 27 2 2.5 3 5 8
Note: Cartridge temperature minimum 20C.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
47
8.2-3
ChemSet Reo 502

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet Reo 502 and ChemSet Anchor Studs
Installation details Minimum dimensions* Anchor size, db Drilled hole diameter, Fixture hole diameter, Anchor effective Tightening torque, Tr Edge distance, ec Anchor spacing, ac Substrate thickness bm (mm) dh (mm) df (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100 M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120 M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140 M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160 150 190 24 24 180 80 120 M20 170 220 160 200 26 28 315 100 145 M24 210 270 M30 32 32 270 650 120 180 300 M36 38 38 330 1150 145 220 365 *Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. Working Load Limit Capacity Grade 4.6 Steel Studs Grade 5.8 Steel Studs AISI 316 Stainless Steel Studs Concrete Anchor size, db Tension, Nac (kN)# (mm) Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Concrete compressive strength, fc 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa M8 3.6 4.0 4.4 6.5 5.9 7.5 5.8 6.3 6.6 M10 5.8 6.3 7.1 10.3 9.3 11.9 11.9 13.1 13.7 M12 8.4 9.2 10.5 15.3 13.6 17.2 17.3 19.0 19.9 M16 15.6 17.1 19.9 29.4 25.3 32.1 27.7 30.4 31.8 34.5 37.9 39.8 M20 24.3 26.7 29.9 44.3 39.5 50.1 39.1 43.0 45.1 37.2 40.9 42.7 M24 35.0 38.5 43.3 64.2 56.9 72.2 48.8 53.6 56.1 M30 55.7 61.2 72.3 107.1 90.4 114.8 65.9 72.4 75.7 M36 81.0 89.1 105.4 156.0 131.7 167.1 92.4 101.5 106.1 *Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. # Nac = Nuc / 3.0

Description ChemSet Reo 502 Cartridge Size 750 ml Part No. REO502J
Effective depth, h (mm) Preferred h = hn otherwise,
Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
h = Le - t h 6 * dh
t = total thickness of material(s) being fastened.
bm = greater of: 1.25 x h, h + (2 x dh)
Refer to Engineering Properties for ChemSet Anchor Studs on page 45.
48
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
8.4
ChemSet Reo 502

STEP 1
200 120 80
Table 1a Indicative combined loading interaction diagram

Notes: ~ Shear limited by Grade 5.8 steel capacity. ~ Tension limited by concrete capacity using nominal depths. ~ No edge or spacing effects. ~ f'c = 32 MPa
M36
70
Design tensile action effect, N* (kN)
M30
60 50 40 30
M16 M20 M24
20
M12
10
M8
M10
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 125 225
Design shear action effect, V* (kN)

Table 1b Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm)
Anchor size, db em, am M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 25 30 35 50 60 75 90 110
Step 1c Calculate anchor effective depth, h (mm)

Refer to Description and Part Numbers table for ChemSet Anchor Studs on page 45.
h = Le - t h 6 * dh
Anchor size determined, absolute minima compliance achieved, effective depth (h) calculated.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
49
8.4
ChemSet Reo 502

STEP 2

Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, Nuc (kN), c = 0.6, fc = 32 MPa
Anchor size, db Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) 60 65 70 80 90 100 110 120 125 140 150 160 170 180 190 220 240 270 330 350 M8 10 8.6 9.3 10.0 11.4 12.8 14.3 15.7 M10 12 M12 14 M16 18 M20 24 M24 26 M30 32 M36 38
18.3 20.9 23.5 26.1 28.8 31.4
28.0 31.1 34.2 37.4 38.9 43.6
48.2 52.5 54.7 61.3 65.7 70.0
68.3 72.8 77.4 81.9 86.5
73.6 78.2 82.8 87.4 101.2 110.3
91.7 106.2 115.8 130.3 159.2
132.9 149.5 182.7 193.8
Bold values are at ChemSet Anchor Stud nominal depths. Note: Effective depth, h must be 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. Wet holes: Multiply Nuc * 0.7.
Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 0.91 0.95 1.00 1.05 1.09
Table 2c Edge distance effect, tension, Xne

Anchor size, db Edge distance, e (mm) 25 30 35 40 50 60 65 75 80 90 100 110 120 145 M8 M10 0.83 0.91 1 0.85 0.96 1
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
0.81 0.88 1
0.85 0.96 1
0.83 0.87 0.96 1
0.85 0.88 0.96 1
0.83 0.88 0.94 1
0.83 0.88 1
Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, end of a row, tension, Xnae

Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 Anchor Spacing, a (mm) 25 0.76 30 0.81 0.75 35 0.86 0.79 0.74 50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76 60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75 75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76 95 1 0.90 0.83 0.76 120 1 0.92 0.83 0.78 145 1 0.90 0.84 180 1 0.92 220 1
50
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
8.4
ChemSet Reo 502

Table 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, tension, Xnai

Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 Anchor Spacing, a (mm) 25 0.52 30 0.63 0.50 35 0.73 0.58 0.49 50 1 0.83 0.69 0.52 60 1 0.83 0.63 0.50 75 1 0.78 0.63 0.52 95 1 0.79 0.66 0.53 120 1 0.83 0.67 0.56 145 1 0.81 0.67 180 1 0.83 220 1
2 STEP 3
Design reduced ultimate concrete tensile capacity, Nurc
Nurc = Nuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai )

Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, Nus (kN), n = 0.8
Anchor size, db ChemSet Anchor Stud Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 14.3 22.7 33.8 64.7 97.6 141.3 ~ ~ 14.9 23.8 35.3 69.3 104.6 151.4 ~ ~ 23.4 37.1 54.0 100.5 156.8 225.9 359.0 522.9
ChemSet Anchor Stud A4/316 Stainless Steel Typical Threaded Rod Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel
Step 3b Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity, Ntf (kN)
Not appropriate for this product.

Check N*
/ Nur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
51
8.4
ChemSet Reo 502

STEP 4

Table 4a R educed characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, Vuc (kN), q = 0.6, fc = 32 MPa
Anchor size, db Edge distance, e (mm) 25 1.6 30 2.2 2.4 35 2.7 3.0 3.2 50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2 60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4 75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7 15.2 125 18.3 20.0 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5 32.7 35.7 200 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7 66.3 72.2 300 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7 121.7 132.6 400 140.5 162.3 168.9 187.4 204.2 500 226.8 236.1 261.9 285.4 600 310.3 344.3 375.1 750 481.1 524.3 900 689.2 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36
Note: Effective depth, h must be 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.
Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, concrete edge shear, Xvc
V*
fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
Table 4c Load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Load direction effect, conc. edge shear, Xvd
Table 4d A nchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva

Note: For single anchor designs, Xva = 1.0
Edge distance, e (mm) 25 30 35 50 60 75 125 200 300 400 600 900 25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54 30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53 35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52 50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53 60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52 75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52 150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53 200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.54 300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.57 400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.59 500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.61 625 0.92 0.81 0.71 0.64 750 1.00 0.88 0.75 0.67 875 0.94 0.79 0.69 1000 1.00 0.83 0.72 1250 0.92 0.78 1500 1.00 0.833 2250 1.00 Anchor spacing, a (mm)
52
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
8.4
ChemSet Reo 502

Table 4e M ultiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn

Note: For single anchor designs, Xvn = 1.0
Anchor spacing / Edge distance, a / e Number of anchors, n 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
4 STEP 5
Design reduced ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, Vurc
Vurc = Vuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn

Table 5a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, Vus (kN), v = 0.8
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 8.9 14.1 21.0 39.7 59.9 86.8 ~ ~ 10.7 17.0 25.3 49.6 74.9 108.5 ~ ~ 14.5 23.0 33.5 62.3 97.2 140.1 222.6 324.2
Step 5b Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity, Vsf (kN)
Design reduced ultimate shear capacity, Vur

Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
53
8.4
ChemSet Reo 502

STEP 6

Check

Specify Threaded Stud Anchors

Ramset ChemSet Reo 502 with (Anchor Size) grade 5.8 ChemSet Anchor Stud ((Anchor Stud Part Number)). Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.
Example
Ramset ChemSet Reo 502 with M16 grade 5.8 ChemSet Anchor Stud (CS16190GH). Drilled hole depth to be 125 mm.
To be installed in accordance with Ramset Technical Data Sheet.
54
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
9.1
ChemSet 801

PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL SPECIFICATION INSTALLATION RELATED
Product
ChemSet 801 is a heavy duty Vinyl Ester anchoring adhesive.
U FAST C LA M R FO U
NEW!RE

Suitable for structural applications:
High bond strength
Suitable for use in contact with drinking water:

Meets AS/NZ4020 - 1999
Structural steel Starter bars Handrails Timber frames in domestic housing
Suitable for diamond cored holes:

High bond strength
Versatile
Suitable for cold and temperate climates VOC Compliant
High Productivity
Fast Cure Easy cold weather dispensing
Installation

-10C to 80C.
1 2 3 4 5 6
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert Ramset ChemSet Anchor Stud/rebar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. C hemSet Injection to cure as per setting times. 6. Attach fixture.
Setting Times
801
Gel Time (mins) Loading Time (mins)
40C 30C 25C 20C 10C 5C
4 5 6 10 18
35 40 50 85 145
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
55
9.2-3
ChemSet 801
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet Injection 801 and ChemSet Anchor Studs
Installation details Minimum dimensions* Anchor size, db Drilled hole diameter, Fixture hole diameter, Anchor effective Tightening torque, Tr Edge distance, ec Anchor spacing, ac Substrate thickness bm (mm) dh (mm) df (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100 M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120 M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140 M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160 150 190 24 24 180 80 120 M20 170 220 160 200 26 28 315 100 145 M24 210 270 *Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. Working Load Limit Capacity Grade 4.6 Steel Studs Grade 5.8 Steel Studs AISI 316 Stainless Steel Studs Concrete Anchor size, db Tension, Nac (kN)# (mm) Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Concrete compressive strength, fc 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa M8 3.6 4.0 4.4 6.5 5.9 7.5 6.6 7.6 8.1 M10 5.8 6.3 7.1 10.3 9.3 11.9 8.6 9.9 10.3 M12 8.4 9.2 10.5 15.3 13.6 17.2 12.5 14.4 15.3 M16 15.6 17.1 19.9 29.4 25.3 32.1 16.9 19.6 20.8 24.3 28.1 29.9 M20 24.3 26.7 29.9 44.3 39.5 50.1 29.3 33.9 36.1 28.8 33.3 35.5 M24 35.0 38.5 43.3 64.2 56.9 72.2 43.3 50.1 53.4 *Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. # Nac = Nuc / 3.0

Description ChemSet 801 Cartridge
Cartridge Size 380 ml 750 ml
Part No. C801C C801J ISNE
ChemSet 801 Jumbo Cartridge Mixer Nozzle for 800 Series
h = Le - t h 6 * dh
56
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
9.4
ChemSet 801
STEP 1

M24
60 50 40 30 20
M12 M16 M20
10
M8
M10
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75

Refer to Description and Part Numbers table for ChemSet Anchor Studs page 45. Effective depth, h (mm) Preferred h = hn otherwise, Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
h = Le - t h 6 * dh
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
57
9.4
ChemSet 801
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Effective depth, h (mm) 60 8.9 65 10.0 70 11.2 12.2 80 13.7 15.0 90 17.8 19.2 100 20.9 22.5 110 25.9 29.1 120 29.5 33.1 125 31.4 35.2 140 37.2 41.8 45.7 150 50.6 160 55.8 60.0 170 61.1 65.7 180 66.6 71.6 190 72.2 77.7 200 78.0 83.9 210 90.2 220 96.8 230 103.4 240 110.3 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 14 18 24 26
STEP 2
Bold values are at ChemSet Anchor Stud nominal depths. Note: Effective depth, h must be 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 0.86 0.93 1.00 1.06 1.13

Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Edge distance, e (mm) 25 0.85 30 0.96 0.83 35 1 0.91 0.81 40 1 0.88 50 1 0.85 60 0.96 0.83 65 1 0.87 75 0.96 0.85 80 1 0.88 100 1

Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 25 0.76 30 0.81 0.75 35 0.86 0.79 0.74 40 0.92 0.83 0.78 50 1 0.92 0.85 0.76 60 1 0.92 0.81 0.75 75 1 0.89 0.81 0.76 100 1 0.92 0.85 120 1 0.92 150 1
58
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
9.4
ChemSet 801

2 STEP 3

Anchor size, db ChemSet Anchor Stud Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel ChemSet Anchor Stud A4/316 Stainless Steel Typical Threaded Rod Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 14.3 22.7 33.8 64.7 97.6 141.3 14.9 23.8 35.3 69.3 104.6 151.4 23.4 37.1 54.0 100.5 156.8 225.9

Check N*
/ Nur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
59
9.4
ChemSet 801
Table 4a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, Vuc (kN), q = 0.6, fc = 32 MPa
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Edge distance, e (mm) 25 1.6 30 2.2 2.4 35 2.7 3.0 3.2 50 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2 60 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4 75 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7 125 18.3 20.1 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5 200 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7 300 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7 400 140.5 162.3 168.9 500 226.8 236.1 600 310.3
STEP 4

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

Edge distance, e (mm) 25 30 35 50 60 75 125 200 300 400 500 600 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.54 30 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.53 35 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.52 50 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.53 60 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52 75 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71 750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75 875 0.94 0.85 0.79 1000 1.00 0.90 0.83 1250 1.00 0.92 1500 1.00
60
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
9.4
ChemSet 801

4 STEP 5



Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
61
9.4
ChemSet 801
Check
STEP 6


Ramset ChemSet Injection 801 with (Anchor Size) grade 5.8 ChemSet Anchor Stud ((Anchor Stud Part Number)). Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.
Example
Ramset ChemSet Injection 801 with M16 grade 5.8 ChemSet Anchor Stud (CS16190). Drilled hole depth to be 125 mm.
62
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
10.1
Structaset 401

HCR
Product
Structaset 401 is a heavy duty Epoxy Acrylate for anchoring threaded studs and reinforcing bar into solid concrete, stone, hollow brick and hollow concrete block.
ETA

Greater productivity: Easy dispensing even in cold weather Fast 50 minute cure time Greater security: Strong bond Rated for sustained loading
Certified Performance European Technical Approval 001 Part 5-ETA-11/0063
Versatile: Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond drilled holes Cold and temperate climates Greater Safety: Low odour styrene free Suitable for contact with drinking water AS/NZS 4020 VOC Compliant
Threaded Studs Starter Bars Hollow Masonry Sleeves Threaded Inserts Over-head installation Steel Columns Hand rails Road Stitching
Recommended Installation Temperatures Installation

Substrate Adhesive Minimum 0C 5C Maximum 40C 40C
Service Temperature Limits

-40C to 80C
Setting Times
1 2 3 4 5 6
401
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert Ramset ChemSet Anchor Stud/rebar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. Allow Structaset 401 to cure as per setting times. 6. Attach fixture.
40C
4 5 6 10 18
35 40 50 85 145
30C 25C 20C 10C 5C
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
63
10.2-3
Structaset 401
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: Structaset 401 and ChemSet Anchor Studs
Anchor size, db (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Drilled hole diam. , dh (mm) 10 12 14 18 24 26
Fixture hole diameter, df (mm) 10 12 15 20 24 28
Anchor effective depth, h (mm) 80 90 110 125 150 170 160 210
Tightening torque, Tr (Nm) 10 20 40 95 180 315
Minimum dimensions* Anchor Edge spacing, ac distance, ec (mm) (mm) 35 50 40 60 50 75 65 100 80 100 120 145
Concrete substrate thickness, bm (mm) 100 120 140 160 190 220 200 270
*Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity Working Load Limit Capacity Grade 5.8 Steel Studs AISI 316 Stainless Shear, Vas (KN) 4.4 7.1 10.5 19.9 30.0 43.4 Tension, Nas (KN) 6.5 10.3 15.4 29.4 44.4 64.2 Shear, Vas (KN) 5.9 9.3 13.6 25.3 39.5 56.9 Tension, Nas (KN) 7.5 11.9 17.2 32.1 50.1 72.2
Anchor Size, db (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24 M24
Grade 4.6 Steel Studs Shear, Vas (KN) 3.6 5.8 8.4 15.6 24.3 35.0 Tension, Nas (KN) 4.0 6.3 9.2 17.1 26.7 38.5
Concrete ** Tension, Nac (KN) Concrete Compressive Strength, f'c 20 MPa 6.7 9.0 13.1 18.8 26.7 30.3 32.2 42.2
*Note: For shear loads acting towards and edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. ** Nac = Nuc/3.0

Description Structaset 401 Structaset 401 Cartridge Size 380 ml 750 ml Part No. S401C S401J
10.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES:

Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Section Min. diameter, dm Stress Area, As Anchor Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield Strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z 2 (mm) (mm ) size, db (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3) M8 6.6 33.2 430 540 450 650 31.2 M10 7.9 52.8 430 540 450 650 62.3 M12 9.6 78.5 430 540 450 650 109.2 M16 13.3 153.9 420 520 450 650 277.5 M20 16.6 232.4 420 520 450 650 540.9 M24 19.6 336.5 420 520 450 650 935.5
64
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
10.4
Structaset 401
STEP 1
60

Table 1a Indicative combined loading - interaction diagram
Tension 50
40
M24
30
M20
20
M16
10
M10 M8
M12
0 0 20 40 60 80 100

Table 1b Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm) Anchor Size, db em, am M8 25 M10 30 M12 35 M16 50 M20 60 M24 75
Step 1c Calculate anchor effective depth, h (mm) Refer to Description and Part Numbers table for Chemset Anchor Studs (Page 45 of Ramset Specifiers Resource Book) Effective depth, h (mm) Preferred h = hn otherwise,
h = Le - t h 6 * dh
t = total thickness of material(s) being fastened Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
65
10.4
Structaset 401
Strength Limit State Design Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchor
Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, Nuc (kN), c = 0.6, fc = 32 MPa Anchor Size, db Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) Effective Depth, h (mm) 60 65 70 80 90 100 110 120 125 140 150 160 170 180 190 210 240 M8 10 8.4 9.1 9.8 11.2 12.6 14.0 15.4 M10 12 M12 14 M16 18 M20 24 M24 26
STEP 2
11.6 13.3 14.9 16.6 18.2 19.9
17.9 19.9 21.9 23.9 24.9 27.9
27.6 30.2 31.4 35.2 37.7 40.2
44.5 47.5 50.4 53.4 56.4
53.6 57.0 60.3 63.7 70.4 80.4
Bold values are at Chemset Anchor Stud nominal Depths Note: Effective depth, h must be 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. WET HOLES: Multiply Nuc * 0.6 Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc fc (MPa) Xnc 20 1.00 25 1.00 32 1.00 40 1.00 50 1.00

66
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
10.4
Structaset 401
M16 M20 M24

Anchor size, db Anchor spacing, a (mm) M8 M10 M12
25 30 35 40 50 60 75 100 120 150
0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 1
0.75 0.79 0.83 0.92 1
0.74 0.78
0.85
0.92 1
0.76 0.81 0.89 1
0.75 0.81 0.92 1
0.76 0.85 0.92 1

Anchor size, db Anchor spacing, a (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
25 30 35 40 50 60 75 100 120 150
0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83 1
0.50 0.58 0.67 0.83 1
0.49 0.56 0.69 0.83 1
0.52 0.63 0.78 1
0.50 0.63 0.83 1
0.52 0.69 0.83 1
2 STEP 3

Nur = minimum of Nurc, Nus Check N* / Nur 1,

www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
67
10.4
Structaset 401
Strength Limit State Design Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor
STEP 4

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 1.00 10 1.04 20 1.16 30 1.32 40 1.50 50 1.66 60 1.80 70 1.91 80 1.98 90 - 180 2.00

68
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
10.4
Structaset 401

4 STEP 5


Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
69
10.4
Structaset 401
Strength Limit State Design Combined loading and specification
Check
STEP 6

Ramset Structaset 401 with (Anchor Size) grade 5.8 Chemset Anchor Stud (Anchor Stud Part Number) Drilled Hole Depth to be (h) mm.
Specify - Threaded Stud Anchors
Ramset Structaset 401 Injection with M16 grade 5.8 Chemset Anchor Stud (CS16190GH). Drilled hole depth to be 125 mm. To be installed according to Ramset Technical Data Sheet.
Example
70
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
11.1
ChemSet 101 PLUS


Product
ChemSet Injection 101 PLUS is a medium duty, peroxide initiated injection anchor.
STYREN FREE
NEW! E

Fast installation:
Load in 50 minutes (at 20C) Easy cold weather dispensing
Versatile:
Suitable for anchoring into a wide variety of substrates Solid concrete, hollow block and brick Styrene Free Cold and temperate climates VOC Compliant
Hollow brick and block. Stadium seating. Starter bars. Balustrades.
Installation
Substrate: 0C to 40C. Adhesive: 5C to 40C. Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has sufficiently cured as specified in the following diagrams.

-10C to 80C.
1 2 3 4 5 6
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert Ramset ChemSet Anchor Stud/rebar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. ChemSet Injection to cure as per setting times. 6. Attach fixture.
Setting Times
101 PLUS
40C 30C 20C 5C 0C
4 5 6
35 40 50
10 18
85 145
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
71
11.2-3
ChemSet 101 PLUS

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet Injection 101 PLUS and ChemSet Anchor Studs
Installation details Minimum dimensions* Anchor size, db Drilled hole diameter, Fixture hole diameter, Anchor effective Tightening torque, Tr Edge distance, ec Anchor spacing, ac Substrate thickness bm (mm) dh (mm) df (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100 M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120 M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140 M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160 150 190 24 24 180 80 120 M20 170 220 160 200 26 28 315 100 145 M24 210 270 *Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. Working Load Limit Capacity Grade 4.6 Steel Studs Grade 5.8 Steel Studs AISI 316 Stainless Steel Studs Concrete Anchor size, db Tension, Nac (kN)# (mm) Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Concrete compressive strength, fc 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa M8 3.6 4.0 4.4 6.5 5.9 7.5 3.4 4.5 5.1 M10 5.8 6.3 7.1 10.3 9.3 11.9 4.5 6.0 6.8 M12 8.4 9.2 10.5 15.3 13.6 17.2 6.4 8.6 9.7 M16 15.6 17.1 19.9 29.4 25.3 32.1 10.1 13.5 15.3 16.6 22.3 25.2 M20 24.3 26.7 29.9 44.3 39.5 50.1 18.8 25.2 28.6 24.4 32.7 37.0 M24 35.0 38.5 43.3 64.2 56.9 72.2 32.1 42.9 48.6 *Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. # Nac = Nuc / 3.0

Description ChemSet 101 PLUS Cartridge ChemSet 101 PLUS Jumbo Cartridge ChemSet 101 PLUS Kit Mixer Nozzle for 101 PLUS Cartridge Size 380 ml 750 ml 2 x 380 ml Part No. C101C C101J ISKP ISNP
h = Le - t h 6 * dh
72
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
11.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS

STEP 1
60

50
40
M24
30
M20
20
M16
10
M8
M12 M10
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100


Refer to Description and Part Numbers table for either ChemSet Anchor Studs on page 45.
h = Le - t h 6 * dh
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
73
11.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS

STEP 2

Table 2a R educed characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, Nuc (kN), c = 0.6, fc = 32 MPa
Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Effective depth, h (mm) 60 6.1 70 7.2 8.4 80 8.2 9.6 90 10.8 12.7 100 12.0 14.1 110 15.5 21.3 120 16.9 23.3 125 17.6 24.2 140 19.7 27.1 37.4 150 40.1 55.2 160 42.7 58.8 170 45.4 62.5 180 48.1 66.2 190 50.7 69.9 200 53.4 73.5 210 77.2 220 80.9 230 84.6 240 88.2 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 14 18 24 26

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 0.74 0.86 1.00 1.13 1.27


74
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
11.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS


2 STEP 3


Check N*
/ Nur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
75
11.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS

STEP 4


fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

76
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
11.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS


4 STEP 5

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 8.9 14.1 21.0 39.7 59.9 86.8 10.7 17.0 25.3 49.6 74.9 108.5 14.5 23.0 33.5 62.3 97.2 140.1

Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
77
11.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS

STEP 6

Check


Ramset ChemSet Injection 101 PLUS with (Anchor Size) grade 5.8 ChemSet Anchor Stud ((Anchor Stud Part Number)). Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.
Example
Ramset ChemSet Injection 101 PLUS with M16 grade 5.8 ChemSet Anchor Stud (CS16190). Drilled hole depth to be 125 mm.
78
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
12.1
ChemSet Maxima
Spin Capsules

Product
ChemSet Maxima Spin Capsule is a heavy duty, acrylic capsule anchor.
ETA

Certified Performance
European Technical Approval 001 Part 5-ETA-03/0008
No measuring, no mess, no waste:

Adhesive is contained in pre-measured capsules.
Versatile:
Use in damp or flooded holes or even underwater.
Structural steel Machine hold down Factory fit out Fencing Stadium seating Balustrades Signs Applications requiring a set number of fixings
Fast installation:
Cures in minutes and can be loaded in 20 min (at 20C).
High bond strength:

Acrylic adhesive.
High corrosion resistance:

(See table 5.5 pages 22 and 23.)
Rated for Sustained Loading VOC Compliant
Installation

Substrate: -5C to 35C. Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has sufficiently cured as specified.

-23C to 60C.
1 2 3 4 5 6
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert correct size Spin capsule into the hole. 4. Using appropriate driver accessories, drive the ChemSet Anchor Stud into the hole using a hammer drill (on rotation). 5. Cure as per setting times. 6. Attach fixture and tighten nut in accordance with recommended tightening torque.
Setting Times
Gel Time (mins) Loading Time (hrs)
20C 15C 10C 5C 0C -5C
15 25 45 60
20 mins 30 mins 1 5
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
79
12.2-3
ChemSet Maxima
Spin Capsules
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet Maxima Spin Capsules and ChemSet Anchor Stud
Installation details Minimum dimensions* Anchor size, db Drilled hole diameter, Fixture hole diameter, Anchor effective Tightening torque, Tr Edge distance, ec Anchor spacing, ac Substrate thickness bm (mm) dh (mm) df (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100 M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120 M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140 M16 18 20 125 95 65 100 160 150 190 24 24 180 80 120 M20 170** 220 160 200 26 28 315 100 145 M24 210** 270 *Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. ** Note: To achieve these non standard effective depths, use an additional CHEM08 Maxima spin capsule per hole. Working Load Limit Capacity Grade 5.8 Steel Studs AISI 316 Stainless Steel Studs Concrete Anchor size, db Tension, Nac (kN)# (mm) Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Concrete compressive strength, fc 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa M8 4.4 6.5 5.9 7.5 6.9 7.9 8.5 M10 7.1 10.3 9.3 11.9 9.3 10.7 11.4 M12 10.5 15.3 13.6 17.2 13.3 15.3 16.3 M16 19.9 29.4 25.3 32.1 19.4 22.3 23.9 31.0 35.7 38.2 M20 29.9 44.3 39.5 50.1 35.2 40.5 43.3 35.9 41.3 44.1 M24 43.3 64.2 56.9 72.2 47.1 54.2 57.9 *Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. # Nac = Nuc / 3.0
12.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS - ChemSet Maxima Spin Capsules

Capsule dimensions To suit ChemSet Anchor Stud Capsule Part No. Effective depth, h (mm) Capsule length, L (mm) Anchor size, db Nominal diameter, d (mm)
9.5 80 M8 80 CHEM08 11 80 M10 90 CHEM10 13 17 95 95 M12 M16 110 125 CHEM12 CHEM16
21.5 115 M20 150 CHEM2024 21.5 115 M24 160 CHEM2024
80
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
12.4
ChemSet Maxima
STEP 1
80 70

Notes: ~ Shear limited by Grade 5.8 steel capacity. ~ Tension limited by concrete capacity. ~ No edge or spacing effects. ~ f'c = 32 MPa
60 50 40
M20 M24
30 20
M12 M16
10
M8
M10
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100


Anchor effective depth, h (mm) is read from the Description and Part Numbers table for ChemSet Maxima Spin Capsules on page 80.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
81
12.4
ChemSet Maxima
STEP 2

Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Effective depth, h (mm) 80 14.3 90 19.2 110 27.5 125 40.2 150 64.4 160 74.3 170 72.9 210 97.6 10 12 14 18 24 26 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm)

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 0.87 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.14


82
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
12.4
ChemSet Maxima

STEP 3

Anchor size, db ChemSet Anchor Stud Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel ChemSet Anchor Stud A4/316 Stainless Steel M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 14.3 22.7 33.8 64.7 97.6 141.3 14.9 23.8 35.3 69.3 104.6 151.4

Check N*
/ Nur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
83
12.4
ChemSet Maxima
STEP 4


fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

84
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
12.4
ChemSet Maxima

4 STEP 5

Anchor size, db ChemSet Anchor Stud Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel ChemSet Anchor Stud A4/316 Stainless Steel M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 8.9 14.1 21.0 39.7 59.9 86.8 10.7 17.0 25.3 49.6 74.9 108.5

Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
85
12.4
ChemSet Maxima
STEP 6

Check

Specify Spin Capsules

Ramset ChemSet Maxima Spin Capsule, ((Capsule Part Number)) with (Anchor Size) grade 5.8 ChemSet Anchor Stud ((Anchor Stud Part Number)).
Example
Ramset ChemSet Maxima Spin Capsule, (CHEM16) with M16 grade 5.8 ChemSet Anchor Stud (CS16190).
86
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
Notes
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
87
Chemical Anchoring - Threaded Inserts
Introduction
Chemical Anchoring Threaded Inserts
Introduction
The Ramset post-installed Threaded Insert system features a CAD optimised multicone design for high performance in shallow embedment depths. The system features an integrated splined segment to prevent rotation when torque is applied and a sealed centering cap to protect the internal thread from dust and resin. The New Generation Threaded Inserts are available in High Performance Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel or AISI 316 Stainless Steel and are designed to be installed with the Fast curing Structaset 401 or Extra Heavy Duty ChemSet Reo 502 chemical injection systems. By utilising a chemical injection system, material and labour costs can be reduced as well as reducing installation error. The optimised shallow embedment reduces the chance of drilling into rebar and maximises installation options in thin slab applications. Ramset Threaded Inserts finish flush with the surface of the substrate, leaving no protrusions when not in use, making them ideal for removable or temporary applications. The Threaded Insert accepts metric machine bolts or threaded rod maximising design opportunities.
In addition, the ability to select architectural grade bolt heads makes Ramset Threaded Inserts ideal for facade and balustrade systems where aesthetics may be a specific requirement. The key advantage of Ramset chemical anchoring is that it does not impart an expansion stress on the surrounding substrate. This makes chemical anchoring ideal for close to edge fixings or for close anchor spacing. The ability of Ramset ChemSet Reo 502 and Structaset 401 chemical anchoring to sustain cyclic tensile loads relies on adhesive bond, not on preload or tightening torque. The adhesive bond does not deteriorate or change over time making Ramset chemical anchors ideal for cyclic and vibrating load cases.
88
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
13.1
Threaded Inserts

Product
Le
Threaded Inserts are internally threaded steel fixings and are installed using injection systems ChemSet Reo 502 or Structaset 401. Once installed, any threaded bolt is used to secure the fixture to concrete. Suitable for structural loads: High Performance Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel. High Performance AISI 316 Stainless Steel for Coastal or fresh water applications. Greater security: High loads in shallow holes in thin slabs. Versatile: Anchor in dry, damp, wet and flooded holes. Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes. Zinc Plated for indoor or dry climates. Supplied with plastic cap to protect threads during installation. Fast installation: Chemical Injection System Protective cap Shallow embedment depths
db
Machinery hold down Structural steel connections Seating Hand rails Balustrade posts Removable fixings
ChemSet Reo 502

Installation temperature limits: -Substrate: 5C to 40C -Adhesive: 20C to 32C Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has sufficiently cured as specified Service temperature limits: -10 C to 80C
Setting Times
Reo 502
Working Time (mins) Cure Time (hrs)
Installation
40C 32C 27C 20C 16C 10C 0C

8.5 12 20 23 27 2 2.5 3 5 8
1. Drill or core hole to specified diameter and depth 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Screw mixing nozzle onto cartridge and dispense 2-3 trigger pulls of adhesive to waste until colour is grey with no streaks 4. Insert tip of nozzle to bottom of hole and dispense adhesive 5. Fill hole to about 2/3 full 6. Insert threaded insert with rotating motion to release trapped air 7. Wait until adhesive has fully cured before loading (see Working Time / Loading Time chart for each adhesive) Refer to Technical Data Sheet and MSDS available from www. ramset.com.au, for precautions and further detailed installation instructions
Structaset 401
Installation temperature limits: -Substrate: 0C to 40C -Adhesive: 5C to 40C Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has sufficiently cured as specified Service temperature limits: -40 C to 80C
Setting Times
401
40C
4 5 6 10 18
35 40 50 85 145
30C 25C 20C 10C 5C
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
89
13.2-3
Threaded Inserts
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: Threaded Inserts with ChemSet Injection Reo 502 and Structaset 401
Anchor size, db (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Drilled hole diam. , dh (mm) 14 20 24 28 35 Fixture hole diameter, df (mm) 10 12 15 20 24 Anchor effective depth, h (mm) 60 65 75 125 170 Tightening torque, 5.8 A4 316 Bolt Tr (Nm) 10 22 36 80 120 Minimum dimensions Concrete Tightening substrate torque, 8.8 Edge* Anchor* grade Bolt Tr spacing, ac distance, ec thickness, bm (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 15 120 65 100 30 130 65 100 70 150 85 125 120 250 125 180 200 340 170 240
* For anchor spacings less than the minimum, please contact your local Ramset Engineer. Working Load Limit Capacity Grade 5.8 Threaded Insert Shear, Vas (kN) 3.7 5.8 8.45 15.6 24.4 Tension, Nas (kN) 8.2 13.2 19.1 35.5 55.4 AISI 316 (A4) Threaded Insert Shear, Vas (kN) 4.6 7.4 10.8 20.4 Tension, Nas (kN) 10.5 16.8 24.5 46.3 Concrete ChemSet Reo 502 - Tension, Nac (kN)# Concrete compressive strength, fc 20 MPa 6.2 9.0 10.9 28.3 55.6 25 MPa 6.4 9.4 11.4 29.4 57.8 32 MPa 6.8 9.9 12.0 31.1 61.2 Concrete Structaset 401 - Tension, Nac (kN)# Concrete compressive strength, fc 20 MPa 6.2 9.0 10.9 28.3 55.6
Anchor size, db (mm)
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
*Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. # Nac = Nuc/3.0

Anchor size, db (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Drilled hole diam. , dh (mm) 14 20 24 28 35 Overall Length, L (mm) 60 65 75 125 170 Effective Length, Le (mm) 60 65 75 125 170 Thread Length, Lt (mm) 25 32 38 50 63 Part Number Stainless Zinc Steel AISI 5.8 grade 316 062770 062860 062480 062960 062760 063100 062800 051175 062810 -
13.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES

Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Carbon Steel Min. Tensile Yield Strength, fyk Strength, fuk (MPa) (MPa) 420 520 420 520 420 520 420 520 420 520 Stainless Steel Yield Min. Tensile Strength, fyk Strength, fuk (MPa) (MPa) 350 650 350 650 350 650 -
90
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
13.4
Threaded Inserts
STEP 1
120
Select Anchor to be evaluated
Tension 100
80
M20
60
40
M16
20
M12 M10 M8
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Table 1b Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm) Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) em am M8 60 40 40 M10 65 45 45 M12 75 55 55 M16 125 65 65 M20 170 65 85
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
91
13.4
Threaded Inserts
Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, Nuc (KN), c = 0.6, fc = 20 MPa Anchor Size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 14 20 24 28 35 Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) Effective Depth, h (mm)
60 65 75 125 170 11.1 16.2 19.7 51.0 100.1
STEP 2
NOTE: When Using Structaset 401 - WET HOLES: Multiply Nuc * 0.6 When Using ChemSet Reo 502 - WET HOLES: Multiply Nuc * 0.7 Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc fc 20 25 32 40 50 401 - Xnc 1 1 1 1 1 Reo 502 - Xnc 1 1.04 1.10 1.10 1.10
N
Table 2c - Edge distance effect, tension, Xne Anchor size, db M8 M10 Edge distance, e (mm) 40 0.75 45 0.81 0.77 55 0.93 0.88 65 1 1 85 90 100 125 150 170 Table 2d - Anchor spacing effect, tension, Xna Anchor size, db M8 M10 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 40 0.67 45 0.69 0.67 55 0.73 0.71 65 0.77 0.75 85 0.85 0.83 100 0.92 0.88 120 1 0.96 130 1 150 200 250 300 340
M12
M16
M20
0.80 0.90 1
0.65 0.76 0.79 0.85 1
0.55 0.63 0.65 0.70 0.80 0.91 1
M12
M16
M20
0.68 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.90 0.93 1
0.63 0.67 0.70 0.74 0.76 0.80 0.90 1
0.60 0.65 0.68 0.69 0.72 0.79 0.87 0.94 1
Nurc = Nuc * Xnc * Xne * Xna
92
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
13.4
Threaded Inserts
STEP 3
Table 3a - Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, Nus (kN), n = 0.8
Anchor size, db Threaded Insert Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel Threaded Insert A4/316 Stainless Steel M8 14.4 18.4 M10 23.2 29.6 M12 33.6 43.2 M16 62.4 81.6 M20 97.4 -
Step 3b - Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity, Ntf (kN)
Establish the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity, Ntf from literature supplied by the specified bolt manufacturer. For nominal expected capacities of bolts manufactured to ISO standards, refer to page 233.
Design reduced ultimate tensle capacity, Nur Check N*/Nur 1, if not satisfied return to step 1
STEP 4

Table 4a - Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, Vuc (kN) q = 0.6, f'c = 20 MPa Anchor size, db min. edge distance, em min. anchor spacing, am Effective depth, h (mm) 60 65 75 125 170 M8 40 40 2.3 3.1 4.5 6.6 11.3 M10 45 45 M12 55 55 M16 65 65 M20 85 85
Table 4b - Concrete compressive strength effect, shear, Xvc f'c (MPa) Xvc 20 1 30 1.14 40 1.26 50 1.34
Table 4c - Load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd
V*
Angle, Xvd
0-55 1
60 1.1
70 1.2
80 1.5
90-180 2
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
93
13.4
Threaded Inserts
Table 4d - Anchor spacing and edge distance effect, concrete edge shear, Xve For single anchor fastening Xve
h>1,5. e
e/em Xve
1.0 1.00
1.2 1.31
1.4 1.66
1.6 2.02
1.8 2.41
2.0 2.83
2.2 3.26
2.4 3.72
2.6 4.19
2.8 4.69
3.0 5.20
3.2 5.72
Xve = e/em *e/em

For 2 anchors fastening Xve
a
e/em a/em
1.0 1.5
h>1,5. e
1.0 0.67 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00
1.2 0.84 0.93 1.02 1.11 1.20 1.30
1.4 1.03 1.12 1.22 1.32 1.42 1.52 1.62
1.6 1.22 1.33 1.43 1.54 1.64 1.75 1.86 1.96
1.8 1.43 1.54 1.65 1.77 1.88 1.99 2.10 2.21 2.33
2.0 1.65 1.77 1.89 2.00 2.12 2.24 2.36 2.47 2.59 2.71 2.83
2.2 1.88 2.00 2.12 2.25 2.37 2.50 2.62 2.74 2.87 2.99 3.11
2.4 2.12 2.25 2.38 2.50 2.63 2.76 2.89 3.02 3.15 3.28 3.41
2.6 2.36 2.50 2.63 2.77 2.90 3.04 3.17 3.31 3.44 3.71 3.71
2.8 2.62 2.76 2.90 3.04 3.18 3.32 3.46 3.60 3.74 4.02 4.02
3.0 2.89 3.03 3.18 3.32 3.46 3.61 3.75 3.90 4.04 4.33 4.33
3.2 3.16 3.31 3.46 3.61 3.76 3.91 4.05 4.20 4.35 4.65 4.65
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Xve = 3*e+a *e/em 6*em
For 3 anchors fastening and more Xve

a1 a2 a3 an-1
Xve =
3*e + a1 +a2 +a3 ++an-1 3*n*em
*e/em
h>1,5.e
4 STEP 5
Vurc = Vuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xve

Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, Vus (kN), v = 0.8 Anchor size, db Threaded Insert Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel Threaded Insert A4/316 Stainless Steel M8 7.4 9.1 M10 11.6 14.9 M12 16.9 21.6 M16 37.4 40.8 M20 58.6 -
Check V*/Vur 1, if not satisfied return to step 1
94
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
13.4
Threaded Inserts
STEP 6 6
Combined loading
Check N*/Nur + V*/Vur 1.2,
Ramset Threaded Insert Chemical Injection Threaded Insert (Size) (Part number) Injection System (Type) (Part number) Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.
Specify
Ramset Threaded Insert Chemical Injection Threaded Insert M12 (062760) ChemSet Reo 502 (REO502J) Maximum fixed thickness to be 8 mm. To be installed in accordance with Ramset Technical Data Sheet.
Example
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
95
Chemical Anchoring - Reinforcing Bar Anchorage
Introduction
Chemical Anchoring Reinforcing Bar Anchorage
The following section applies to reinforcing bar in anchorage applications and where bar lengths will be less than 12 x bar diameter. For structural post-installed reinforcing bar designs intended to comply with AS3600, please refer to the section titled Chemical Anchoring Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar. Reinforcing bar complying with the requirements of grade 500 according to AS/NZS 4671:2001. Reidbar Continuously threaded reinforcing bar.
h dh
db
96
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
14.1
Reinforcing Bar
ChemSet
14.1 ESTIMATING CHARTS

20 Hole Diameter (mm) Hole Depth (mm) 60 70 90 100 110 125 150 160 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Number of N10 Bars 70 80 90 100 Number of 750 ml cartridges 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 125 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 150 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 175 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 200 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4
14
20 Hole Diameter (mm) Hole Depth (mm) 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 210 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
30 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
50 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
60 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
16
Number of N12 Bars 70 80 90 100 Number of 750 ml cartridges 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
125 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4
150 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4
175 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 5
200 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 6
30 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
40 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
50 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3
60 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
20
125 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6
150 3 3 4 5 5 6 6 7
175 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8
200 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 9
30 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
40 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
50 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4
60 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5
25
125 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10
150 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 11
175 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
200 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15
20 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
30 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4
40 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5
50 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 6
30
125 7 8 10 10 11 13 14 15
150 8 10 11 12 14 15 16 18
175 10 11 13 14 16 17 19 20
200 11 13 15 16 18 20 21 23
10
20
30
40
50
60
www.ramset.com.au Number of N28 Bars 70 80 90 125
1300 780 063

150 175 200
97
Hole Diameter (mm)
14.1-2
30
Reinforcing Bar
ChemSet
Hole Depth (mm) 150 175 210 225 250 275 300 325 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
10
20 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
30 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4
40 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5
50 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 6
14.1 ESTIMATING CHARTS (cont)

10 Hole Diameter (mm) Hole Depth (mm) 170 200 225 250 270 300 325 350 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 20 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4
125 7 8 10 10 11 13 14 15
150 8 10 11 12 14 15 16 18
175 10 11 13 14 16 17 19 20
200 11 13 15 16 18 20 21 23
30 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5
40 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7
50 5 5 6 6 7 8 8 9
35
125 11 12 14 15 17 18 20 21
150 13 15 17 18 20 22 24 25
175 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 30
200 17 19 22 24 26 29 31 34
10 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
15 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
20 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5
25 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 7
40
125 17 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
150 20 24 26 28 31 33 35 38
175 23 28 30 33 36 38 41 44
200 27 32 35 38 41 44 47 50
10 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4
15 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5
20 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7
25 5 5 6 6 7 8 8 9
45
125 22 25 27 30 33 37 40 42
150 27 30 33 36 39 44 47 50
175 31 35 38 42 46 52 55 59
200 36 40 43 47 52 59 63 67
6 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
8 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4
10 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5
25 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 11
50
125 28 31 34 37 44 49 52 55
150 33 37 40 44 53 58 62 66
175 38 43 47 51 61 68 72 76
200 44 49 54 58 70 78 82 87
Typical Engineering Properties of Grade 500 Reinforcing Bar
Rebar Size Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) Stress Area, As (mm2) Yield Stress, fsy (MPa) Tensile Steel Yield Capacity Nsy , (KN) N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 14 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 78.5 113 201 314 452 616 804 1020 1260 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0
For further information refer to reinforcing bar manufacturer's published information and AS/NZS 4671:2001
98
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
15.1
ChemSet Reo 502


PERFORMANCE RELATED INSTALLATION RELATED
Product
ChemSet Reo 502 is an extra heavy duty epoxy anchoring adhesive.

Greater productivity:
Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes no weather delays Fast 3 hour cure time Short embeddment to achieve bar yield stress
Greater security:
Exceeds steel strength up to AISI 316 Stainless Steel at recommended embedments High loads in shallow holes in thin slabs
Reinforcing bars. Deformed bars. Starter bars. Anchoring structural steel to concrete. Anchoring stadium seating.
Versatile:
Anchors in dry, damp, wet and flooded holes Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes For tropical and temperate climates
Greater safety:
Low odour Non-flammable for transport and storage VOC Compliant
Installation


-10C to 80C.
Setting Times
1 2 3 4 5
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert rebar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. Allow ChemSet Reo 502 to cure as per setting times.
Reo 502
40C 32C 27C 20C 16C 10C 0C

8.5 12 20 23 27 2 2.5 3 5 8
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
99
15.2-3
ChemSet Reo 502

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet Reo 502 and Reinforcing Bar
Anchor b size, d (mm) N10 N12 N16 Installation details Drilled hole Effective diameter, dh depth (mm) h (mm) 14 16 20 90 110 125 Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit Edge Anchor Substrate Steel Steel Tension, Nac (kN) distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Concrete compressive strength, fc (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa 40 50 65 60 70 100 120 140 160 9.7 14.0 24.9 17.8 25.7 45.7 8.2 12.1 18.3 27.4 31.0 35.1 46.0 57.5 69.0 74.5 87.7 95.3 108.5 116.9 131.5 10.4 15.2 23.1 34.7 39.3 44.4 58.2 72.8 87.3 94.3 110.9 120.6 137.2 147.9 166.3 11.6 17.0 25.8 38.7 43.9 49.6 65.1 81.4 97.6 105.4 124.0 134.8 153.4 165.3 186.0
N20 25
150
190 80 120 38.9 71.4 170 220
160 240 N24 30 100 145 56.0 102.7 210 270 225 280 N28 35 115 170 76.4 140.0 270 315 255 320 N32 40 130 195 99.7 182.7 300 365 290 365 N36 45 145 220 126.5 231.8 330 410 320 400 N40 50 160 240 156.2 286.4 360 450
*Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.

Description ChemSet Reo 502 Cartridge Size 750 ml Part No. Reo502J
Effective depth, h (mm)
h 6 * dh
(To obtain full steel strength in shear)
Rebar Size Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) Stress Area, As (mm2) Yield Stress, fsy (MPa) Tensile Steel Yield Capacity Nsy, (KN) N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 14 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 78.5 113 201 314 452 616 804 1020 1260 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0
100
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
15.4
ChemSet Reo 502

STEP 1
300

Notes: ~ Shear limited by Grade 500 Rebar steel capacity. ~ Tension limited by concrete capacity using nominal depths. ~ No edge or spacing effects. ~ f'c = 32 MPa
250
200
N40
150
N36
100
N32
N28
50
N24 N20 N16 N12
25
N10
0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350

Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 em, am 30 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120

Refer to nominal recommended effective depths, h, listed in installation and working load limit table on page 100.
h 6 * dh
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
101
15.4
ChemSet Reo 502

STEP 2

Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 Drilled Hole Dia, 14 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 dh (mm) Effective Depth, h (mm) 85 17.7 90 18.7 95 19.8 100 20.8 25.0 105 21.8 26.2 110 22.9 27.4 115 23.9 28.7 125 26.0 31.2 41.6 140 29.1 34.9 46.6 150 31.2 37.4 49.9 62.4 170 42.4 56.6 70.7 180 44.9 59.9 74.9 89.8 210 69.9 87.3 104.8 122.3 240 79.8 99.8 119.8 139.7 159.7 270 112.3 134.7 179.6 202.1 157.2 300 124.8 149.7 174.7 224.6 249.5 199.6 320 133.1 159.7 186.3 212.9 239.5 266.1 330 164.7 192.1 219.6 274.5 247.0 360 179.6 209.6 239.5 269.5 299.4 420 244.5 279.5 314.4 349.3 460 306.1 344.3 382.6 500 332.7 374.3 415.9 550 411.7 457.4 600 499.0 625 519.8
Bold values are at ChemSet Anchor Stud nominal depths. Note: Effective depth, h must be 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. Wet holes: Multiply Nuc * 0.7.

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 Edge Distance, e (mm) 30 0.83 35 0.91 0.81 40 1.00 0.88 50 1.00 0.85 65 1.00 0.87 80 1.00 0.88 95 1.00 0.89 0.82 110 1.00 0.90 0.83 130 1.00 0.93 0.87 145 1.00 0.93 1.00 160
102
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
15.4
ChemSet Reo 502


Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 Anchor Spacing, a (mm) 30 0.75 35 0.79 0.74 40 0.83 0.78 50 0.92 0.85 0.76 60 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75 75 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.76 95 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.78 120 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.78 0.75 140 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.82 0.79 170 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85 195 1.00 0.95 0.91 1.00 0.96 220 1.00 240

Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 Anchor Spacing, a (mm) 30 0.50 35 0.58 0.49 40 0.67 0.56 50 0.83 0.69 0.52 60 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.50 75 1.00 0.78 0.63 0.52 95 1.00 0.79 0.66 0.57 0.49 120 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.63 0.56 0.50 150 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.69 0.63 170 1.00 0.89 0.79 0.71 195 1.00 0.90 0.81 1.00 0.90 215 1.00 240
2 STEP 3

Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 Grade 500 Rebar 31.4 45.2 80.4 125.6 180.8 246.4 321.6 408.0 504.0

Check N*
/ Nur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
103
15.4
ChemSet Reo 502

STEP 4

Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 Edge Distance, e (mm) 30 2.5 35 3.2 40 3.9 4.2 50 5.5 5.9 6.5 60 7.2 7.7 8.6 9.6 75 10.1 10.8 12.0 13.4 14.7 95 14.3 15.3 17.1 19.2 21.0 22.7 120 20.4 21.8 24.3 27.2 29.8 32.2 34.4 36.5 38.5 200 43.8 46.8 52.4 58.6 64.1 69.3 74.1 78.6 82.8 300 80.5 86.1 96.2 107.6 117.8 127.3 136.1 144.3 152.1 400 123.9 132.5 148.1 165.6 181.4 196.0 209.5 222.2 234.2 500 173.2 185.2 207.0 231.5 253.6 273.9 292.8 310.6 327.4 600 227.7 243.4 272.2 304.3 333.3 360.0 384.9 408.2 430.3

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

104
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
15.4
ChemSet Reo 502


4 STEP 5


Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
105
15.4
ChemSet Reo 502

STEP 6 6

Check

Specify Reinforcing Bar Anchorage

Ramset ChemSet Reo 502 with (Anchor Size) grade 500 Rebar. Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.
Example
Ramset ChemSet Reo 502 with N20 grade 500 Rebar Drilled hole depth to be 160 mm.
106
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
16.1
ChemSet 801

Product
U FAST C LA M R FO U
NEW!RE

Suitable for structural applications:
High bond strength
Suitable for use in contact with drinking water:

Meets AS/NZ4020 - 1999
Structural steel Starter bars Handrails Timber frames in domestic housing

High bond strength
Versatile
Suitable for cold and temperate climates VOC Compliant
High Productivity
Installation

-10C to 80C.
1 2 3 4 5
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert rebar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. Allow ChemSet 801 to cure as per setting times.
Setting Times
801
40C 30C 25C 20C 10C 5C
4 5 6 10 18
35 40 50 85 145
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
107
16.2-3
ChemSet 801
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet Injection 801 and Reinforcing Bar
Anchor b size, d (mm) N10 N12 N16 Installation details Drilled hole Effective diameter, dh depth (mm) h (mm) 14 16 20 90 110 125 Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Nac (kN) distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Concrete compressive strength, fc (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa 40 50 65 60 70 100 120 140 160 9.7 14.0 24.9 17.8 25.7 45.7 5.1 7.5 11.3 17.0 19.3 21.8 28.6 35.7 42.8 46.2 54.4 59.2 67.3 72.5 81.6 6.5 9.5 14.3 21.5 24.4 27.5 36.1 45.2 54.2 58.5 68.8 74.8 85.2 91.7 103.2 7.2 10.6 16.0 24.0 27.2 30.8 40.4 50.5 60.6 65.4 76.9 83.7 95.2 102.6 115.4
N20 25
150
190 80 120 38.9 71.4 170 215
160 240 N24 30 100 145 56.0 102.7 210 270 225 280 N28 35 115 170 76.4 140.0 270 315 255 320 N32 40 130 195 99.7 182.7 300 365 290 365 N36 45 145 220 126.5 231.8 330 410 320 400 N40 50 95 145 156.2 286.4 360 450

Description ChemSet 801 Cartridge ChemSet 801 Jumbo Cartridge Mixer Nozzle for 800 Series Cartridge Size 400 ml 750 ml Part No. C801C C801J ISNE
h 6 * dh
108
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
16.4
ChemSet 801
STEP 1
200

150
100
N40
80
N36
60
N32
N28
40
N24
20
N16 N12
N20
N10
0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350

h 6 * dh
www.ramset.com.au 1300 780 063 109
16.4
ChemSet 801
STEP 2

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

110
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
16.4
ChemSet 801

Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 Anchor Spacing, a (mm) 30 0.75 35 0.79 0.74 40 0.83 0.78 50 0.92 0.85 0.76 60 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75 75 1.00 0.89 0.81 0.76 95 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.78 120 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.78 0.75 140 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.82 0.79 170 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85 195 1.00 0.95 0.91 220 1.00 0.96 1.00 240

2 STEP 3


Check N*
/ Nur 1,
16.4
ChemSet 801
STEP 4

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

112
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
16.4
ChemSet 801

4 STEP 5


Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
113
16.4
ChemSet 801
Check
STEP 6 6


Ramset ChemSet 801 with (Anchor Size) grade 500 Rebar. Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.
Example
Ramset ChemSet 801 with N20 grade 500 Rebar Drilled hole depth to be 160 mm.
114
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
17.1
Structaset 401

Product
Structaset 401 is a heavy duty Epoxy Acrylate for anchoring threaded studs and reinforcing bar into solid concrete, stone, hollow brick and hollow concrete block.
ETA

Greater productivity: Easy dispensing even in cold weather Fast 50 minute cure time Greater security: Strong bond Rated for sustained loading
Certified Performance European Technical Approval 001 Part 5-ETA-11/0063
Versatile: Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond drilled holes Cold and temperate climates Greater Safety: Low odour styrene free Suitable for contact with drinking water AS/NZS 4020 VOC Compliant
Threaded Studs Starter Bars Hollow Masonry Sleeves Threaded Inserts Over-head installation Steel Columns Hand rails Road Stitching
Installation
Recommended Installation Temperatures

Substrate Adhesive Minimum 0C 5C Maximum 40C 40C
Service Temperature Limits

-40C to 80C
1. Drill or core hole to specified diameter and depth 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Screw mixing nozzle onto cartridge and dispense 2-3 trigger pulls of adhesive to waste until colour is grey with no streaks 4. Insert tip of nozzle to bottom of hole and dispense adhesive 5. Fill hole to about 2/3 full 6. Insert threaded stud or reinforcing bar with rotating motion to release trapped air 7. Wait until adhesive has fully cured before loading (see Working Time / Loading Time chart below) 8. Clean up with Acetone
Setting Times
401
40C 30C 25C 20C 10C 5C
4 5 6 10 18
35 40 50 85 145
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
115
17.2-3
Structaset 401
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: Stuctaset 401 and Reinforcing Bar
Anchor size, db (mm) N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 Minimum dimensions* Drilled Anchor Concrete Edge Anchor hole substrate Shear, Vas effective distance, spacing, diam., dh depth, h thickness, (kN) (mm) ec (mm) ac (mm) bm (mm) (mm) (mm) 14 90 40 60 120 9.7 16 110 50 70 140 14.0 20 125 65 100 160 24.9 150 190 25 80 120 38.9 170 215 160 240 30 100 145 56 210 270 225 280 35 115 170 76.4 270 315 255 320 40 130 195 99.7 300 365 290 365 45 145 220 126.5 330 410 320 400 50 160 240 156.2 360 450 Working Load Limit ** Tension, Nac (kN) Tension, Concrete compressive strength, f'c Nas (kN) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa 17.8 25.7 45.7 71.4 102.7 140 182.7 231.8 286.4 4.6 6.7 9.7 15.3 17.4 19.6 25.7 32.2 38.6 41.7 49.0 53.3 60.6 65.3 73.5 5.8 8.5 12.3 19.4 22.0 24.8 32.5 40.7 48.8 52.7 62.0 67.4 76.7 82.6 93.0 6.5 9.5 13.8 21.7 24.5 27.7 36.4 45.5 54.6 58.9 69.3 75.4 85.8 92.4 104.0
*Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity ** Nac = Nuc/3.0

Description Structaset 401 Structaset 401 Cartridge Size 380 ml 750 ml Part No. S401C S401J Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
h 6 * dh
17.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES: Typical Engineering Properties of AS/NZS4671 - 2001 Grade 500N Reinforcing Bar
Rebar size N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Stress area, Ab (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 616 804 1020 1260 Yield stress, fsy (MPa) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0
Tensile steel yield capacity Nsy, (kN)
For further information refer to reinforcing bar manufacturers published information and AS/NZS4671: 2001
116
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
17.4
Structaset 401
STEP 1

175 Notes: ~ Shear limited by Grade 500 Rebar steel capacity. ~ Tension limited by concrete capacity using nominal depths. ~ No edge or spacing effects. ~ f'c = 32 MPa
150
125
N40
100
N32
N36
75
N28
50
N24
25
N20 N16 N12 N10
0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Table 1b Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm) Anchor Size, db em, am N10 30 N12 36 N16 48 N20 60 N24 72 N28 84 N32 96 N36 108 N40 120

Refer to nominal recommended effective depths, h, listed in installation and working load limit table on page 116
h 6 * dh
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
117
17.4
Structaset 401
Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, Nuc (KN), c = 0.6, fc = 32 MPa Anchor Size, db Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) Effective Depth, h (mm)
85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 140 150 160 170 180 210 240 270 300 320 330 360 380 400 420 460 500 550 600 625
STEP 2
N10 14
9.9 10.5 11.0 11.6 12.2 12.8 13.4 13.9 14.5 16.3 17.4 18.6
N12 16
N16 20
N20 25
N24 30
N28 35
N32 40
N36 45
N40 50
13.9 14.6 15.3 16.0 16.7 17.4 19.5 20.9 22.3 23.7 25.1 21.3 22.2 24.8 26.6 28.4 30.2 31.9 37.3 42.6 34.9 37.2 39.5 41.8 48.8 55.8 62.8 69.7 74.4 50.2 58.6 66.9 75.3 83.7 89.3 92.1 100.4 106.0 68.3 78.1 87.9 97.6 104.1 107.4 117.2 123.7 130.2 136.7 89.3 100.4 111.6 119.0 122.7 133.9 141.3 148.8 156.2 171.1 186.0 113.0 125.5 133.9 138.1 150.6 159.0 167.4 175.7 192.5 209.2 230.1 139.5 148.8 153.4 167.4 176.7 186.0 195.3 213.9 232.5 255.7 278.9 290.6
Note: Effective depth, h must be 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. WET HOLES: Multiply Nuc x 0.6

fc (MPa) Xnc 20 0.79 25 0.88 32 1.00 40 1.12 50 1.25

118
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
17.4
Structaset 401


2 STEP 3


Check N*
/ Nur 1,
17.4
Structaset 401
Strength Limit State Design Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor
STEP 4

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
V*

Angle, Xvd 0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00

120
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
17.4
Structaset 401

4 STEP 5


Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
121
17.4
Structaset 401
Strength Limit State Design Combined loading and specification
Check
STEP 6 6

Specify - Reinforcing Bar Anchorage

Ramset Structaset 401 with (Rebar Size) grade 500 Drilled Hole Diameter (dh) mm Drilled Hole Depth to be (h) mm.
Example
Ramset Structaset 401 with N16 grade 500 reinforcing bar Drilled Hole Diameter 20 mm Drilled Hole Depth 125 mm
To be installed according to Ramset Technical Data Sheet.
122
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
18.1
ChemSet 101 PLUS


Product
STYREN FREE
NEW! E

Fast installation:
Versatile:
Hollow brick and block. Stadium seating. Starter bars. Balustrades.

Substrate: 0C to 40C. Adhesive: 5C to 40C.
Installation
Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has sufficiently cured as specified in the following diagrams.

-10C to 80C.
Setting Times
101 PLUS
Gel Time (mins)
1 2 3 4 5
Loading Time (mins)
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert rebar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. Allow ChemSet 101 PLUS to cure as per setting times.
40C 30C 20C 5C 0C
4 5 6
35 40 50
10 18
85 145
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
123
18.2-3
ChemSet 101 PLUS

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet Injection 101 PLUS and Reinforcing Bar
Anchor b size, d (mm) N10 N12 N16 Installation details Drilled hole Effective diameter, dh depth (mm) h (mm) 14 16 20 90 110 125 Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Nac (kN) distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Vas (kN) Tension, Nas (kN) Concrete compressive strength, fc (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa 40 50 65 60 70 100 120 140 160 9.7 14.0 24.9 17.8 25.7 45.7 4.3 6.4 9.6 14.5 16.4 18.5 24.3 30.4 36.5 39.4 46.3 50.4 57.3 61.7 69.5 5.5 8.1 12.2 18.3 20.7 23.4 30.8 38.4 46.1 49.8 58.6 63.7 72.5 78.1 87.9 6.1 9.0 13.6 20.5 23.2 26.2 34.4 43.0 51.6 55.7 65.5 71.2 81.0 87.3 98.2
150 190 N20 25 80 120 38.9 71.4 170 215 160 220 N24 30 100 145 56.0 102.7 210 270 225 295 N28 35 115 170 76.4 140.0 270 340 255 335 N32 40 130 195 99.7 182.7 300 380 290 380 N36 45 145 220 126.5 231.8 330 420 320 420 N40 50 95 145 156.2 286.4 360 460

h 6 * dh
18.3 Typical Engineering Properties of Grade 500 Reinforcing Bar

124
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
18.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS

STEP 1
160

130
100
80
N36
N40
60
N32
40
N24
N28
20
N16 N12 N10
N20
0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350


h 6 * dh
18.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS

STEP 2


fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

126
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
18.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS



Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 Anchor Spacing, a (mm) 30 0.50 35 0.58 0.49 40 0.67 0.56 50 0.83 0.69 0.52 60 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.50 75 1.00 0.78 0.63 0.52 95 1.00 0.79 0.66 0.57 0.49 120 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.63 0.56 0.50 150 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.69 0.63 170 1.00 0.89 0.79 0.71 195 1.00 0.90 0.81 215 1.00 0.90 1.00 240
2 STEP 3


Check N*
/ Nur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
127
18.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS

STEP 4


fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

128
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
18.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS


4 STEP 5


Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
129
18.4
ChemSet 101 PLUS

STEP 6 6

Check


Ramset ChemSet 101 PLUS with (Anchor Size) grade 500 Rebar. Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.
Example
Ramset ChemSet 101 PLUS with N20 grade 500 Rebar Drilled hole depth to be 160 mm.
130
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
Chemcial Anchoring - Reinforcing Bar Anchorage
Notes
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
131
Chemical Anchoring - Post-Installled Reinforcing Bar
Introduction
Chemical Anchoring - Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar
Chemical Anchoring Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar

AS3600 2009 Section 13 covers development of stress in cast-in reinforcement. In order to obtain full steel yield stress in a reinforcing bar it must be embedded in concrete to a length where the bond stress and steel stress are balanced and the bar does not displace within the concrete. The embedded length of bar is termed the Development Length (Lsy.t). Stress Development in Post-installed Adhesive Bonded Reinforcement in Solid Concrete Polymer adhesives like epoxy, generally bond significantly better to steel reinforcement than concrete to steel reinforcement. Consequently the development lengths of reinforcing bars bonded in concrete with adhesives are often significantly shorter than development lenghts of cast-in bars. As with cast-in bars, loads on adhesive bonded reinforcing bars are transmitted to and cause stress in the surrounding concrete. The stress around a single reinforcing bar in tension remote from a concrete edge is given by: However, the situation changes when another bar or bars is/are introduced and or the concrete edge is no longer remote. Close bar spacing or insufficient concrete cover may result in splitting failures such as those illustrated in figure 1. From equation 1 above, stress (b ) in the concrete surrounding the bar decreases with increasing embedded length (Lsy.t). See graph below of bond stress developed in concrete when steel yield stress is applied to a reinforcing bar as a function of embedded length.
Bond Stress at fsy in Rebar

Bond Stress (N/mm2)
25 20 15 10 5 O O 5 10 15 20
Lsy.t / db
b = Ab.fsy / (Lsy.t ..db)..Equation1

b = Bond Stress to the Concrete (MPa) Ab = Cross-sectional Area of the Bar (mm2) fsy = Steel Yield Stress (MPa) Lsy.t = Minimum embedment length of rebar to develop steel yield stress (mm) = pi db = nominal bar diameter (mm) In the case where spacing and edge distances are remote, there is enough concrete cover to the bar and adhesive to dissipate the stresses in the concrete and avoid splitting failures.
Concrete
Bonded Rebars
V-notch
Figure 1.
132
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
Introduction
Therefore where there is shallow cover or close bar spacing, it is necessary to apply the splitting factor k1,k2 & k3 listed in Section 13 of AS3600 2009. The splitting factors influence the development length to ensure there is sufficient embedment to reduce stress in concrete and prevent splitting failures. Development lengths calculated from bond strength alone should NOT be used for bar anchorages designed to comply with AS3600 2009 as concrete splitting is not accounted for. If splitting factors from AS3600 are not applied to development lengths of post-installed reinforcing bars in structural concrete elements, there may be a significant reduction in safety resulting in concrete failure and collapse due to concrete splitting. Concrete splitting is a function of edge distance and spacing and is independent of adhesive bond strength. Derivation of Development Length for Adhesive Bonded Bars Development lengths are predicted from bond stress, determined from pull out tests, according to equation 2. The predicted lengths are verified according to AS/NZS4671 2001, Appendix C4, where a load equal to Nsy is applied and a displacement of the bar less than 0.2 mm recorded.
The development length tables in Design Case 2, 3 and 4 in the following section are calculated using equation 4. k1 = 1.0 for adhesive bonded bars. In section 13.1 of AS3600 2009, k1 = 1.3 for all horizontal bars with > 300 mm of concrete below them. According to Warner et al3 (pp391), a zone of weak, air and water rich concrete forms on the lower surface of top bars, which reduces the bond characteristics of bars in this position. Since the weakened zone of concrete is specific to cast-in bars it is not relevant to bonded bars and therefore k1 = 1 in all cases. k2 is the direction function of the bar diameter (db). The value of k3 is influenced by the anchor spacing (a), edge distance/cover (e) and the bar diameter (db). Edge Distance and Spacing Edge distance and spacing of reinforcing bars are independent of adhesive bond strength. They are related to the stress transferred from the bars under tension, through the adhesive and into the concrete. As shown in equation 1 stress transferred to concrete by bars under tension is reduced by increasing embedded length. Hence AS3600 applies the splitting factors, k1, k2 and k3 to influence the development length. AS3600 allows for various depths of concrete cover to bars depending on environmental and other circumstances. The designer must refer to AS3600 to determine required cover. In the following tables a minimum cover of 30 mm or 2 x db (2.5 x db edge distance) is adopted. References
1. AS3600 2009 Concrete Structures, Standards Australia 2. AS/NZS4671 2001 Steel Reinforcing Materials, Standards Australia 3. Warner, R.F. Rangan B.V. Hall A.S. Faulkes K.A. 1998, Concrete Structures, Addison Wesley Longman Australia
Lsy.t = Ab.fsy / (b..db)......................Equation 2
The development length is a function of adhesive bond stress so a limit state factor of 0.6 is applied:
Lsy.t / = Ab.fsy / (0.6.b..db)..........Equation 3

Effectively the limit state factor increases development length by 67%. The development length tables in Design Case 1 in the following section are calculated using Equation 3. This relationship applies to a single bar remote from an edge and does not account for concrete splitting affects. For designs where there are multiple parallel reinforcing bars in structural elements such as walls, floors, beams and columns, concrete splitting factors from section 13.1 of AS3600 should be used. Concrete splitting is independent of adhesive bond strength and should be applied to all adhesive bonded bars where the design is intended to comply with AS3600. Applying the splitting factor from AS3600 to Equation 3 yields Equation 4 below. NOTE: AS3600 2009 Clause 13.1.2.4 prohibits reinforcing bar development lengths of less than 12 db For simplicity, the limit state factor , is implied in equation 4
Lsy.t =
3.k1.k3.Ab.fsy (0.6.k2.b..db)
12 db....Equation 4
19.1
Design Process
AS3600-2009

134
This information is intended for use by qualified engineers or other suitably skilled persons. It is the designers responsibility to ensure compliance with the relevant standards, codes of practice, building regulations, workplace regulations and statutes as applicable. This section must be used in conjunction with AS3600 2009 and is intended to assist in design of reinforcing bar connections where they are post- installed using ChemSetTM Anchoring adhesives rather than being cast into the concrete. For selection of the appropriate reinforcing bar diameter, reference should be made to the manufacturers design tables and AS3600 2009. The document provides the steel yield development length Lsy.t, required by AS3600 2009, clause 13.1.2.2 for Grade 500 reinforcing bars post-installed with ChemSet Anchoring adhesives into concrete. The design process begins with the Designer choosing the relevant Design Case: The Design Cases are: 1. Development Length of single bar remote from an edge 2. Development Length of multiple bars in concrete elements. (Large clear anchor spacing) 3. Development Length of multiple bars in concrete elements. (Medium clear anchor spacing) 4. Development Length of multiple bars in concrete elements. (Minimum clear anchor spacing) Having obtained the nominal development length for the design case, adjustment is made for the influence of concrete compressive strength to yield the value Lsy.t. In the case where there is not sufficient depth of concrete for the reinforcing bar to be installed to Lsy.t, or the stress area of tensile steel exceeds design requirements, the stress (st) less than the yield strength (fsy) developed in the bar is provided for a variety of lengths (Lst), per clause 13.1.2.4 of AS3600 - 2009. Having obtained the stress developed in the bar for a nominated installed length, adjustment is made to the developed stress for the influence of concrete compressive strength.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
19.2
Worked Example
DESIGNEXAMPLE 1
Using the AS1170 family of Australian Standards, the design action effect causing tension in reinforcing bars is calculated to be: N* = 637 kN/m. run
DESIGNEXAMPLE 2
Consider the previous case; however the footing depth is 580 mm. Given minimum cover is 50 mm, the maximum bar length is 530 mm. Use stress developed in the bar to determine the centre spacings required to achieve the design load case at shorter bar lengths. From Table 2, Using Lst = 530 mm Rebar = N24 gives, st (nom) = 404 MPa Xnc = 1.12 @ 40 MPa From Table 2b, The stress developed in the bar at this depth is, st = st (nom) * Xnc = 450 MPa st * Ab hence, N* therefore, 637 * 103 N 0.8 * 450 * Ab transposing gives us, Ab 1769 mm2 From reinforcement bar manufacturers tables,
Strip footing details: f'c = 40 MPa Minimum cover = 50 mm Load case induced in starter bars = 637 kN/m. run 650
Consider design of 500N grade reinforcement bar, fully developed. To satisfy Strength Limit State Design criteria, N* fsy * Ab therefore, 637 * 103 N 0.8 * 500 * Ab transposing gives us, Ab 1593 mm2 From reinforcement bar manufacturers tables, N24 @ 275 mm. centres provides 1636 mm2/m. run Which satisfies our steel sectional requirement. As the project requires a post-installed solution, consider the use of ChemSet Reo 502 adhesive. Design is a wall with multiple longitudinal bars at 275 mm centres so Design Case 2 applies. From Table 2, From Table 2a, Lsy.t (nom) = 655 mm Xnc = 0.89 @ fc = 40 MPa
N24 @ 250 mm. centres provides 1800 mm2/m. run Which satisfies our steel sectional requirement.
Specify
N24 @ 250 mm. centres post-installed using Ramset ChemSet Reo 502 @ 530 mm. deep
The tensile development length for N24 bar using ChemSet Reo 502 is: Lsy.t = Lsy.t (nom) * Xnc = 655 * 0.89 = 585 mm
Specify
N24 @ 275 mm. centres post-installed using Ramset ChemSet Reo 502 @ 585 mm. deep
19.3
Estimating Charts
CHEMICAL ANCHORING WITH POST-INSTALLED GRADE 500 REINFORCINGBAR

19.3 Estimating Charts Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar in Solid Materials
30 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
40 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
50 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3
60 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3
14
125 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 6
150 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 7
175 3 3 4 5 5 5 6 8
200 3 3 4 5 6 6 7 9
30 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
40 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
50 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4
60 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4
16
125 4 4 4 5 5 6 7 8
150 4 5 5 5 6 7 8 10
175 5 5 6 6 7 8 9 11
200 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 13
30 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3
40 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4
50 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 5
60 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 6
20
125 4 4 5 6 7 9 10 12
150 5 5 6 7 9 11 12 14
175 6 6 7 8 10 13 14 17
200 7 7 8 9 11 14 16 19
30 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6
40 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7
50 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9
60 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
25
125 8 10 11 14 16 18 20 22
150 9 11 13 17 19 22 24 26
175 10 13 15 20 22 25 27 30
200 12 15 17 23 25 29 31 34
136
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063

10 20 30 40 50 60
Number of N24 Bars 70 80 90
125
150
175
200
Hole Diameter (mm)
25
Hole Depth (mm) 235 300 350 455 500 585 635 700
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4
2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6
3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7
3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Number of 750 ml cartridges 4 5 6 6 6 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 8 9 10 12 9 10 11 13 10 12 13 15 11 13 14 16 12 14 16 17
19.3
Estimating Charts
125 14 15 18 21 25 33 36 40 150 17 18 21 26 30 39 43 48 175 20 21 25 30 35 46 50 55 200 23 24 28 34 40 52 57 63
8 10 11 14 16 18 20 22
9 11 13 17 19 22 24 26
10 13 15 20 22 25 27 30
12 15 17 23 25 29 31 34
20 3 3 3 4 4 6 6 7
30 4 4 5 6 6 8 9 10
40 5 5 6 7 8 11 12 13
50 6 6 7 9 10 13 15 16
30
20 4 4 5 7 8 9 10 10
30 5 6 8 10 12 13 14 15
40 7 8 10 13 15 17 19 20
50 9 10 12 17 19 21 23 25
35
125 21 24 30 41 47 53 57 63
150 25 29 36 49 56 63 69 75
175 30 34 42 57 65 74 80 88
200 34 38 48 65 74 84 92 100
10 3 3 4 5 5 7 8 8
15 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12
20 5 6 7 9 10 13 15 16
25 7 7 9 11 13 17 18 20
40
125 31 35 43 53 63 81 88 97
150 37 42 52 64 75 97 106 117
175 43 49 60 74 87 113 123 136
200 49 56 69 85 100 129 141 156
10 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 11
15 6 7 8 10 11 14 16 17
20 7 9 11 13 15 19 21 22
25 9 11 13 16 18 24 26 28
45
125 43 54 64 79 90 117 127 137
150 51 65 77 94 108 140 153 165
175 59 76 89 110 126 163 178 192
200 68 86 102 126 144 186 204 219
6 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9
8 4 6 7 8 9 11 12 12
10 5 7 8 10 11 14 15 15
25 13 16 20 23 26 33 36 38
50
125 61 79 97 115 126 164 178 187
150 73 94 116 138 152 196 214 225
175 85 110 135 161 177 229 249 262
200 97 126 155 184 202 262 285 299
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
137
19.4
Reinforcing Bar
Engineering Properties
Grade 500 Reinforcing Bar

Typical Engineering Properties of AS/NZS4671 - 2001 Grade 500N Reinforcing Bar
Rebar size N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 14 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Stress area, Ab (mm2) 78.5 113 201 314 452 616 804 1020 1260 Yield stress, fsy (MPa) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0
Tensile steel yield capacity Nsy, (kN)
For further information refer to reinforcing bar manufacturers published information and AS/NZS4671 - 2001.
138
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
20.1-2
ChemSet Reo 502


Product
ChemSet Reo 502 is a extra heavy duty epoxy anchoring adhesive.

Approved for Rail Sleeper Repair Greater productivity:
Shorter 500 MPa bar development lengths from high bond strength faster installation. Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes no weather delays. Fast 3 hour cure time. Repeated load tested for a total of 3 million cycles as per AS1085.19-2003 table A1
Greater security:
AS3600 - 2009 500 MPa bar development lengths tested to AS/NZS4671 - 2001 Specially formulated for AS/NZS4671 - 2001 Grade 500 reinforcing bars Long 20 minute working time to allow full bar insertion
Grade 500 reinforcing bars Starter bars Deformed bars Road Stitching Rail Gantries
Versatile:
Bonds in dry, damp, wet and flooded holes Bonds in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes For tropical and temperate climates. Electrical Insulator
Greater safety:
Low odour VOC Compliant Non-flammable for transport and storage Rated for Sustained Loading ASTM E 1512-01 (2007)

Installation

-10C to 80C.
Setting Times
Reo 502
40C 32C 27C 20C 16C 10C 0C

8.5 12 20 23 27 2 2.5 3 5 8
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert Grade 500 reinforcing bar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. Allow ChemSet Reo 502 to cure as per setting times.

Description ChemSet Reo 502 Cartridge Size 750 ml Part No. Reo502J Working Time at 20C 20 minutes Cure Time at 20C 3 hours
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
139
20.3
ChemSet Reo 502

20.3 Strength Limit State Design
For Single Bar Remote from an Edge (e > 4 db)

For designs intended to comply with AS3600-2009, refer to Design cases 2, 3 and 4
Concrete Splitting Factors
k1 1.0 k2 1.0 k3 1.0
Table 1 Nominal steel yield development length Lsy.t (nom), of Grade 500 reinforcing bar in tension post-installed in 32 MPa concrete with ChemSet Reo 502
Rebar size N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 40 NR 48 NR 64 NR 80 NR 96 NR 112 NR 128 NR 144 NR 160 NR Minimum Cover, e (mm)
Min. Clear Spacing, a (mm)
Adhesive reduced ultimate tensile bond capacity 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0 Nub, (kN), c = 0.6 Nominal development length of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 105 140 205 265 335 400 470 540 615
Effective length, Lst (mm) Stress developed in steel, st (nom) (MPa) 50 238 60 286 70 333 250 80 381 286 90 429 321 st < fsy 100 476 357 244 105 500 375 256 120 429 293 226 140 500 341 264 209 160 390 302 239 190 463 358 284 238 205 500 387 306 256 220 415 328 275 234 230 434 343 288 245 213 265 500 396 331 282 245 300 448 375 319 278 335 500 419 356 310 272 360 450 383 333 293 st > fsy 380 475 404 352 309 400 500 426 370 325 430 457 398 350 450 479 417 366 470 500 435 382 540 500 439 615 500
500 Denotes adhesive tensile bond stress at Grade 500 steel yield development length, Lsy.t Interpolation permitted. Do not extrapolate.
140
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
20.3
ChemSet Reo 502

1a
Table 1a Concrete compressive strength effect on development length, tension, Xnc

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80
Design reinforcing bar steel development length, Lsy.t (mm)
Lsy.t = Lsy.t (nom) * Xnc

If there is insufficient concrete depth to install bar to Lsy.t go to Checkpoint 1b
Note: Effect of water in hole, multiply Lsy.t by 1.4.
1b Concrete compressive strength effect on steel stress, tension, X 1b Table f (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50

nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
Design tensile steel stress, st (MPa)
st = st (nom) * Xnc
Note: Effect of water in hole, multiply st by 0.7.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
141
20.3
ChemSet Reo 502

Multiple Bars in Concrete Elements (Large clear anchor spacing)

Steel yield development length, Lsy.t (AS3600 - 2009, clause 13.1.2.2)
Rebar size N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32 N36 N40 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 40 80 40 80 45 90 60 125 75 150 95 190 110 220 130 260 150 300 Concrete Splitting Factor, k1 Concrete Splitting Factor, k2 Concrete Splitting Factor, k3 Minimum Cover, e (mm) Min. Clear Spacing, a (mm)
Adhesive reduced ultimate tensile bond capacity 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0 Nub, (kN), c = 0.6 Nominal development length of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 210 275 410 530 655 810 990 1,160 1,345
Effective length, Lst (mm) Stress developed in steel, st (nom) (MPa) 140 334 160 381 180 429 328 195 465 355 210 500 382 256 st < fsy 235 428 287 255 464 311 275 500 335 259 330 402 311 380 463 359 410 500 387 313 455 429 347 281 490 462 374 302 247 530 500 404 327 268 228 565 431 349 285 244 610 465 376 308 263 227 655 500 405 331 282 244 680 420 343 293 253 st > fsy 750 463 379 323 279 810 500 409 349 301 850 429 366 316 915 462 394 340 990 500 427 368 1160 500 431 1345 500
142
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
20.3
ChemSet Reo 502

2a

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80


nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
st = st (nom) * Xnc
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
143
20.3
ChemSet Reo 502

Multiple Bars in Concrete Elements (Medium clear anchor spacing)

144
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
20.3
ChemSet Reo 502

3a

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80


nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
st = st (nom) * Xnc
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
145
20.3
ChemSet Reo 502

Multiple Bars in Concrete Elements (Minimum clear anchor spacing)

146
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
20.3
ChemSet Reo 502

4a

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80


nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
st = st (nom) * Xnc
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
147
Notes

148
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
21.1-2
ChemSet 801

Product

Greater security:
AS3600 - 2009 development lengths tested to AS/NZS4671 - 2001.
U FAST C LA M FOR U
NEW!RE

High bond strength
Grade 500 Reinforcing bars Starter bars Deformed bars
Versatile:
Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes Suitable for cold and temperate climates
Greater safety:
Low odour. Suitable for contact with drinking water to AS4020 - 1999. VOC Compliant
High Productivity

Installation

-10C to 80C.
Setting Times
801
1 2 3 4 5 Gel Time (mins) Loading Time (mins)
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert Grade 500 reinforcing bar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. Allow ChemSet 801 to cure as per setting times.
40C 30C 25C 20C 10C 5C
4 5 6 10 18
35 40 50 85 145

Description ChemSet 801 Cartridge
Cartridge Size 380 ml 750 ml
Part No. C801C C801J
Working Time at 20C 6 minutes 6 minutes
Cure Time at 20C 50 minutes 50 minutes
ChemSet 801 Jumbo
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
149
21.3
ChemSet 801

k1 1.0 k2 1.0 k3 1.0
Table 1 Nominal steel yield development length Lsy.t (nom), of Grade 500 reinforcing bar in tension post-installed in 32 MPa concrete with ChemSet 801
Adhesive reduced ultimate tensile bond capacity 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0 Nub, (kN), c = 0.6 Nominal development length of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 150 170 270 380 495 625 765 915 1,070
Effective length, Lst (mm) Stress developed in steel, st (nom) (MPa) 120 400 130 433 140 467 412 145 483 426 150 500 441 st < fsy 155 456 287 160 471 296 165 485 306 217 170 500 315 224 172 200 370 263 202 240 444 316 242 192 270 500 355 273 216 300 395 303 240 196 340 447 343 272 222 186 380 500 384 304 248 208 450 455 360 294 246 495 500 396 324 270 231 530 424 346 290 248 st > fsy 590 472 386 322 276 625 500 408 342 292 680 444 372 318 700 458 383 327 765 500 418 357 915 500 428 1070 500
150
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
21.3
ChemSet 801
1a

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80


nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
st = st (nom) * Xnc
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
151
21.3
ChemSet 801

152
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
21.3
ChemSet 801
2a

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80


nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
st = st (nom) * Xnc
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
153
21.3
ChemSet 801

154
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
21.3
ChemSet 801
3a

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80


nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
st = st (nom) * Xnc
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
155
21.3
ChemSet 801

156
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
21.3
ChemSet 801
4a

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80


nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
st = st (nom) * Xnc
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
157
Post-Installled Reinforcing Bar
Notes

158
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
22.1-2
ChemSet 101 PLUS


Product
ChemSet 101 PLUS is a medium duty, peroxide cured injection anchor.
STYREN FREE
NEW! E

Fast installation:
Greater security:
AS3600 - 2009 developmental lengths tested to AS/NZS4671 - 2001.
Grade 500 Reinforcing bars Starter bars Deformed bars
Versatile

Installation

-10C to 80C.
Setting Times
1 2 3 4 5
101 PLUS
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert Grade 500 reinforcing bar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. Allow C hemSet 101 PLUS to cure as per setting times.
40C 30C 20C 5C 0C
4 5 6
35 40 50
10 18
85 145

Description ChemSet 101 PLUS Cartridge ChemSet 101 PLUS Jumbo ChemSet 101 PLUS Kit Cartridge Size 380 ml 750 ml 2 x 380 ml Part No. C101C C101J ISKP Working Time at 20C 6 minutes 6 minutes 6 minutes Cure Time at 20C 50 minutes 50 minutes 50 minutes
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
159
22.3
ChemSet 101 PLUS

Strength Limit State Design 22.3 Strength Limit State Design

k1 1.0 k2 1.0 k3 1.0
Table 1 Nominal steel yield development length Lsy.t (nom), of Grade 500 reinforcing bar in tension post-installed in 32 MPa concrete with ChemSet 101 PLUS
Adhesive reduced ultimate tensile bond capacity 39.3 56.5 100.5 157.0 226.0 308.0 402.0 510.0 630.0 Nub, (kN), c = 0.6 Nominal development length of bar in tension, Lsy.t (nom) 510 525 585 750 920 1,005 1,170 1,335 1,505
Effective length, Lst (mm) Stress developed in steel, st (nom) (MPa) 200 196 250 245 300 294 286 350 343 333 400 392 381 st < fsy 450 441 429 385 510 500 486 436 520 495 444 347 525 500 449 350 285 540 462 360 293 560 479 373 304 279 585 500 390 318 291 620 413 337 308 265 680 453 370 338 291 255 750 500 408 373 321 281 850 462 423 363 318 920 500 458 393 345 306 950 473 406 356 316 st > fsy 975 485 417 365 324 1005 500 429 376 334 1050 449 393 349 1100 470 412 365 1170 500 438 389 1335 500 444 1505 500
160
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
22.3
ChemSet 101 PLUS

1a

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80


nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
st = st (nom) * Xnc
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
161
22.3
ChemSet 101 PLUS


162
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
22.3
ChemSet 101 PLUS

2a

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80


nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
st = st (nom) * Xnc
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
163
22.3
ChemSet 101 PLUS


164
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
22.3
ChemSet 101 PLUS

3a

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80


nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
st = st (nom) * Xnc
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
165
22.3
ChemSet 101 PLUS


166
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
22.3
ChemSet 101 PLUS

4a

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.89 0.80


nc
c
Xnc
0.79
0.88
1.00
1.12
1.25
st = st (nom) * Xnc
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
167
Introduction
Mechanical Anchoring
Ramset have been offering mechanical anchors in the Australian market place for over 50 years. During this time Ramset brand names have entered into common language on building sites all over Australia. Names like DynaBolt and TruBolt have become recognised as the best sleeve anchors and stud anchors alike. But only Ramset supplies the original, proven products like DynaBolt Plus sleeve anchors, TruBolt stud anchors, SpaTec Plus safety anchors, AnkaScrew screw-in anchors and DynaSet internally threaded anchors. These tried and tested Ramset brand names represent Quality, Reliability and Performance. The Ramset ISO9001 accreditation assures it. Not only does Ramset offer reliable, quality products, Ramset understands masonry anchoring technology and offers published information, such as this book, to guide correct product selection and safe installation. Extensive research, development and testing are invested in Ramset products so that designers can be secure in the knowledge that they have access to the real performance and capabilities of the anchors. It is performance that defines an anchors capabilities. An anchors performance cannot be deduced from its description. For example not all sleeve anchors perform like DynaBolt Plus sleeve anchors and not all stud anchors perform like TruBolt stud anchors.
Product design, manufacturing tolerances and manufacturing quality control have a major affect on anchor performance. The only way to determine an anchors actual performance is to measure it at all of its design and tolerance limits. The performance of Ramset Anchors are determined by extensive and rigorous testing to enable us to provide information on how our products will perform over a wide range of conditions and advise as to their limitations. The correct anchor for a particular load case can only be selected by referring to reliable design information issued by the supplier for their anchors. Performance and design information from one supplier does not apply to anchors from other suppliers, even if they appear to be the same or have the same generic description. The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer to the Ramset mechanical anchoring range and provides performance information to allow selection of the right anchor for the job.
168
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
23.1
SpaTec Plus
Safety Anchors

PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL INSTALLATION RELATED
Product
A high security, high performance, through fixing, torque controlled expansion anchor which has approval for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete. European Technical Approval (option1) ETA-10/0276: Highest level of European approval for mechanical expansion anchors Approved for all directions (floor, wall, overhead) Shallow embedment depths Highest performance in cracked concrete Zinc Plated to 5m Anchor diameters from M6 to M20
ETA
Le
Hex Head
Le
db
Suitable for structural loads:

Safety critical loads High tensile capacity of Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt. Heavy duty, heat treated washer. Heavy duty, thick expansion sleeve that provides secure grip to concrete.
Hex Nut Threaded Rod

Le
db
C/Sunk Head
db
Improved security:
Large expansion reserve that ensures retention in concrete if overloaded. Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload.
Resistant to cyclic loading:

Heavy duty sleeve with integrated pull-down section works to retain 65% of initial preload.
Structural beams and columns. Anchoring braces for precast panels. Safety barriers. Racking. Machinery and heavy plant hold down. Lift guide rails. Commercial building facades.
Fast installation:
Hex Nut & Hex Bolt versions available Countersunk heads available. Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.
Fire rated: Refer Fire rated mechanical anchor section. Cracked Concrete: Refer to Cracked Concrete section.
Installation
1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter and depth using the fixture as a template. Clean the hole thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush. Remove the debris with a hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum. 2. After ensuring that the anchor is assembled correctly, insert the anchor through the fixture and drive with a hammer until the washer contacts the fixture. 3. Tighten the bolt with a torque wrench to the specified assembly torque.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
169
23.2-3
SpaTec Plus
Safety Anchors
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details

Anchor size, db (mm) Installation details Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole effective diameter, dh diameter, df depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) 60 15 17 70 80 70 18 20 85 95 95 24 26 105 115 110 28 32 125 140 Minimum dimensions* Tightening torque, Tr (Nm) 50 Edge distance, ec (mm) 100 105 120 120 130 145 160 160 175 205 205 210 Anchor spacing, ac (mm) 180 210 240 210 255 285 285 315 345 330 375 420 Shear, Va 11.5 19.3 19.3 16.7 27.6 27.6 31.1 52.3 52.3 50.4 75.8 75.8 Working Load Limit (kN) Tension, Na Concrete compressive strength, fc 20 MPa 8.6 10.8 13.2 11.3 15.2 17.9 19.2 22.4 25.6 25.3 30.7 36.4 32 MPa 10.9 13.7 16.7 14.3 19.2 22.6 24.3 28.3 32.4 32.1 38.8 46.0 40 MPa 12.1 15.3 18.7 16.0 21.4 25.3 27.2 31.6 36.2 35.8 43.4 51.5
M10
M12
80
M16
120
M20
200
*F or shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.

Drilled hole Effective Part Number Anchor diameter, dh length, Le Zinc Stainless Steel Zinc (mm) (Hex Hd) (Hex Hd) (C/Sunk Hd) size, db (mm) 90 SP10105 - 97 - - SP10105F M10 15 95 - SP10110SS 90 SP12105 - M12 18 105 SP12120 SP12120SS 120 - - SP12120F 120 - SP16145ESS* M16 24 125 SP16145 - M20 28 150 SP20170 - *Note hex nut assembly. Note: For more sizes and different head styles, refer to page 258 or 292
h = Le - t
t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
bm = h + (3.5 x dh)
23.3 ENGINEERINGPROPERTIES - Carbon Steel

Shank Bolt stress Bolt yield Spacer Spacer yield Section Bolt UTS, diameter, ds area, As strength, fy strength, fy Spacer UTS, Anchor area, As modulus fu (MPa) fu (MPa) size, db (mm ) (MPa) Z (mm ) (mm) (mm ) (MPa) M10 9.8 58.0 640 800 83.4 350 480 62.3 M12 11.7 84.3 640 800 119.8 330 430 109.2 M16 15.7 157.0 640 800 201.7 330 430 277.5 M20 19.7 245.0 660 830 242.5 330 430 540.9
2 2 3
ENGINEERINGPROPERTIES - 316 Stainless Steel

Shank Bolt stress Bolt yield Spacer Spacer yield Section Bolt UTS, diameter, ds area, As strength, fy strength, fy Spacer UTS, Anchor area, As modulus fu (MPa) fu (MPa) size, db (mm ) (MPa) Z (mm ) (mm) (mm ) (MPa) M10 9.8 58.0 600 800 65.2 260 585 62.3 M12 11.7 84.3 640 800 101.6 260 585 109.2 M16 15.7 157.0 350 700 198.0 260 585 277.5
2 2 3
170
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
23.4
SpaTec Plus
STEP 1
100 80 60

Notes: ~ Shear limited by bolt and spacer steel capacity. ~ Tension limited by concrete cone capacity. ~ No edge or spacing effects. ~ f'c = 32 MPa
M20
40
M12
M16
20
M10
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220


Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 100 120 160 205 Edge distance, em 65 80 105 135 Anchor spacing, am

Refer to Description and Part Numbers table on page 170. Effective depth, h (mm)
h = Le - t
Anchor size determined, absolute minimum compliance achieved, effective depth (h) calculated.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
171
23.4
SpaTec Plus
Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 15 18 24 28
STEP 2
Effective depth, h (mm) 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 110 120 130 140
19.6 22.0 24.6 25.8 27.3 28.6 30.1 31.5 33.0 34.5 37.6 40.8 43.8 47.3 54.6 57.7 62.2 65.8 70.1 74.2 82.9

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 60 Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25 1.37

Edge distance, e (mm) 100 125 150 175 200 250 Effective depth, h (mm) 60 1.00 65 1.00 70 0.97 1.00 75 0.92 1.00 80 0.88 1.00 1.00 85 0.85 0.99 1.00 1.00 90 0.82 0.95 1.00 1.00 95 0.79 0.91 1.00 1.00 1.00 100 0.77 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00 110 0.72 0.83 0.94 1.00 1.00 1.00 120 0.69 0.79 0.88 0.98 1.00 1.00 130 0.66 0.75 0.84 0.93 1.00 1.00 140 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.88 0.97 1.00

Note: For single anchor designs, Xnae = 1.0
Anchor spacing, a (mm) 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400 Effective depth, h (mm) 60 0.71 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 65 0.69 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.95 1.00 70 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.98 75 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.89 0.94 80 0.66 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 1.00 85 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.99 90 0.64 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.87 0.96 95 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.81 0.85 0.94 100 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.79 0.83 0.92 1.00 110 0.61 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.88 0.95 120 0.60 0.64 0.67 0.71 0.74 0.78 0.85 0.92 1.00 130 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.95 1.00 140 0.59 0.62 0.65 0.68 0.71 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.98
172
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
23.4
SpaTec Plus

Note: For single anchor designs, Xnai = 1.0
Anchor spacing, a (mm) 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400 Effective depth, h (mm) 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 110 120 130 140 0.42 0.56 0.69 0.83 0.97 0.38 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.90 0.36 0.48 0.60 0.71 0.83 0.95 0.33 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.78 0.89 0.31 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83 0.29 0.39 0.49 0.59 0.69 0.78 0.98 0.28 0.37 0.46 0.56 0.65 0.74 0.93 0.26 0.35 0.44 0.53 0.61 0.70 0.88 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.67 0.83 1.00 0.23 0.30 0.38 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.00 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.42 0.49 0.56 0.69 0.83 0.97 0.19 0.26 0.32 0.38 0.45 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.90 1.00 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.36 0.42 0.48 0.60 0.71 0.83 0.95
2 STEP 3

Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 Carbon steel 37.1 54.0 100.5 162.7 316 Stainless Steel 37.1 54.0 87.9

Check N*
/ Nur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
173
23.4
SpaTec Plus
Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 Edge distance, e (mm) 100 16 125 22.4 24.6 150 29.5 32.3 175 37.1 40.7 47.0 200 45.4 49.7 57.4 62 250 63.4 69.4 80.2 86.6 300 83.3 91.3 105.4 113.9 400 128.3 140.5 162.3 175.3 500 196.4 226.8 245.0 600 258.2 298.1 322.0 800 459.0 495.8 1000 692.9
STEP 4

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 60 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25 1.37
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00
Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva

Edge distance, e (mm) 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 75 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 85 0.67 0.64 0.61 0.60 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.54 100 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54 120 0.74 0.69 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 150 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 175 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.54 200 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54 300 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 400 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58 600 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62 800 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.66 1000 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.75 0.70 1200 0.98 0.90 0.80 0.74 1500 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.80 1800 0.95 0.86 2100 1.00 0.92 2500 1.00
174
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
23.4
SpaTec Plus

4 STEP 5

Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 Full Shear, (bolt and spacer) (kN) Carbon Steel 38.5 55.1 104.5 151.7 316 Stainless Steel 41.9 62.9 112.0 h min to achieve full shear (mm) 70 80 105 130 Bolt Shear only (kN) Carbon Steel 23.0 33.5 62.3 100.9 316 Stainless Steel 23.0 33.5 54.5 h min to achieve full shear (mm) 60 72 96 112

Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
175
23.4
SpaTec Plus
Check
STEP 6 6

Specify
Ramset SpaTec Plus Anchor, (Anchor Size) ((Part Number)). Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.
Example
Ramset SpaTec Plus Anchor, M12 (SP12120). Maximum fixed thickness to be 8 mm.
176
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
24.1
Expansion Anchors
Boa Coil

Product
The Boa Coil Anchor is a heavy duty, rotation setting expansion anchor.
Le

High load capacity:
Expansion coil locks into concrete to give cast-in type performance. High tensile capacity of grade 8.8 steel bolt.
db
High clamping load:

Rotation setting action pulls down.
Installing handrails and balustrades Machinery hold down Formwork support Safety barriers

Pull-down action.
Fast installation:
Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.
Easy and fast to remove:

Expansion coil stays in hole leaving no protruding metal parts to grind off.
Installation
1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter and depth using the fixture as a template. Clean the hole thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush. Remove the debris with a hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum. 2. After ensuring that the anchor is assembled correctly (the coil tab points up the anchor), insert the anchor through the fixture. Tap the anchor down to the depth set mark, with a hammer, and stop. 3. Wind the anchor down, with an appropriately sized spanner or socket wrench, until the washer is firmly held to the fixture and stop (5 turns). Ensure washer is tight and snug fit. 4. The Boa Coil anchor is ready to take load. (The bolt can be removed leaving the coil in the hole. To re-insert, follow steps 2 - 4.)
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
177
24.2-3
Expansion Anchors
Boa Coil

Installation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit (kN) Edge Anchor Tension, Na Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor size, d diameter, dh diameter, df effective Turns to distance, ec spacing, ac Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, fc b set anchor (mm) (mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa 40 8.2 5.3 6.7 7.5 13 13 14 5 80 160 75 15.4 9.9 12.6 14.1 50 14.4 8.2 10.3 11.5 16 16 19 70 5 100 200 20.2 11.4 14.4 16.2 90 26.0 14.7 18.6 20.8 57 20.2 11.0 14.0 15.6 19 19 21 5 120 230 80 28.4 15.5 19.6 21.9
* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.

Anchor size, db (mm) 13 16 19 Effective length, Le (mm) 59 84 71 106 93 Part No. Zn BAC08075 BAC08100 BAC10090 BAC10125 BAC12115
h = Le - t
t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
bm = 2 x h
24.3 ENGINEERINGPROPERTIES - Carbon Steel

Bolt stress area, As Bolt yield strength, fy Bolt UTS, fu Section modulus, Z Anchor size, db (mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3) 13 77.8 680 830 97.0 16 134.4 680 830 219.8 19 196.0 680 830 387.2
178
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
24.4
Boa Coil
STEP 1
60

Notes: ~ Shear limited by steel capacity. ~ Tension limited by concrete cone capacity. ~ No edge or spacing effects. ~ f'c = 32 MPa
50
40
30
16
19
20
13
10
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Anchor size, db (mm) 13 16 19 Edge distance, em 65 80 95 e 6 db 105 130 150 Anchor spacing, am e < 6 db 130 160 190

h = Le - t
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
179
24.4
Boa Coil
STEP 2

13 16 19 Anchor size, db (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) 40 12.1 45 13.6 50 15.1 18.6 55 16.6 20.5 60 18.1 22.3 26.5 70 21.2 26.0 30.9 80 24.2 29.8 35.3 90 33.5 39.8 100 37.2 Note: Effective depth, h must be 3 x anchor size, db in order to achieve tabled shear capacities.

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Anchor size, db (mm) 13 16 19 Edge distance, e (mm) 70 0.93 80 1 0.88 90 0.96 100 1 0.91 120 1

Anchor size, db (mm) 13 16 19 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 100 0.82 120 0.88 140 0.95 0.86 160 1 0.92 0.85 180 0.97 0.89 200 1 0.94 220 0.98 230 1
180
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
24.4
Boa Coil

Anchor size, db (mm) 13 16 19 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 100 0.64 120 0.77 140 0.90 0.73 160 1 0.83 0.70 180 0.94 0.79 200 1 0.88 220 0.96 230 1
STEP 3

Anchor size, db (mm) 13 16 19 Carbon steel 51.7 89.2 130.1

Check N*
/ Nur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
181
24.4
Boa Coil
STEP 4

Anchor size, db (mm) 13 16 19 Edge distance, e (mm) 70 8.7 80 10.7 11.9 100 14.9 16.6 18.0 150 27.4 30.4 33.2 200 42.2 46.8 51.1 250 59.0 65.5 71.3 300 77.6 86.1 93.8 400 119.4 132.5 144.4 500 185.2 201.8 600 265.3
Note: Effective depth, h must be 3 x anchor size, db in order to achieve tabled shear capacities.

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

Edge distance, e (mm) 70 80 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 100 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54 125 0.86 0.81 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 150 0.93 0.88 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 175 1.00 0.94 0.85 0.73 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.56 200 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 225 1.00 0.95 0.80 0.73 0.68 0.65 0.61 0.59 0.58 250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 275 1.00 0.87 0.78 0.72 0.68 0.64 0.61 0.59 300 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 400 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 500 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 750 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75 1000 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 1250 1.00 1.00 0.92 1500 1.00 1.00
182
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
24.4
Boa Coil

STEP 5

Anchor size, db (mm) 13 16 19 h 6 x db 32.0 55.3 80.7 h 5 x db 26.7 46.1 67.2 h 4 x db 21.3 36.9 53.8 h 3 x db 16.0 27.7 40.3

Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
183
24.4
Boa Coil
STEP 6 6

Check

Specify
Ramset Boa Coil Anchor, (Anchor Size) ((Part Number)). Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.
Example
Ramset Boa Coil Anchor, 16 mm (BAC10125). Maximum fixed thickness to be 14 mm.
184
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
25.1
Stud Anchors
TruBolt

Product
The TruBolt Anchor is a heavy duty, torque setting expansion anchor.
Le
db = dh

Maximum shear capacity for hole size:
Stud diameter equals hole diameter.
Faster installation:
Structural beams and columns. Anchoring braces for precast panels. Bottom plate and batten fixing. Formwork support. Installing signs, handrails, balustrades and gates. Safety barriers.
High clamp load:

Stud design ensures pull-down on fixture.

Outstanding exterior durability:

42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.
Superior strength:
Cold forged steel construction.
Installation
1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter (same as the 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 TruBolt)and depth using the fixture as a template. Clean the hole 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 17 18 19 20 thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush. Remove the debris with a hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum. 2. Insert the anchor through the fixture and drive with a hammer until the washer contacts the fixture. 3. Tighten the nut with a torque wrench to the specified assembly torque.
10
11
12
10
11
12
10
11
12
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
185
25.2
Stud Anchors
TruBolt

Installation details Anchor size, db Drilled hole Fixture hole diameter, dh diameter, df (mm) (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20 8 10 12 15 19 24 Anchor effective depth, h (mm) 24 32 40 48 64 80 Tightening torque, Tr (Nm) 10 20 35 50 155 355 Minimum dimensions* Edge distance, ec (mm) 45 55 60 75 100 120 Anchor spacing, ac (mm) 70 100 120 150 200 240 Shear, Va Working Load Limit (kN) Tension, Na Concrete compressive strength, fc 20 MPa 1.8 2.8 3.8 5.1 7.8 10.9 25 MPa 2.0 3.1 4.3 5.7 8.7 12.2 32 MPa 2.2 3.4 4.7 6.2 9.5 13.3
M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
2.8 4.9 6.8 8.6 14.4 27.3
* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.

Anchor size, db Hole diameter, dh (mm) Effective length, Le (mm) 38 68 M6 6 103 133 163 M8 8 45 70 52 M10 10 67 97 58 71 M12 12 93 111 151 67 M16 16 85 110 135 85 M20 20 115 170 Part No. Zn T06055 T06085 T06120 T06150 T06180 T08065 T08090 T10075 T10090 T10120 T12080 T12100 T12120 T12140 T12180 T16100 T16125 T16150 T16175 T20120 T20160 T20215 Gal T08090GH T10090GH T12080GH T12100GH T12140GH T12180GH T16100GH T16125GH T16150GH T16175GH T20120GH T20160GH T20215GH S/S T06055SS T06085SS T08065SS T08090SS T10075SS T10090SS T12080SS T12100SS T12140SS T16100SS T16125SS T16150SS T16175SS T20120SS T20160SS
h = Le - t
t = t otal thickness of material(s) being fixed Substrate thickness, bm (mm)
bm = 1.5 x h
186
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
25.3
Stud Anchors
TruBolt
25.3 ENGINEERINGPROPERTIES - CarbonSteel

Anchors with strengths higher in the reduced section than in the threaded section, are formed by cold working. The reduced section is located under the expansion sleeve. For shear loads, the critical plane is located in the threaded section, and for tensile loads, the critical plane is located at the reduced section.
Stress area Minimum Threaded section Reduced section Section Anchor thread section, As diameter reduced Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z size, db (mm2) section, dm (mm) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3) M6 20.1 4.2 460 570 660 830 12.7 M8 36.6 5.8 430 540 600 750 31.2 M10 58 7.6 380 470 480 600 62.3 M12 84.3 8.9 330 410 450 560 109.2 M16 157 12.1 290 370 400 500 277.5 M20 245 16.1 360 450 360 450 540.9
ENGINEERINGPROPERTIES - Stainless Steel

Stress area Minimum Threaded section Reduced section Section Anchor thread section, As diameter reduced Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z size, db (mm2) section, dm (mm) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3) M6 20.1 4.2 320 400 470 590 12.7 M8 36.6 5.8 350 430 480 600 31.2 M10 58 7.6 380 470 480 600 62.3 M12 84.3 8.9 360 450 480 600 109.2 M16 157 12.1 480 600 480 600 277.5 M20 245 16.1 480 600 480 600 540.9
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
187
25.4
TruBolt
STEP 1
30

25
20
M20
Notes: ~ Shear limited by steel capacity ~ Tension limited by pull-through capacity ~ No edge or spacing effects. ~ f'c = 32 MPa
15
M16
10
M12
5
M6
M10 M8
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Edge distance, em 45 55 60 65 75 95 Anchor spacing, am 30 35 40 45 50 60

h = Le - t
1
188
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
25.4
TruBolt
STEP 2

Anchor size, db Hole diameter, dh (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) 25 30 35 40 50 65 80 95 110 125 145 160 180 200 M6 6 4.2 5.5 6.9 8.5 11.9 17.6 24.0 M8 8 M10 10 M12 12 M16 16 M20 20
6.9 8.5 11.9 17.6 24.0 31.0
8.5 11.9 17.6 24.0 31.0 38.7
11.9 17.6 24.0 31.0 38.7 46.8 58.5
17.6 24.0 31.0 38.7 46.8 58.5 67.8
24.0 31.0 38.7 46.8 58.5 67.8 81.0

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.00

Edge distance, e (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125 150 175 200 230 Effective depth, h (mm) 25 30 1 35 0.97 40 0.88 1 1 50 0.77 0.86 0.95 1 65 0.66 0.73 0.80 0.87 1 80 0.59 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.88 1 95 0.55 0.59 0.64 0.69 0.79 0.91 1 110 0.51 0.55 0.60 0.64 0.72 0.83 0.94 1 125 0.49 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.67 0.77 0.86 0.95 1 145 0.46 0.49 0.53 0.56 0.62 0.70 0.78 0.86 0.94 1 160 0.45 0.48 0.50 0.53 0.59 0.66 0.74 0.81 0.88 0.97
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
189
25.4
TruBolt

Anchor spacing, a (mm) 30 40 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400 Effective depth, h (mm) 25 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.90 1 30 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.94 1 35 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.88 0.98 40 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.83 0.92 1 50 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.92 1 1 65 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.71 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.95 1 80 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 1 95 0.55 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.81 0.85 0.94 1 110 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.59 0.62 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.88 0.95 1 125 0.54 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.61 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.83 0.90 0.97 1 145 0.53 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.79 0.84 0.90 0.96 160 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.68 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92

Anchor spacing, a (mm) 30 40 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400 Effective depth, h (mm) 25 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.80 1 30 0.33 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.89 1 35 0.29 0.38 0.48 0.57 0.76 0.95 40 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.67 0.83 1 50 0.20 0.27 0.33 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.83 1 1 65 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.41 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.90 1 80 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83 1 95 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.44 0.53 0.61 0.70 0.88 1 110 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.38 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.76 0.91 1 125 0.11 0.13 0.16 0.21 0.27 0.33 0.40 0.47 0.53 0.67 0.80 0.93 1 145 0.09 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.23 0.29 0.34 0.40 0.46 0.57 0.69 0.80 0.92 160 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.36 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83
190
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
25.4
TruBolt
STEP 3

Anchor size, db Carbon steel M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 9.1 15.7 21.8 27.8 45.5 72.5
316 Stainless steel 6.4 12.6 21.8 29.9 55.2 97.7
Table 3b Reduced characteristic ultimate pull-through capacity**, Nup (kN), p = 0.65, fc = 32 MPa
Anchor size, db Drill hole dia, dh (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) 25 35 40 50 65 80 M6 6 4.6 7.5 9.2 12.9 19.0 26.0 M8 8 M10 10 M12 12 M16 16 M20 20
** Reduced characteristic ultimate pull-through capacity is not influenced by reduced anchor spacing or edge distance.
3a 3b
Design reduced ultimate pull through capacity, Nurp
Nurp = Nup* Xnc
Nur = minimum of Nurc, Nus, Nurp

Check N*
/ Nur 1,
If not satisfied return to step 1
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
191
25.4
TruBolt
STEP 4

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Edge distance, e (mm) 45 3.1 60 4.7 5.4 6.1 75 6.6 7.6 8.5 9.3 10.8 100 10.1 11.7 13.1 14.3 16.6 18.5 150 18.6 21.5 24.1 26.4 30.4 34.0 200 28.7 33.1 37.0 40.6 46.9 52.4 250 40.1 46.3 51.8 56.7 65.5 73.2 300 52.7 60.9 68.0 74.5 86.1 96.2 350 76.7 85.7 93.9 108.5 121.3 450 136.9 158.1 176.8 600 272.2 850

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

Edge distance, e (mm) 45 60 75 100 150 200 250 300 350 450 600 850 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 30 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.52 0.52 0.51 0.51 0.51 50 0.72 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52 0.52 0.51 60 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52 0.51 80 0.86 0.77 0.71 0.66 0.61 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52 100 0.94 0.83 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52 125 1.00 0.92 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.53 150 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.54 200 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.57 0.55 250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.61 0.58 0.56 300 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.57 400 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.68 0.63 0.59 500 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.72 0.67 0.62 600 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.77 0.70 0.64 800 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.86 0.77 0.69 1000 1.00 0.94 0.83 0.74 1500 1.00 1.00 0.85 2000 0.97
192
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
25.4
TruBolt

STEP 5

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Carbon steel 5.7 9.8 13.5 17.1 28.8 54.7 316 Stainless steel 4.0 7.8 13.5 18.9 46.7 72.9

Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
193
25.4
TruBolt
STEP 6 6

Check

Specify
Ramset TruBolt Anchor, (Anchor Size) ((Part Number)). Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.
Example
Ramset TruBolt Anchor, M20 (T20160). Maximum fixed thickness to be 20 mm.
194
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
26.1
AnkaScrew
Screw In Anchors

PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL
MGAL
Product
The AnkaScrew Anchor is a medium duty, rotation setting thread forming anchor.
Le

Fast and easy to install:
Simply screws into hole.
Pallet racking Temporary safety barriers Conveyors Pipe brackets Gate hinges into brickwork Temporary hand rails Bottom plates
Fast and easy to remove:

Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal parts to grind off.
Close to edge and for close anchor spacing:

Does not expand and burst concrete.
Installation
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth. Clean thoroughly with brush. Remove debris by way of vacuum or hand pump, compressed air etc. 2. Using a socket wrench, screw the AnkaScrew into the hole using slight pressure until the self tapping action starts. 3. Tighten the AnkaScrew until flush with fixture. If resistance is experienced when tightening, unscrew anchor one turn and re-tighten. Ensure not to over tighten.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
195
26.2-3
Screw In Anchors
AnkaScrew

Anchor size, db (mm) 5 Drilled hole diameter, dh (mm) 5 6 Installation details Anchor Fixture hole effective diameter, df depth, h (mm) (mm) 7 25 30 8 37 45 40 10 50 60 50 12 62 75 60 15 75 90 90 19 105 120 Minimum dimensions* Edge Anchor distance, ec spacing, ac (mm) (mm) 15 15 60 35 Shear, Va fc > 20 MPa 1.5 3.7 4.1 4.5 5.6 7.0 8.4 9.5 11.6 13.8 12.9 14.8 16.7 18.0 22.3 26.6 Working Load Limit (kN) Tension, Na Concrete compressive strength, fc 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa 1.2 1.3 1.4 2.0 2.4 2.6 2.6 3.0 3.3 3.2 3.8 4.1 3.0 3.6 3.9 4.1 4.8 5.2 5.2 6.1 6.6 4.4 5.1 5.6 5.9 7.0 7.5 7.7 9.1 9.8 6.2 7.3 7.9 8.6 10.2 11.0 11.3 13.3 14.4 11.5 13.4 15.8 14.1 16.4 19.4 16.9 19.6 23.1
80
45
10
10
100
60
12
12
120
70
16
16
160
100
*F or shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.

Anchor size, db 5 6 Effective length, Le (mm) 28 44 69 94 54 69 94 54 69 94 69 94 144 115 140 160 Part No. Zn Hex Head AS05030 AS06050 AS06075 AS06100 AS08060 AS08075 AS08100 AS10060 AS10075 AS10100 AS12075 AS12100 AS12150 AS16115 AS16140 AS16160 Gal Hex Head AS06050GM AS06075GM AS06100GM AS08060GM AS08075GM AS08100GM AS10060GM AS10075GM AS10100GM AS12075GM AS12100GM AS12150GM -
10
12
16
h = Le - t,
Anchor size, db (mm) 5 6 8 10 12 16 Stress area, As (mm2) 15.9 22.9 42.4 69.4 84.1 186.3 Yield strength, fy (MPa) 600 640 640 640 640 640 UTS, fu (MPa) 800 800 800 800 800 800
196
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
26.4
AnkaScrew
STEP 1
50

40
16
30
Notes: ~ Shear limited by steel capacity at h = 7.5 dh ~ Tension limited by the lesser of carbon steel capacity and concrete capacity at h = 7.5 dh No ~ edge or spacing effects. ~ f'c = 32 MPa
20
12 10
10
8 6
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Anchor Size, db (mm) em, am 6 20 8 25 10 30 12 35 16 50

h = Le - t,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
197
26.4
AnkaScrew
Anchor Size, db Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) Effective Depth, h (mm) 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 75 90 105 120 6 6 4.3 5.1 6.0 6.9 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16
STEP 2
6.4 7.5 8.6 9.8 10.9
9.3 10.6 12.0 16.3
13.2 18.3 23.9
22.3 28.4 34.8 41.6

f'c (MPa) Xnc - Anchor size db = 6-12 Xnc - Anchor size db = 16 only 20 0.85 0.73 25 0.92 0.85 32 1 1 40 1.08 1.16

Anchor Size, db Edge Distance e, (mm) 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 145 160 6 0.53 0.59 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.88 1.00 8 10 12 16
0.52 0.56 0.61 0.65 0.74 0.83 0.91 1.00
0.51 0.55 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
0.50 0.53 0.59 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.51 0.55 0.60 0.64 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.93 1.00

Anchor Size, db Anchor Spacing a, (mm) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 6 0.78 0.85 0.92 1.00 8 10 12 16
0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 1.00
0.75 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.78 0.81 0.81 0.85 0.88 0.92 1.00
0.76 0.79 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 1.00
198
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
26.4
AnkaScrew

Anchor Size, db Anchor Spacing a, (mm) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 6 0.56 0.69 0.83 1.00 8 10 12 16
0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83 0.94 1.00
0.50 0.58 0.67 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00
0.49 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.76 0.83 1.00
0.52 0.57 0.63 0.73 0.83 0.94 1.00
2 STEP 3

Anchor size, db (mm) Heat Treated Carbon Steel 6 14.6 8 27.1 10 44.4 12 53.8 16 119.2

Check N*
/ Nur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
199
26.4
AnkaScrew
Anchor Size, db Edge Distance e, (mm) 20 25 30 35 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 6 0.9 1.3 1.7 2.1 3.6 6.6 10.1 18.6 28.7 8 10 12 16
STEP 4
1.5 1.9 2.4 4.1 7.6 11.7 21.5 33.1 46.3
2.2 2.7 4.6 8.5 13.1 24.1 37.0 51.8 68.0
3.0 5.1 9.3 14.3 26.4 40.6 56.7 74.5 114.8
5.9 10.8 16.6 30.4 46.8 65.5 86.1 132.5 185.2
Note: Effective depth, h must be 3.5 x Anchor size, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

Edge distance, e (mm) Anchor spacing, a (mm) 20 25 30 35 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 450 600 1000 1250 20 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 1.00 25 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.82 0.90 1.00 30 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.83 0.93 1.00 35 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.79 0.87 0.96 1.00 50 0.58 0.60 0.62 0.64 0.66 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.90 1.00 75 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.90 1.00 100 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.90 1.00 150 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.55 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.90 1.00 200 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.54 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.95 1.00 250 300 400 500
0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.62 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.86 0.98 1.00
0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.73 0.80 1.00
0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.62 0.68 0.74 0.90 1.00
200
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
26.4
AnkaScrew

STEP 5

Anchor size, db (mm) h 5 x dh h 6 x dh h 7 x dh h 7.5 x dh 6 6.8 7.7 8.6 9.1 8 12.6 14.3 16.0 16.8 10 20.7 23.4 26.2 27.5 12 25.0 28.4 31.7 33.4 16 55.4 62.8 70.2 73.9

Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
201
26.4
AnkaScrew
Check
STEP 6 6

Specify
Ramset AnkaScrew Anchor, (Anchor Size) ((Part Number)). Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.
Example
Ramset AnkaScrew Anchor, 12 mm (AS12100). Maximum fixed thickness to be 40 mm.
202
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
27.1
DynaBolt Plus
Sleeve Anchors

Product
The DynaBolt Plus Sleeve Anchor is a medium duty, torque setting expansion anchor.
Le dh

Improved security:
Patented sleeve crushes to close gaps up to 5 mm and pulls down to induce clamp load.
Fast installation:
Bottom plate and batten fixing Installing signs, handrails and gates Installing duct work, pipe brackets and suspended ceilings Corner guards
Versatile:
Choice of head styles.

From AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.

42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.
Installation
1. Use fixture as a template, drill a hole to the correct diameter and depth. Clean hole thoroughly with brush. Remove debris by way of a vacuum or hand pump, compressed 2. air, etc. Insert anchor tightly against fixture and tighten with spanner. 3. Continue tightening, allowing the sleeve to twist and pull down the fixture firmly onto the base material.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
203
27.2-3
DynaBolt Plus
Sleeve Anchors

Drilled hole Anchor h size, d diameter, dh (mm) (mm) Installation details Fixture hole Anchor diameter, df effective (mm) depth, h (mm) Tightening torque, Tr (Nm) Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit (kN) Edge Anchor Tension, Na distance, ec spacing, ac Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, fc (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa
20 55 60 2.5 1.6 2.1 2.3 6 6 8 10 25 55 75 2.5 2.2 2.7 3.0 30 60 90 4.0 3.0 3.8 4.3 8 8 10 15 35 60 105 4.0 3.3 4.2 4.7 35 70 105 6.4 3.8 4.8 5.4 10 10 12 35 45 70 135 6.4 4.6 5.9 6.6 40 70 120 7.9 4.6 5.9 6.6 12 12 15 55 50 75 150 7.9 6.1 7.7 8.6 55 85 165 10.5 7.5 9.5 10.6 16 16 19 85 65 100 195 10.5 9.4 11.9 13.3 70 105 210 15.6 10.7 13.6 15.2 20 20 24 165 85 130 255 15.6 13.1 16.6 18.6 * For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.

Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 Effective length, Le (mm) 23 34 53 34 8 60 86 34 42 10 69 96 117 Part No. Zn DP6026 DP06040 DP06060 DP08040 DP08065 DP08090 DP10040 DP10050 DP10075 DP10100 DP10125 Gal DP10040GH S/S DP06040SS DP06060SS DP08040SS DP08065SS Anchor Effective Part No. size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm) Zn Gal 12 16 20 47 62 90 118 51 95 129 70 102 S/S DP12060 DP12060GH DP12060SS DP12070 DP12070GH DP12070SS DP12100 DP12100GH DP12100SS DP12125 DP12125GH DP12125SS DP16065 DP16065GH DP16110 DP16110GH DP16140 DP16140GH DP20080 DP20080GH DP20115 DP20115GH
DP10050GH DP10050SS DP10075GH DP10075SS DP10100GH DP10100SS
146 DP20160
h = lesser of Le - t, 5 * dh
bm = 1.5 x h
Anchor Thread size, dh size, db (mm) Stress Carbon steel Stainless steel Section area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) Z (mm3)
6 M4.5 11.3 720 900 480 600 5.4 8 M6 20.1 640 800 480 600 12.7 10 M8 36.6 560 700 480 600 31.2 12 M10 58.0 440 550 480 600 62.3 16 20 M12 M16 84.3 157.0 400 320 500 400 109.2 277.5
204
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
27.4
DynaBolt Plus
STEP 1
20

Notes: ~ Shear limited by steel capacity ~ Tension limited by pull-through capacity ~ No edge or spacing effects ~ f'c = 32 MPa
20
15
10
16
12
5
8 6
10
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20 Edge distance, em 55 60 70 70 75 85 Anchor spacing, am 35 40 45 45 50 55

h = lesser of Le - t, 5 * dh
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
205
27.4
DynaBolt Plus
Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20 Effective depth, h (mm) 20 3.7 25 5.2 5.2 30 6.9 6.9 35 8.6 8.6 40 10.6 10.6 45 12.6 50 14.8 14.8 55 17.0 60 19.4 19.4 70 24.4 80 29.9
STEP 2

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12

Edge distance, e (mm) 50 60 70 80 90 100 Effective depth, h (mm) 25 30 1 35 0.97 40 0.88 1 1 50 0.77 0.86 0.95 1 60 0.69 0.77 0.84 0.92 1 70 0.63 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.97 75 0.61 0.67 0.74 0.80 0.92 80 0.59 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.88 1 85 0.57 0.63 0.68 0.74 0.85 0.96

Anchor spacing, a (mm) 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Effective depth, h (mm) 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 75 80 85 0.83 0.90 1 0.78 0.83 0.94 1 0.74 0.79 0.88 0.98 0.71 0.75 0.83 0.92 1 0.67 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.92 1 1 0.64 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 1 0.62 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.98 0.61 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.89 0.94 1 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 1 0.60 0.62 0.66 0.70 0.75 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.94 0.99
206
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
27.4
DynaBolt Plus

Anchor spacing, a (mm) 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Effective depth, h (mm) 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 75 80 85 0.67 0.80 1 0.56 0.67 0.89 1 0.48 0.57 0.76 0.95 0.42 0.50 0.67 0.83 1 0.33 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.83 1 1 0.28 0.33 0.44 0.56 0.69 0.83 0.97 1 0.24 0.29 0.38 0.48 0.60 0.71 0.83 0.95 1 0.22 0.27 0.36 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.78 0.89 1 0.21 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83 0.94 1 0.20 0.24 0.31 039 0.49 0.59 0.69 0.78 0.88 0.98
2 STEP 3

Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20 Carbon steel 8.1 12.9 20.5 25.5 33.7 50.2 316 Stainless steel 5.4 9.6 17.6 27.8
Table 3b Reduced characteristic ultimate pull-through capacity**, Nup (kN), = 0.65 f'c = 32 MPa
Anchor size, dh Drill hole dia, dh (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) 20 25 35 40 55 70 6 6 3.7 5.2 6.6 9.1 14.3 19.4 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 20
** Reduced characteristic ultimate pull-through capacity is not influenced by reduced anchor spacing or edge distance.
3a 3b
Design reduced ultimate pull-through capacity, Nurp Nurp = Nup* Xnc
Nur = minimum of Nurc, Nus, Nurp

Check N*
/ Nur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
207
27.4
DynaBolt Plus
Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20 Edge distance, e (mm) 55 4.1 60 4.7 5.4 70 5.9 6.9 7.7 8.4 75 6.6 7.6 8.5 9.3 10.7 85 8.0 9.2 10.3 11.2 13.0 14.5 100 10.1 11.7 13.1 14.3 16.6 18.5 150 18.6 21.5 24.1 26.3 30.4 34.0 200 28.7 33.1 37.0 40.6 46.9 52.4 250 46.3 51.8 56.7 65.5 73.2 300 68.0 74.3 86.1 96.2 350 108.5 121.3 400 148.2
STEP 4

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

Edge distance, e (mm) 55 60 70 75 85 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 55 0.70 0.68 0.66 0.65 0.63 0.61 0.57 0.56 0.54 60 0.72 0.70 0.67 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 70 0.75 0.73 0.70 0.69 0.66 0.64 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.55 75 0.77 0.75 0.71 0.70 0.68 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 85 0.81 0.78 0.74 0.73 0.70 0.67 0.61 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.55 100 0.86 0.83 0.79 0.77 0.74 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55 125 0.95 0.92 0.86 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 150 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.58 200 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 225 1.00 0.95 0.80 0.73 0.68 0.65 0.63 0.61 300 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.65 400 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 500 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.75 600 1.00 0.90 0.84 0.80 750 1.00 0.93 0.88 900 1.00 0.95 1100 1.00
208
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
27.4
DynaBolt Plus

4 STEP 5

Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20 Carbon steel 5.0 8.0 12.7 15.8 20.9 31.1 316 Stainless steel 3.4 6.0 10.9 17.3

Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
209
27.4
DynaBolt Plus
Check
STEP 6 6

Specify
Ramset DynaBolt Plus Anchor, (Anchor Size) ((Part Number)). Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.
Example
Ramset DynaBolt Plus Anchor, 16 mm (DP16110GH). Maximum fixed thickness to be 12 mm.
210
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
28.1
Drop In Anchors
DynaSet

Product
The DynaSet Anchor is a medium duty, displacement setting expansion anchor.
db
dh

Fast installation:
Shallow embedment and simple setting action.
Convenient:
Threaded rod can be cut to equal lengths. Flanged version sits flush with surface in overdrilled holes.
Suspended services, such as cable tray, ventilation ducts or plumbing fixtures. Stadium seating. Holding down machinery. Installing racking. Suspended ceilings.
Ideal as reusable anchorage point:

Internal threaded design. No protruding metal parts when bolt or rod is removed.

Installation
1. Drill hole at recommended diameter, to at least the anchor length in depth. Clean hole thoroughly with a brush. Remove debris by way of a vacuum pump, compressed air, hand pump etc. 2. Insert anchor and push to required depth. Using the special setting tool, drive the expander plug down until shoulder of the setting punch meets top of the anchor. 3. Position fixture then insert the bolt and tighten with spanner. The DynaSet anchor remains set in position if the bolt is removed.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
211
28.2-3
Drop In Anchors
DynaSet

Anchor size, db M6 M6 Flanged M8 M10 M10 Flanged M12 M12 Flanged M16 M20 Drilled hole diameter, dh (mm) 8 8 10 12 12 16** 16 20 25 Installation details Tightening Anchor torque, Tr effective depth, h (mm) (Nm) 23 23 28 38 28 48 48 63 78 6 6 10 20 12 40 40 95 180 Minimum dimensions* Edge Anchor distance, ec spacing, ac (mm) (mm) 80 80 100 135 100 170 170 220 275 60 60 70 95 70 120 120 160 195 Shear, Va 2.2 2.2 2.9 3.5 2.9 6.6 6.6 10.4 13.1 Working Load Limit (kN) Tension, Na Concrete compressive strength, fc 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa 2.0 2.5 2.8 2.0 2.5 2.8 2.7 3.5 3.8 4.3 5.4 6.0 2.7 3.4 3.8 6.0 7.7 8.6 6.0 7.7 8.6 9.1 11.5 12.9 12.5 15.8 17.7
* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. ** Hole diameter = 15 mm for M12SS

Anchor size, db M6 M6 Flanged M8 M10 M10 Flanged M12 M12 Flanged M16 M16 M20 Anchor length, L (mm) 25 25 30 40 30 50 50 65 60 80 Effective depth, h (mm) 23 23 28 38 28 48 48 63 58 78 Thread length, Lt (mm) 11 11 13 16 14 21 21 28 28 35 Part No. Zn DSM06 DSF06 DSM08 DSM10 DSF10 DSM12 DSF12 DSM16 DSM20 S/S DSM06SS DSM08SS DSM10SS DSM12SS DSM16SS
bm = 2 x h
Anchor Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Section Anchor stress area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z size, db (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3) M6 24.3 350 440 480 600 36.9 M8 32.0 350 440 480 600 63.7 M10 40.7 340 430 480 600 100.2 M12 96.3 260 320 292.9 M12 S/S 72.0 480 600 214.9 M16 125.5 320 450 480 600 502.1 M20 198.3 198.3 450 480 600 789.6
212
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
28.4
DynaSet
STEP 1
40

Notes: ~ Shear limited by steel capacity. ~ Tension limited by carbon steel capacity. ~ No edge or spacing effects. ~ f'c = 32 MPa ~ Bolt capacity to be confirmed separately.
30
20
M16
M20
10
M10 M8 M6
M12
0 0 10 20 30

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M10 F M12 M16 M20 Edge distance, em 80 100 135 100 170 220 275 Anchor spacing, am 60 70 95 70 120 160 195

Effective depth, h (mm) Read value from Description and Part Numbers table on page 212.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
213
28.4
DynaSet
STEP 2

Anchor size, db Concrete compressive strength, fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 M6 M8 M10 M10 F M12 M16 M20 Effective depth, h (mm) 23 28 38 28 48 63 78
3.6 4.9 7.7 4.9 10.9 16.4 22.6 4.0 5.4 8.6 5.4 12.2 18.3 25.2 4.6 6.1 9.7 6.1 13.8 20.7 28.5 5.1 6.9 10.8 6.9 15.4 23.2 31.9

Xnc = 1.0 as concrete compressive strength effect included in table 2a.

Xne = 1.0 for all valid edge distance values.

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M10 F M12 M16 M20 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 60 0.93 65 0.97 70 1 0.92 0.92 80 0.98 0.98 90 1 1 100 0.94 110 0.98 120 1 0.92 130 0.95 150 1 0.90 170 0.95 180 0.98 190 1 200 0.93 220 0.97 230 0.99 235 1
214
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
28.4
DynaSet

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M10 F M12 M16 M20 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 60 0.87 65 0.94 70 1 0.83 0.83 80 0.95 0.95 90 1 1 100 0.88 110 0.96 120 1 0.83 130 0.90 150 1 0.79 170 0.90 180 0.95 190 1 0.81 200 0.85 220 0.94 230 0.98 235 1
2 STEP 3

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Carbon steel 8.5 11.2 13.8 24.7 40.2 51.1 316 Stainless steel 11.7 15.4 19.5 34.6 60.2
Establish the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity, Ntf from literature supplied by the specified bolt manufacturer. For nominal expected capacities of bolts manufactured to ISO standards, refer to page 233.
Nur = minimum of Nurc, Nus, Ntf

Check N*
/ Nur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
215
28.4
DynaSet
STEP 4

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M12 S/S M16 M20 Edge distance, e (mm) 80 8.4 100 11.7 13.1 125 16.4 18.3 150 21.5 24.1 26.4 175 27.1 30.3 33.2 38.3 37.1 200 33.1 37.0 40.6 46.9 45.4 250 46.3 51.8 56.7 65.5 63.4 73.2 300 68.0 74.5 86.1 83.3 96.2 105.4 350 93.9 108.5 105.0 121.3 132.8 400 114.8 132.5 128.3 148.2 162.3 500 207.0 226.8 650 336.2

fc (MPa) 20 25 32 40 Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12
V*

Angle, Xvd 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

Edge distance, e (mm) 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400 500 650 Anchor spacing, a (mm) 60 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55 70 0.68 0.64 0.61 0.59 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55 80 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.55 100 0.75 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55 120 0.80 0.74 0.69 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 160 0.90 0.82 0.76 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.58 0.56 200 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.56 250 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.63 0.60 0.58 300 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.59 400 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.62 500 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.65 625 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.75 0.69 750 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.80 0.73 875 1.00 0.94 0.85 0.77 1000 1.00 0.90 0.81 1250 1.00 0.88 1625 1.00
216
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
28.4
DynaSet

STEP 5

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Carbon steel 4.5 5.8 7.1 13.2 20.9 26.3 316 Stainless steel 6.1 7.9 10.0 17.8 31.3 39.4
Establish the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity, Vsf from literature supplied by the specified bolt manufacturer. For nominal expected capacities of bolts manufactured to ISO standards, refer to page 233.
Vur = minimum of Vurc, Vus, Vsf

Check V*
/ Vur 1,
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
217
28.4
DynaSet
STEP 6 6

Check

Specify
Ramset DynaSet Anchor, (Anchor Size) ((Part Number)) with a (Bolt Grade) bolt.
Example
Ramset DynaSet Anchor, M16 (DSM16) with a Gr. 4.6 bolt.
218
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
Notes
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
219
Brick & Block Anchoring
Introduction
Ramset provides a range of concrete anchors for anchoring into pre-manufactured masonry units from lightweight fixtures to heavy structural connections including stud types and hex bolt finishes. Anchoring into pre-manufactured masonry units such as concrete blocks, wire cut extruded clay brick and pressed solid bricks requires a different approach to anchoring into solid in-situ concrete or precast concrete units. The anchor must firmly clamp a fixture to the face of the substrate without splitting it or causing other damage. The capacity of the anchors is frequently limited by the strength of the substrate, and the strength of the various units available on the market varies from manufacturer to manufacturer and from region to region within any one manufacturer. Also being discrete units rather than a continuous slab means the anchor will always be in close proximity to an edge of that individual unit whilst also possibly being centrally placed within the overall structure. Ideally all anchors into these pre-manufactured masonry units should be in the centre of the block or brick and in the case of hollow units such as wire cut bricks and concrete blocks the anchors should be placed in the solid section of the unit, but it is not always practical to position fixtures to ensure this. This section provides performance information to aid design of connections to pre-manufactured masonry units. It assists design by recognising that positioning anchorage points in the centre of a masonry unit is not always possible by providing capacities for zones rather than specific points and we have also endeavoured to provide a realistic evaluation of the anchors performance in the poorest performing section within these zones.
Please note that as the performance information on pre-manufactured masonry substrates is provided by the various manufacturers in Working Load Limit format our anchor performance data in this section is also provided in Working Load Limit format. For lightweight applications into Brick and Block a number of alternate Ramset Concrete Anchors may be considered. 1. ShureDrive (refer to Tech Data Sheet). 2. EasyDrive Nylon Anchors (refer to Tech Data Sheet). The performance of the above anchors is not dependent on the substrate and therefore you may refer to the performance figures detailed in the Tech Data Sheets available from the Ramset Website.
Anchoring into core filled hollow blocks

In hollow block masonry, where the cores are filled with concrete grout, Ramset anchors may be designed and specified similarly as in concrete, provided the designer assesses the effective strength of the masonry including the joints. However it is not advisable to use certain heavy duty anchors, such as Spatec Plus, BoaCoil , DynaSet , and Maxima Capsule anchors. Note that DynaBolt Plus, TruBolt and AnkaScrew anchors should be limited to 12mm anchor size and ChemSet Injection anchors should be no greater than M16.
220
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
29.1
Typical Masonry
Units
76 mm 110 mm
CLAY BRICK Overall
29.1 TYPICAL MASONRYUNITS

29.1.1 TYPICAL DIMENSIONS
CLAY BRICK Overall
76 mm 110 mm 230 mm 230 mm
CONCRETE BLOCK Overall
190 mm
SOLID BRICK CONCRETE BLOCK Overall

390 mm 190 mm
190 mm
CONCRETE BLOCK
190 mm 390 mm
THREE HOLE BRICK

Nominal 115 mm Nominal 138 mm Nominal Wall Thickness 32 mm Nominal Hole Dia. 44 mm
Nominal Wall Thickness 37.5 mm
Nominal Wall Thickness 25 mm
Nominal Web Thickness 21 mm
Note: Due to the manufacturing process, the internal cavities have tapered walls. Wall thickness indicated is a nominal dimension only, taken from the centre of the block.
TEN HOLE BRICK
29.1.2 CHARACTERISTIC UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVESTRENGTH

Solid Clay Brick
Nominal Wall Thickness 21 mm
Three Hole Clay Brick

> 30 MPa
Ten Hole Clay Brick

> 15 MPa
Concrete Block
> 8 MPa
> 10 MPa
Nominal Hole Dia. 28 mm Nominal Wall Thickness 21 mm Nominal Web Thickness Typically 12 mm
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
221
29.1
Typical Masonry
Units
Corner Block
One anchor per cavity. Minimum edge distance = 1/2 block.
29.1.3 INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS

Corner Brick
One anchor per brick. Minimum edge distance = one brick.
Top of Wall Block Top of Wall Brick

One anchor per brick. Three clear courses down from top of wall. One anchor per cavity. Two clear courses down from top of wall.
29.1.4 MINIMUM EDGEDISTANCES

CLAY BRICK
See page 205 20 mm
CONCRETE BLOCK
60 mm
60 mm
20 mm to centre of hole. Typical for all clay bricks.
222
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
29.1
Typical Masonry
Units
29.1.5 FIXINGSPERBRICK/BLOCK
SOLID BRICK
CONCRETE BLOCK
70 mm minimum
THREE HOLE BRICK
TEN HOLE BRICK
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
223
30.1
ChemSet 101 PLUS


Product
STYREN FREE
NEW! E

Fast installation:
Load in 50 min. (at 20C).
Versatile:
Suitable for anchoring into pre-manufactured masonry units.
Principal Applications into Brick and Block

Installing wall mounted signs, handrails, and gates
Installation
1
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole.

2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle into sleeve or sieve. Fill to 3/4 the sleeve/ sieve depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. Insert Ramset ChemSet Anchor Stud to bottom of hole while turning. 4. ChemSet Injection to cure as per setting times. Attach fixture.

-10C to 80C.
Setting Times
101 PLUS
40C 30C 20C 5C 0C
4 5 6
35 40 50
10 18
85 145
224
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
30.2-3
ChemSet 101 PLUS

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet Injection 101 PLUS and ChemSet Anchor Studs
Anchor size, db Substrate Sleeve/Sieve Drilled hole (mm) Type diameter, dh (mm) M10 Installation details Fixture hole Anchor Tightening diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) Working Load Limit (kN) Solid Brick Shear, Va Tension, Na
M8 10 10 80 10 4.4 1.4 12 12 85 20 4.8 1.5 Solid Clay Brick M12 14 15 85 40 5.2 1.6 M16 18 19 85 95 5.2 1.7 Note: Use specified hole size for solid brick. Use of larger hole and/or sleeve/sieve will result in lower capacities. Installation details Working Load Limit (kN) Drilled hole diameter, dh Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Anchor 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block Substrate b size, d (mm) diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr (mm) Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Nylon Sleeve S/S Sieve df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) M8 3 Hole Brick, 12 M10 10 Hole Brick 14 M12 or Concrete 16 Block M16 12 16 16 10 12 64 15 10 40 3.8 5.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 5.0 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.0 2.0 1.8 20 4.6 2.5 4.6 1.0 2.0 1.8 95 5.0 2.5 5.0 1.0 2.0 1.8
22 19
For lower strength studs, refer to table for reduced steel capacity on page 233.

h = Le - t
To suit ChemSet Anchor Stud M8 M10 M12 M16
Nylon Sleeve ISS08 ISS10 ISS12
Stainless Steel Sieve ISM10 ISM12 ISM12 ISM16
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
225
31.1
AnkaScrew
Screw In Anchors

Product
Le


Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal parts to grind off.

Wall mounted pipe brackets. Gate hinges.

Does not expand and burst brick and block.
Installation
1
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth.
Clean thoroughly with brush. 2. Remove debris by way of vacuum or hand pump, compressed air etc.
3. Using a socket wrench, screw the AnkaScrew into the hole using slight pressure until the self tapping action starts.
4. Tighten the AnkaScrew. If resistance is experienced when tightening, unscrew anchor one turn and re-tighten. Ensure not to over tighten.
226
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
31.2-3
Screw In Anchors
AnkaScrew

Installation details Working Load Limit (kN) Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Solid Brick 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block b size, d diameter, diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr (mm) dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na
8 8 10 40 10 4.0 2.7 3.8 2.7 2.3 0.65 2.1 1.00 10 10 12 50 15 4.4 3.9 4.2 2.8 2.5 0.65 2.1 1.00 12 12 15 60 15 4.4 4.5 4.2 3.0 2.5 0.70 2.1 1.15
5 5 7 25 8 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.1 0.5 1.2 0.8 6 6 8 30 10 3.2 1.8 3.0 2.4 1.8 0.60 2.1 0.90

Part No. Anchor Effective length, Le (mm) size, d b Zn Hex Head Gal Hex Head 5 24 AS05030 44 AS06050 AS06050GM 6 69 AS06075 AS06075GM 94 AS06100 AS06100GM 54 AS08060 AS08060GM 8 69 AS08075 AS08075GM 94 AS08100 AS08100GM 54 AS10060 AS10060GM 10 69 AS10075 AS10075GM 94 AS10100 AS10100GM 69 AS12075 AS12075GM 12 94 AS12100 AS12100GM 144 AS12150 AS12150GM
h = Le - t
Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 Stress Yield UTS, fu area, As strength, fy (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) 15.9 640 800 42.4 640 800 69.4 640 800 84.1 640 800
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
227
32.1
DynaBolt Plus
Hex Bolt

Product
The DynaBolt Plus Anchor Hex Bolt is a medium duty, torque setting expansion anchor.
Le
dh
Features and Benefits

Ideal for hollow substrates:
Cone nut pulls up in cavity to clamp fixture to substrate.
Neat finish:
Low profile hex head.
High shear strength:

High tensile Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt.

Electrical junction boxes Wall mounted pipe brackets Installing wall mounted signs, handrails and gates Roller door guide rails
Fast installation:
Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixture.
Convenient to remove:
No metal parts protrude from hole eliminating grinding.
Economical Zinc Plated or superior corrosion resistant AISI 316 Stainless Steel.
Installation
1
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth.
2. Clean thoroughly with brush. Remove debris by way of vacuum or hand pump, compressed air etc.
3. Insert DynaBolt Plus Anchor Hex Bolt through fixture, tap lightly with hammer until washer contacts fixture.
4. Tighten DynaBolt Plus Anchor Hex Bolt to specified assembly torque using torque wrench.
228
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
32.2-3
DynaBolt Plus
Hex Bolt

Installation details Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Solid Brick b size, d diameter, diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr (mm) dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) (Nm) Shear, Va Tension, Na Working Load Limit (kN) 3 Hole Brick Shear, Va Tension, Na 10 Hole Brick Shear, Va Tension, Na Concrete Block Shear, Va Tension, Na
8 8 10 35 10 3.9 3.1 2.9 3.9 2.0 0.83 1.4 1.0 10 10 12 40 15 4.4 4.6 3.4 4.1 2.3 0.87 1.6 1.0 12 12 15 40 15 4.4 4.6 3.8 4.1 3.1 0.94 2.1 1.0

Anchor Effective size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm) Part No. Zn S/S
8 10 12
34 60 86 34 42 56 69 96 47 62 90
DP08045H DP08045HSS DP08070H DP08070HSS DP10045H DP10045HSS DP10055H DP10060HSS DP10080H DP10080HSS DP10105H DP10105HSS DP12065H DP12075H DP12075HSS DP12105H
h = Le - t
Anchor Thread size, dh size, db (mm) Carbon steel Stainless steel Stress Section area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) Z (mm3)
8 M6 20.1 640 800 480 600 12.7 10 M8 36.6 640 800 480 600 31.2 12 M10 58.0 640 800 480 600 62.3
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
229
33.1
RamPlug
Anchors
Le

Product
The RamPlug Anchor is a light duty, rotation setting interference fit anchor.
Le

Anchor simply hammered in and screw inserted with a screwdriver.
Convenient:
Collar ensures anchor sits flush with fixture surface.
Versatile:
Anchor accepts many types of screw.

Electrical fittings
Installation
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth using the fixture as a template. Clean thoroughly with brush. Remove debris by way of vacuum or hand pump, compressed air etc.
1
2. For long or ultralong RamPlug insert the RamPlug into hole until flush with the surface of the fixture. For standard RamPlug insert the RamPlug into the hole until flush with the surface of the substrate. 3. Insert screw into the RamPlug. Tighten with screwdriver. Note: (1) For standard RamPlug Screw length = length of Ramplug + thickness of fixture (2) For long RamPlug Screw length = length of Ramplug + thickness of fixture (3) Ultra long plugs supplied with screw.
230
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
33.2
RamPlug
Anchors

Anchor Anchor size, db (mm) 5 6 7 8 10 12 8 10 10 10 10 10 Installation details Drilled Fixture Anchor hole hole effective diameter, diameter, depth, dh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) 5 6 7 8 10 12 8 10 10 10 10 10 6 7 7 8 9 12 8 9 9 9 9 9 25 30 30 40 50 60 70 70 70 70 70 70 Solid Brick Shear, Va 0.40 0.80 1.10 1.30 2.40 3.00 1.30 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 Tension, Na 0.30 0.50 0.65 0.80 1.10 1.50 0.80 1.10 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 Working Load Limit (kN) 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Shear, Va 0.40 0.80 1.10 1.30 1.90 2.20 Tension, Na 0.20 0.25 0.32 0.35 0.45 0.55 Shear, Va 0.70 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.90 Tension, Na 0.16 0.20 0.25 0.28 0.36 0.44 Concrete Block Shear, Va 0.40 0.80 1.10 1.30 1.90 2.20 Tension, Na 0.13 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.22
DNP05 DNP06 DNP07 DNP08 DNP10 DNP12 DLP08 DLP10 DUP10080 DUP10100 DUP10135 DUP10160
Performance to be determined.

Anchor size, db (mm) 5 6 7 8 Effective length, Le (mm) 25 30 30 40 80 50 80 100 135 160 60 Standard DNP05 DNP06 DNP07 DNP08 DNP10 DNP12 Long DLP08 DLP10 Part No. Ultra Long - C/S Pozi* DUP10080F DUP10100F DUP10135F DUP10160F Ultra Long - Hex Head DUP10080H DUP10100H DUP10135H DUP10160H
10
12 * No. 3 Pozi Bit.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
231
Notes

232
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
34.1-2
Performance Information
Typical Bolt
Tabulated below are nominal reduced ultimate characteristic capacities for bolts manufactured in accordance with ISO 898-1. The expected capacity of bolts should be independently checked by the designer based on the bolt manufacturers published performance information.
It is recommended that Stainless Steel bolts be lubricated and that tightening torque be applied in a smooth, continuous manner. Impact wrenches (rattle guns) are not suitable for the tightening of Stainless Steel fasteners.
Typical Bolt Performance Information
34.1 STRENGTH LIMITSTATE DESIGN INFORMATION

34.1.1 Tension Reduced nominal bolt tensile capacity, Ntf (kN), n = 0.8
Bolt type Grade 4.6 Carbon Steel Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel Stainless Steel A4-70 (AISI 316) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 6.4 11.7 18.6 27.0 50.2 78.4 113.0 13.3 24.3 38.5 56.0 104.2 162.7 234.4 11.3 20.5 32.5 47.2 87.9 137.2
34.1.2 Shear Reduced nominal bolt shear capacity, Vsf (kN), v = 0.8
34.2 WORKINGLOADLIMIT DESIGN INFORMATION

34.2.1 Tension Allowable tensile load steel (kN), Fss = 2.2
34.2.2 Shear Allowable shear load steel (kN), Fsv = 2.5

www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
233
Introduction
Construction Chemicals
234
The following section includes details of selected Ramset Construction Chemicals typically of interest to specifiers. The name Ramset is synonymous with Quality, and the Ramset Construction Chemicals product range is no exception. Ramset Construction Chemical products are made to exacting quality standards to ensure reliability and consistency. Ramset Construction Chemicals are tested to Australian Standards such as AS1530.4 fire rating to ensure compliance with the BCA. The products selected for this section are grouts for structural underpinning and sealants for fire and acoustic rated partitions and facades
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
35.2-3
Overview
35.1 ESTIMATING CHART
Lineal Metres per 960 g (600m ml) Sachet (Approx)

Joint Nominal Joint Width (mm) Depth (mm) 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 50 6 16.6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 8 x 9.4 -- -- -- -- -- -- 10 x x 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 - - 12.5 x x x x x x 1.9 -- 25 x x x x x x x 0.5
Lineal Metres per 450 g (300m ml) Cartridge (Approx)

Joint Nominal Joint Width (mm) Depth (mm) 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 50 6 8.3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 8 x 4.7 -- -- -- -- -- -- 10 x x 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 -- -- 12.5 x x x x x x 1.0 -- 25 x x x x x x x 0.3
Coverage based on nominal dimensions "--" Shallow joint. Risk of sealant tearing. Make joint deeper. "x" Joint depth > width. Risk of sealant tearing. Adjust depth with backing rod. Refer above for correct joint design details.
35.2 JOINT CONFIGURATION & DESIGN

Configuring Joints in Concrete Structures for Optimum Sealant Performance
General Details Movement of joints in concrete structures is caused by: Changes in Temperature (Opening and Closing) Concrete Shrinkage (Opening) Concrete Creep (Closing) The factors that cause joints to open are the most significant when optimising joint design for sealants. Because joints move, sealants must be elastic and flexible to avoid splitting, tearing and loss of adhesion. A sealants flexibility is defined by its strain capacity, expressed as a percentage change in nominal joint width. Joint Configuration The shape of the sealant within a joint influences its ability to stretch with movement. Correct Width to Depth Ratio
Joint Width 6mm to 10mm 10mm to 20mm 20mm to 50mm Joint Depth Equal to joint Width 10mm Equal to 1/2 joint Width
Correct Joint Configuration

Chamfered Concrete Edges Prevent Damage (Concrete Panel) Width greater than depth plus concave finish allows sealant to behave like elastic band Control Joint in Concrete Floor
Non-adherent, closed cell backing rod to Joint Between Precast Concrete Panels control depth and prevent three-sided adhesion
Floor meets Wall
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
235
35.2
Overview
35.2 JOINT CONFIGURATION & DESIGN (cont)

Incorrect Joint Configuration
Square concrete edges prone to damage (Concrete Panel) Control Joint in Concrete Floor Joint Between Precast Concrete Panels Depth greater than width resists stretching Open Cell or Adherent Backing Material Three-Sided Adhesion Floor meets Wall Each of the Incorrect cases listed here cause stress concentrations within the sealant resulting in splitting or tearing, or at interfaces resulting loss of adhesion. Poor Geometry. Block shape resistant to stretching No Backing Rod. Stress Concentrates in narrow Joint
Joint Design
Following is a simple, conservative method for calculating minimum joint width. For more accurate and rigorous treatment, consult the references listed below. Calculation of Joint Width: Minimum Joint Width, Lmin = 100 / Sealant Strain Capacity x L(1 L = Anticipated joint movement L = Lt + Lcs.(2 Lt = Change in Joint Width due to Temperature Change (mm) Lcs = Change in Joint Width due to Concrete Shrinkage (mm) Changes in Temperature Lt = L x c.temp x T.(3 L = Joint Spacing (mm) c.temp = Coefficient of Concrete Thermal Expansion (mm/mmC) T = Change in Temperature (C)
Concrete Shrinkage Lcs = L x cs..(4 L = Joint Spacing (mm) cs = Concrete Shrinkage Strain = 850 x 10-6 mm (Conservative. Refer AS3600 Clause 6.1.7 for accurate values) In this simple method, effects that cause joints to close are ignored, as they do not impart tensile strain on the sealant. For example concrete creep and temperature increase cause joints to close resulting in compression of the sealant. Worked Example: Concrete Panel Width = L = 4m, Thickness = 150mm, Installation Temperature = 30C, Minimum Temperature = 5C. Sealant = Ramset HiSeal, Strain Capacity = 25%, c.temp.temp = 12 x 10-6 mm/mmC, cs = 850 x 10-6 mm Lt = 4 x 1000 x 12 x 10-6 x (30 5C) = 1.2 mm Lcs = 4 x 1000 x 850 x 10-6 = 3.4 mm Lmin = 100 / 25 x (1.2 + 3.4) = 18.4 mm
Sealant HiSeal FyreBrake Roof Seal Joint Seal Glass Seal Water Seal BlazeBrake DynaSeal Gap Seal Description 1-Part Polyurethane Construction Sealant 1-Part Polyurethane Fire Rated Sealant 1-Part Neutral Cure Silicone Roofing Sealant 1-Part Neutral Cure Silicone Construction Sealant 1-Part Acetic Cure Silicone Glazing Sealant 1-Part Acetic Cure Silicone Mould Resistant Sealant 1-Part Fire and Acoustic Rated Acrylic Sealant 1-Part Urethane-Acrylic Construction Sealant 1-Part Acrylic Painters Sealant Strain Capacity 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 15% 20% 6%
Joint Width 6mm to 10mm 10mm to 20mm 20mm to 50mm
Joint Depth Equal to joint Width 10mm Equal to 1/2 joint Width
References AS3600 2001, Concrete Structures Standards Australia Precast Concrete Handbook National Precast Concrete Association Australia 2002 Warner et al 1998 Concrete Structures, Addison Wesley Longman Australia
Ramset does not give any representation, guarantee or warranty, express or implied that the information is or will be complete or accurate or that it has been or will be independently verified. To the extent permitted by statute, Ramset its servants and its agents will not be liable (whether in negligence or other tort, by contract or under statute) in respect of any loss or damage (including consequential loss or damage) arising by any reason of or in connection with the provision of the information or by purported reliance on it.
236
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
36.1-2
Epoxy Grout

Product
Ramset Epoxy Grout is a tough epoxy resin based grout for use in pourable form or for mixing with graded sand filler to produce a trowellable consistency. Epoxy Grout is 100% solids epoxy with negligible shrinkage.

High flow properties good bonding and penetration Bonds to dry and damp concrete Pre-measured kits to avoid measuring errors High tensile and compressive strength 100% solids epoxy solvent free and negligible shrinkage Cures at temperatures down to 5C High mechanical strength Resistant to vibration and dynamic loads Add graded sand to change consistency
36.2 TYPICAL PROPERTIES

Unfilled Epoxy Grout
Typical properties after 7 days cure at 25C and 50% relative humidity
Appearance Part Viscosity Flammability Solidcontent byweight Tensilestrength Compressivestrength Flexuralstrength Tensilebondstrength Modulus ofelasticity Servicetemperature Heat distortion temp Hardness Potlife Tackfree time Mix ratio Min. Application temp. Max. Application temp. Density Water absorption* Fullcure *Tested toASTMD570 A:Greythixotropic liquid PartB:Amber liquid Greywhen mixedtogether Flowable, pourable Nonflammable 100% 30MPa approx. 110MPa approx. 25MPa approx. 10MPa approx. 4.5 x103MPa -10Cto+65C 80Capprox. >80ShoreD 4550mins@25C 1.5 2.5 hours@25C 5:1(part A:B)byvolume 5C 35C 1.53 kg/Litre <0.2% (10 days 7daysat25C
Grouting heavy duty supports beneath crane and transporter rails Grouting under machinery baseplates Anchoring holding down bolts, deformed bars, ferrules and threaded rod into carbide drilled and diamond cored holes in concrete Bonding new to old concrete Grouting under column base plates Corrosion protection on steel reinforcement prior to application of concrete repair mortar
Epoxy Grout Mixed with Ramset Fillers FG

Consistency Fluid Pourable Trowellable Dry Pack Volume of Epoxy Grout (Litres) 1 1 1 1 Weight of Fillers FG (Kg) 0.6 2.3 2.9 3.8 Yield of Mixture (Litres) 1.2 1.9 2.1 2.4 Pot Life @ 20C (Minutes) 40-45 40-50 60-70 65-80 Compressive Strength @ 7 days (MPa) 110 100 90 85 Tensile Strength @ 7 days (MPa) 17 15 12 11 Flexural Strength @ 7 days (MPa) 32 29 26 26
For safety directions, precautions and general preparation please refer to the technical data sheet available on the Ramset website.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
237
36.3-5
Epoxy Grout
36.3 CURING
Epoxy Grout will achieve about 80% of its final cure strength in 24 hours and will achieve full strength in 7 days. Remove formwork and apply full torque to bolts after 24 hours.
Parameter Minimum Maximum Drilled Hole Diameter Threaded Rod, d Rod / Bar diameter (d ) + 2 mm 2 xd b h Parameter Minimum b Maximum 36.4 ANCHOR INSTALLATION WITH EPOXY GROUT Drilled Hole Hole Diameter Diameter Threaded Reinforcing Bar, db + mm Drilled Rod, dh dh Rod / Bar diameter (d5 2 x d b2 x d b b ) + 2 mm Effective Hole Depth, h 8 x d Installing Threaded Rod and Reinforcing Bar into Solid Concrete with Ramset Epoxy Grout b Drilled Hole Diameter Reinforcing Bar, d h d b + 5 mm 2 x db Critical Edge ec 3b x Reinforcing h Effective Hole Distance, Depth, h Grout 8x d Recommended Epoxy Hold Down Bolt, Threaded Rod and Bar Installation Guide Critical Anchor Spacing, Critical Edge e c ac 3Minimum x6 hxh Parameter Distance, Maximum Depth of Concrete Substrate, b 1.25 x h 6 x h Critical Anchor Spacing, a m c Drilled Hole Diameter Threaded Rod, d h Rod / Bar diameter (d b ) + 2 mm 2 x db Depth Concrete Substrate, bm 1.25 Drilled of Hole Diameter Reinforcing Bar, d d x +h 5 mm 2xd
Effective Hole Depth, h Critical Edge Distance, e c Critical Anchor Spacing, ac Depth of Concrete Substrate, b m
8 x db 3xh 6xh 1.25 x h
More information on Anchoring Technology go to pages 24-43.
Installing Ferrules into Solid Concrete with Ramset Epoxy Grout

To create a postinstalled internally threaded fixing, Ramset have developed a method of installing ferrules into solid concrete with Epoxy Grout instead of the traditional castin method.
Ferrule Size, db x L (mm) b L (mm)
Drilled Hole Substrate Hole Depth, h Edge Distance, Anchor Spacing, a c Drilled Hole Substrate Hole Depth, h Edge Distance, Anchor Spacing, a c Diameter, d h (mm) Thickness, bm (mm) (mm) e c, (mm) Diameter, d h (mm) Thickness, bm (mm) (mm) e c, (mm) (mm) (mm) + + M12 xx95 95 FE12095(GH) 28 100 135 270 M12 FE12095(GH) 28 100 135 270 115 115 + + M16 x 95 FE16095(GH) 35 100 135 270 M16 x 95 FE16095(GH) + 35 100 135 270 115 115 + M20 xx95 95 FE20095(GH) 40 100 135 270 M20 FE20095(GH) 40 100 135 270 115 115 + + Available in zinc zinc galvanised hot dipped galvanised (GH) carbon steel Ferrule Size, db xgalvanised Part Number Drilled Hole Substrate Hole Depth, h Edge Distance, Anchor Spacing, a c Available in oror hot dipped galvanised (GH) carbon steel L (mm) Diameter, d h (mm) Thickness, bm (mm) (mm) e c, (mm) For more information on Ferrules contact your local Ramset Engineer. (mm) M12 x 95 FE12095(GH) + 28 100 135 270 115 + M16 x 95 FE16095(GH) 35 100 135 270 115 Working Load Limits in Tension of Ferrules installed in Solid Concrete with Ramset Epoxy Grout M20 x 95 FE20095(GH) + 40 100 135 270 115 + The Working Load Limits in the table (left) Available in zinc galvanised or hot dipped galvanised (GH) carbon steel Ferrule Size, d x L Ferrule Size, d x L bb Tension, Na (kN)* Tension, N (kN)* are limited by concrete cone capacity. Check a (mm) (mm) Concrete Compressive Strength, fc (MPa) tensile capacity of bolts to determine if Concrete Compressive Strength, fc (MPa) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa fixing load capacity is limited by steel 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa M12 15.9 20.1 22.522.5 For shear loads away from concrete edge use M12 xx95 95 15.9 20.1 M16 18.4 23.2 26.026.0 steel shear capacity. M16 xx95 95 18.4 23.2 M20 x 95 20.6 26.0 29.129.1 For shear loads acting towards a concrete edge M20 x 95 20.6 26.0 * Working Load Limit (WLL) = Lower Characteristic Ultimate Concrete Tensile Load Capacity (N uc ) / 3 Ferrule Size, dLimit x L(WLL) = Lower Characteristic * Working Load Ultimate Load Capacity (N uc ) / 3 contact a Ramset engineer for further advice b Tension, NConcrete (kN)* Tensile a (mm) Concrete Compressive Strength, fc (MPa)
Part Number
Ferrule Size, d x
Part Number
20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa M12 x 95 15.9 20.1 22.5 M16 x 95 18.4 23.2 26.0 PackSize Order 20.6 Number M20 x 95 26.0 29.1 * Working 1 Litre Load Limit (WLL) = Lower Characteristic EPGRL1 Ultimate Concrete Tensile Load Capacity (N uc ) / 3 4 Litres EPGRL4 16 Litres EPGRL16
Specify
Ramset Epoxy Grout, (Pack Size) (Part Number)
Example
Ramset Epoxy Grout, (1 Litre) (EPGRL1)
37.1
Premier Grout MP

Product
HIGH STRENGTH PREMIER GROUT MP will not shrink making it ideal for filling holes and voids in concrete for installing and repairing posts, bolts, pipe penetrations or structural underpinning. Premier Grout MP is a Class A, non shrink cement grout that complies with AS MP20, Part 3 (1977). The product consists of a speciality blend of cement, graded aggregate and other chemically reactive agents. Premier Grout MP does not contain any ferrous material or Calcium Chloride. Premier Grout MP is supplied in 20kg Bags as a ready to use dry powder. The addition of different amounts of clean water will produce a range of non-shrink grouts for placement at thicknesses of 10mm to 150mm in a single application.

High Strength Non-shrink - Good dimensional stability - Complete void filling Versatile - Can be dry packed, rammed, trowelled, poured and pumped over short distances Economical, low in-place cost Ready to use, pre mixed, requires only the addition of water. Non-staining chloride and iron free Lower water/cement ratio - Reduced drying shrinkage - Increased hardness and durability - Reduces permeability
All general purpose grouting. Installing Balustrade Posts Grouting under precast and tilt slab panels Grouting ducts in posttensioned concrete panels. Grouting machine and bearing base plates. Grouting: - Reinforcing Bars - Anchor Bolts Grouting in column bases Filling core holes, rod holes and defects in concrete. Fill-in grout for hollow concrete block walls.

Litres of water per 20kg bag
Consistency Consistency Range Range *Test *Test Levels Levels Dry Dry Pack Pack
2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
Trowellable Trowellable
2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
Flowable Flowable
3.5-4.0 3.5-4.0 3.8 3.8
* Refers to the water content used to carry out performance testing as indicated in the tables below.
Setting Times - Vicat setting times at 20C

Initial Set Set Initial Final Set Set Final Time for for Time Expansion Expansion Unrestrained Expansion Expansion Unrestrained Bleeding Bleeding Dry Dry Pack Pack 1.5 hours hours 1.5 4.0 hours hours 4.0 0% 0% Trowellable Trowellable 1.5 hours hours 1.5 4.0 hours hours 4.0 30 minutes minutes 30 2.0 2.5 hours hours 2.0 2.5 >2% >2% 0% 0% Flowable Flowable 1.5 hours hours 1.5 4.0 hours hours 4.0 30 minutes minutes 30 2.0 2.5 hours hours 2.0 2.5 >1.5% >1.5% 0% 0%
- Start Start (plastic (plastic state) state) Finish (plastic state) - Finish (plastic state)
Test Methods: AS1012.18 for Setting times at 20C and 50% RH AS2073 for expansions AS1012.6 for bleeding.
Age Age
1 day
Dry Dry Pack Pack

40
Trowellable Trowellable
25
Flowable Flowable
15
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
239
37.2-4
Initial Set Set Initial Final Final Set Set Time Time for for - Start Start (plastic (plastic state) state) Expansion Finish Expansion - Finish (plastic (plastic state) state) Unrestrained Unrestrained Expansion Expansion Bleeding BleedingConstruction Chemicals
Premier Grout MP
1.5 hours hours 1.5 4.0 4.0 hours hours 0% 0%
1.5 hours hours 1.5 4.0 4.0 hours hours 30 30 minutes minutes 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 hours hours >2% >2% 0% 0%
1.5 hours hours 1.5 4.0 4.0 hours hours 30 30 minutes minutes 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 hours hours >1.5% >1.5% 0% 0%
37.2 TYPICAL PROPERTIES (Cont)

Compressive Strength - Tested in accordance with AS1012.9, AS2073 at 20C
1 1 day day 3 3 days days 7 7 days days 28 28 days days
Age
Dry Pack
40 40 60 60 65 65 70 70
Trowellable
25 25 45 45 55 55 70 70
Flowable
15 15 25 25 40 40 50 50
Flexural Strength - Tested in accordance with ASTM C348-86 at 20C

Age Age 1 1 day day 7 days Trowellable Trowellable 8.5MPa 8.5MPa 11.0MPa
Yield - Approximate yields obtained if mixed in accordance with recommended procedures with accurately measured water content.
Litres Litres per per 20kg 20kg bag bag 3 3 Fresh Wet Density ~kg/m ~kg/m 3 Fresh Wet Density Bags required per cubic metre Dry Dry Pack Pack 10.3 10.3 1,950 1,950 96 Trowellable Trowellable 11.0 11.0 1,800 1,800 90 Flowable Flowable 11.7 11.7 1,750 1,750 87
37.3 CURING
Prevent moisture loss of hardened grout by applying water to the surface or covering exposed grout with wet Hessian, plastic sheeting or Ramset Concrebond or other curing compound. Keep grout thoroughly moist for a minimum of 48 hours to prevent drying shrinkage and cracking. If required remove formwork after 24 hours and protect exposed grout from moisture loss as described above. High wind conditions will affect the drying surface of grout; take precautions to protect the material from prevailing weather.

Pack Size: 20kg paper bag Order Number: RPGMP
Specify
Ramset Premier Grout MP High Strength Class A Non-Shrink Grout (Pack Size) (Part Number)
Example
Ramset Premier Grout MP High Strength Class A Non-Shrink Grout (20kg paper bag) (RPGMP)
Notes
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
241
38
Fire Rated Protection Systems
Introduction

242
Ramset BlazeBrake Fire protection systems are used for the Fire Rated sealing of construction joints and services penetrations in buildings. The full range of BlazeBrake Fire Protection systems are Independently tested & comply with Australian Fire test standards AS1530.4 & AS4072.1 to provide up to 4 hours protection in a fire situation. Choose a fire rated system to suit applications such as Electrical and communication cable penetrations Plastic and metal pipe penetrations Mechanical services penetrations Floor, wall & ceiling joints Concrete to concrete structures Concrete to fire rated plasterboard walls Fire rated plasterboard walls
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
38.2
Fire Rated Expanding Polyurethane
BlazeBrake Foam

Product
BlazeBrake Fire Rated Foam is a one component expanding PU foam suitable for sealing construction joints and service penetrations. It prevents the penetration and transfer of flames, smoke and gases between building compartments. BlazeBrake FR Foam reacts with moisture in the air causing it to expand to fill any shaped hole or cavity. The cured foam can then be cut or shaped and painted as desired.

Fire Rated up to 240 minutes Fire Rated for joint widths 10 mm to 80 mm Fire Rated for joint depths 100 mm to 200 mm Fire Rated for 34 mm diameter (nominal) steel pipe Suitable for use with BlazeBrake Fire Rated Acrylic Sealant 50% post expansion rate Suitable for sealing gaps around window and door frames Sound dampening and sealing against draughts and moisture High bond strength Excellent dimensional stability Can be painted and covered with plaster Excellent thermal insulator CFC & HCFC free (ozone layer friendly) VOC data available Excellent adhesion to: Concrete Brickwork Concrete Blockwork Stone Plaster Wood Fibre Cement Sheet Metal Polystyrene Foam PU Foam Polyester Rigid PVC
Vertical Joints (up to 80mm)
BlazeBrake Foam with or without Acrylic Sealant Joint width from 10 to 80mm Joint depth from 100 to 200mm
Metal Pipe Penetration

BlazeBrake Foam with or without Acrylic Sealant Steel pipe 34mm (nom)

Property Density Yield, Free Expansion Tack Free Cuttable (30 mm dia bead) Weight Bearing Time (30 mm dia bead) Heat conductivity coefficient DIN52612 Compressive Strength ISO844 Tensile Strength DIN53455 Elongation at Break DIN53455 Shear Strength DIN53422 Water Absorption DIN53428 Temperature Resistance (Long Term) Temperature Resistance (Short Term) Shelf Life Fire Resistance Acoustic Rating ISO 140 Typical Value 20 to 28 Kg / m 3 37 litre average 10 min, 23C, 50% RH 60 min, 23C, 50% RH 24 hours, 23C, 50% RH 25 to 30 mW/m.K 75 kPa (10% Deformation) 60 kPa 20% 30 kPa 0.3 vol% -40 to 90C -40C to 130C 9 months Maximum See Page 3 R ST ,W (C;C tr) 58
BlazeBrakeTM FR Foam can be used for the fire rated sealing of joints and cavities in: - Precast and tiltup construction walls. - Concrete ceilings. - Concrete floors. - Small metal pipe penetrations.
Application Temperature: Ambient: +5C up to +35C Can: +10C up to +30C Yield: >30 L of foam. Maximum expansion obtained with container at 20C. Cold, heat and low humidity will result in lower yields.
For safety directions and instructions for use, please refer to the technical data sheet available on the Ramset website.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
243
38.3-4
Fire Rated Expanding Polyurethane
BlazeBrake Foam
Concrete
BlazeBrake Fire Rated Foam complies to AS1530.4-2005 Rebate Filled with Fire Consult fireFire test Side data for tested applications and fire ratings before commencing use. Rated Sealant * Each joint was filled with BlazeBrake Fire Rated Foam for the entire depth. Where a rebate dimension is listed, a sealant such as Concrete BlazeBrake Sealant was used to fill the rebate over the top of the foam.
Fire Side Fire Side
Fire Side
BlaeBrake Fire Rated Foam Rebate Filled with Fire Concrete Rated Sealant Concrete Rebate Filled with Fire BlaeBrake Fire Rated Foam Filled with Fire Rated Sealant Rebate BlaeBrake Fire Rated Foam
Rated Sealant
Dimensions in mm Rebate Filler Joint Width Joint Depth Rebate* 10 210 10 FR Silicone Illustration 20 of Joint cross-section210 in Concrete wall filled - with BlazeBrake Fire Rated - Foam in mm 10 Dimensions 210 - Filler Rebate Substrate: Lightweight Concrete Slab Rebate* Joint Width Joint Depth 20 210 10 FR Silicone 10 Dimensions 210 in mm 20 200 10 FR Silicone Rebate Filler 210 - Sealant Joint Width Joint Depth Rebate* 20 200 10 BlazeBrake 10 210 10 FR Silicone 20 200 20 10 FR Silicone 80 210 20 200 10 FR Silicone 10 60 210 20 200 BlazeBrake 10 FR Silicone 40 210 - Sealant 20 200 10 FR Silicone 80 210 - Sealant 20 200 10 BlazeBrake 60 210 20 200 40 210 80 60 Dimensions 210 in mm Rebate Filler 40 210 Joint Width Joint Depth Rebate 10 100 10 BlazeBrake Sealant Substrate: Lightweight Concrete Block Wall 10 100 in mm 20 Dimensions 100 10 BlazeBrake Sealant Rebate Filler Joint Width Joint Depth Rebate 20 100 10 Dimensions 100 10 BlazeBrake Sealant in mm Rebate Filler 10 100 Joint Width Joint Depth Rebate 20 100 10 BlazeBrake Sealant 10 20 100 10 20 100 10 BlazeBrake Sealant 20Steel Pipe through 100 - Block Wall Substrate: Aerated Concrete Dimensions in mm Pipe Dia Hole Depth Rebate 34 150 34 150 10 Dimensions in mm Hole Dia Pipe Dia Hole Depth Rebate 80 34 150 Dimensions in mm 38.4 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS 80 34 150 10 Hole Dia Pipe Dia Hole Depth Rebate Pack Size: 750ml can 80 34 150 Order Number: FRF700 80 34 150 10 Hole Dia 80 80
BlazeBrake Fire Rated Foam

FRL -/240/240 -/240/240 -/240/240 FRL Source: CSIRO report FCO2662 -/240/240 -/240/240 FRL -/240/240 -/240/2 40 -/240/240 -/180/180 -/240/240 -/60/60 -/240/240 -/90/90 -/240/2 40 -/240/240 -/180/180 -/180/180 -/240/240 -/60/60 -/240/2 40 -/90/90 -/180/180 -/180/180 -/60/60 -/90/90 FRL -/180/180 -/240/2 40 -/120/120 -/180/90 FRL -/60/60 -/240/2 40 FRL -/120/120 -/180/90 -/240/2 40 -/60/60 -/120/120 -/180/90 -/60/60 Source: CSIRO report FCO2680 FRL -/60/60 -/240/90 FRL -/60/60 FRL -/240/90 -/60/60 -/240/90
Rebate Filler BlazeBrake Sealant Rebate Filler Rebate Filler BlazeBrake Sealant BlazeBrake Sealant
Specify
Ramset BlazeBrakeTM FR Expanding Foam (Pack Size) (Part Number)
Example
Ramset BlazeBrakeTM FR Expanding Foam (750ml can) (FRF700)
IMPORTANT: Consult technical data for tested applications and re ratings, before commencing use. For detailed technical data and instructions go to www.ramset.com.au. For applications outside those tested, refer to your Fire Consultant for compliance advice.
244
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
39.1
BlazeBrake Sealant
Fire Rated Acrylic

Product
BlazeBrake 201 is a highly flexible fire rated and acoustic acrylic sealant, suitable for interior and exterior sealing of concrete joints, cable, metal pipe and service penetrations. Prevents the spread of flames, smoke and gases through walls and floors or between building compartments.

Fire rated according to AS1530.4-1990, BS476: Part 20:1987 and AS4072-1.1-1992 Acoustic rated Flexible and crack resistant joint movement 15% Suitable for exterior use (see precautions) Easy to dispense in cold weather. Low odour Easy tooling Water clean up Sag resistant Not HAZARDOUS no isocyanates, no heavy metals, no solvents and no asbestos Low VOC Paintable with acrylic coatings and oil-based coatings after 24 hours at 20C. RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATES Concrete Concrete block FR plasterboard Fibre cement Brickwork
Sealing gaps around pipes, cables, ducts and services, which penetrate fire-rated walls and floors. Sealing joints and penetrations in acoustic partitions and walls. Sealing joints in precast and tilt-up construction. Sealing vertical exterior joints. To prevent the spread of fire.

Typical properties after 7 days cure at 25C and 50% RH
Grey Acrylic co-polymer -20C to + 90C Wet 1.6 Kg / L Dry 1.8 Kg / L Application Temperature +5C to + 35C Tool Working Time 15 minutes at 25C Max. Joint Movement 15% Max. Joint Width 50mm Full Cure 7 days at 25C Acoustic Rating Rw 56 VOC 17 g / ml Fire Rating Up to 4 hours* *Fire Rating Certificates Available on Request Refer to BRANZ Fire Test Certificates 439, 440 and 441 Colour Chemical Type Service Temperature Specific Gravity (Density)
For safety directions and instructions for use, please refer to the technical data sheet available on the Ramset website.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
245
39.2-3
BlazeBrake Sealant
Fire Rated Acrylic Sealing of Joints and Cavities
Up to 4 hours Fire Rating in Concrete Floor/Wall
39.2 TYPICAL PROPERTIES (Cont) Cable and Metal Pipe Penetrations
Up to 4 hours Fire Rating in Concrete Floor
BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant Copper pipe up to 80mm (nom) Multiple copper pipes Copper pipe 200mm (nom) 3 x 20mm (nom)
Vertical Joints (up to 80mm)
BlazeBrake Foam with or BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant Joint width 25mm without Acrylic Sealant Sealant depth 12mm Joint width from 10 to 80mm with foam backer rod Joint depth from 100 to 200mm
Floor Control Joint
Up to 2 hours Fire Rating in Plasterboard FR Wall
BlazeBrake Foam with or without Acrylic Sealant Steel pipe 34mm (nom)
BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant Cable bundle 65mm diam. (max)
Electrical & Data Cables
Up to 2 hours Fire Rating in Plasterboard FR Wall
BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant Joint width 20mm FR wall thickness 26mm
2hr Deection Head
2hr Intersection / Masonry

BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant Copper pipe up to 80mm (nom) FR wall thickness 26mm
2hr Metal Pipe Penetration
BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant Electrical and data cable bundle 65mm diam. (max) FR wall thickness 26mm
2hr Cable Penetration
1hr Deection Head
1hr Intersection / Masonry

BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant Copper pipe up to 80mm (nom). FR wall thickness 16mm
1hr Metal Pipe Penetration
BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant Electrical and data cable bundle 65mm diam. (max) FR wall thickness 16mm
1hr Cable Penetration
BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant Joint width 20mm FR wall thickness 26mm Rondo P35 control joint
2hr Control Joint
BlazeBrake Acrylic Sealant Joint width 20mm FR wall thickness 16mm Rondo P35 control joint
1hr Control Joint
BlazeBrake 201 is rain resistant in vertical joints after 24 hours from application. Full cure is achieved within 7 days. SHRINKAGE - Water must evaporate for a water based sealant to cure. This results in a change in volume (i.e. shrinkage). Drying shrinkage of BlazeBrake 201 will not prevent the sealant achieving full fire and acoustic properties quoted in this document.
39.3 CURING
246
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
39.4-5
BlazeBrake Sealant
Fire Rated Acrylic
39.4 JOINT DESIGN
Refer to pages 219 - 220 for data on Joint Configuration and Design.

Pack Size: 300ml/450g cartridge Order Number: BLBRGYC Pack Size: 600ml/960g sausage Order Number: BLBRGYS
Specify
Ramset BlazeBrakeTM Fire Rated Acrylic Sealant (Pack Size) (Part Number)
Example
Ramset BlazeBrakeTM Fire Rated Acrylic Sealant (960g sausage) (BLBRGYS)
PRECAUTIONS
Not for temporary or permanent immersion in water. Prolonged contact with water may result in loss of adhesion. Do not apply when rain contact may occur within 24 hours. Not to be used in horizontal exterior joints. Do not use in horizontal joints in decks, patios, driveways or terrace joints where standing water, traffic, high abrasion or physical abuse is encountered. May not dry in totally confined or air free spaces. Do not use on steel or powder coated metal or other coated metals. Do not use on surfaces with special protective or cosmetic coating such as mirrors, reflective glass or surfaces coated with Teflon, polyethylene or polypropylene. Pre-test on absorptive natural stone surfaces such as marble, limestone or granite for staining and/or discolouration. Do not use in contact with material containing bitumen.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
247
40.1-2
FyreBrake Sealant
Fire Rated Polyurethane

Product
FyreBrake is fire and acoustic rated for sealing residential and office partitions, concrete block, tilt-up and precast concrete. FyreBrake is a high performance, 1-part, 100% polyurethane construction sealant, which does not shrink, dry out or crack.

Fire Rated to AS1530.4 2005 & AS4072.1-2005 (CSIRO Test Reports FS1202 & FS1203) Acoustic Rating Rw (STC) = 60 to BCA requirement (RMIT Test Report 121I/06-007/PD) VOC Rated UV and Weather Resistant - Excellent resistance to aging and weathering - Permanently flexible - Will not shrink or crack Thixotropic - No sagging or running Easy to dispense in cold weather Strong adhesion Excellent flexibility joint movement 25% Non-corrosive neutral cure Paintable with acrylic based surface coatings Complies with: - TT-S-00230 C (Type II) Class A, Non-sag, One component - ASTM C920 Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use-NT, Use-A, Use-M, Use-G, Use-O - AAMA 808.3-92 - Suitable for achieving compliance with the BCA and the requirements for a AAAC Star rating of 5 SUITABLE FOR USE ON Plasterboard Fibre Cement Sheet Solid Concrete Brick Concrete Block Aluminium Steel
Sealing expansion joints in - Tilt-up and precast concrete construction - Brick and concrete block work Office and residential partitions Perimeter sealing around window and doorframes Interior / Exterior

Typical properties after 7 days cure at 25C and 50% RH
Appearance Chemical Type Specific Gravity Sag Application Temperature Tool Working Time Cure Rate Max. Joint Movement Max. Joint Width Elongation at Break Cure Hardness Peel Adhesion Maximum Tensile Strength Service Temperature Water Resistance VOC Acoustic Rating
(See page 4 for details)
Fire Rating AS1530.4 2005 / AS4072.1-2005
Grey, Non sag smooth thixotropic paste Polyurethane 1.6 None, ASTM C639 +4C to + 40C 2 4 hours @ 24C, 50% RH 2 mm per 24 hour period 25% 50mm 500% ASTM D412 Shore A 47, ASTM C661 67 N, ASTM C794 2.24 N/mm2, ASTM D412 -40C to + 93C Passes AAMA 800 20 gram / litre Up to Rw (STC) = 60 Rw + Ctr = 52 Up to 4 hours
For safety directions and instructions for use, please refer to the technical data sheet available on the RamsetTM website.
248
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
40.2-4
FyreBrake Sealant

ACOUSTIC TESTING SUMMARY
The following detail was extracted from Graeme E. Harding & Associates Report 056-202, available from Ramset or the website. Wall Construction Frame Rondo 92 mm wide floor, edge and head channels. Rondo 92 mm wide vertical channels at 600 mm spacings. Cavity Insulation 60 mm thick Bradford Soundscreen R1.6 Rockwool Partition Batts Cladding Transmission Side 2 layers of 13 mm Boral fire rated plasterboard installed horizontally with nominal 10 mm gap top and bottom and 5 mm gap on each side. Sheets of outer layer staggered to cover joins between sheets in inner layer. Joints were not taped or set. Cladding - Receiving Side 3 layers of 13 mm Boral fire rated plasterboard installed horizontally with nominal 10 mm gap top and bottom and 5 mm gap on each side. Sheets of outer layers staggered to cover joins between sheets in inner layers. Joints were not taped or set. Ramset Fyrebrake sealant was installed in the perimeter gaps after measuring sound insulation of the uncaulked wall. Total Mass: 54.6 kg / m2 Total Thickness: 157 mm Test Results
Uncaulked Wall Wall caulked with Fyrebrake Sealant
Rw (dB) 24 60
Ctr (dB) 0 -8
Rw + Ctr (dB) 24 52
The wall was designed to achieve an Rw = 58 + 2 dB. The test demonstrated that using Ramset Fyrebrake sealant in the perimeter gaps enabled the walls full design insulation to be achieved.
40.3 CURING
FyreBrakeTM is rain resistant in vertical joints after 24 hours from application. Cure Rate is 2 mm of thickness per 24-hour period. Full cure through is achieved within 7 days.
40.4 JOINT DESIGN

Refer to pages 219 - 220 for data on Joint Configuration and Design.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
249
40.5
FyreBrake Sealant

Pack Size: 600ml sausage Order Number: FYBRGYS
Specify
Ramset FyreBrakeTM Fire Rated Polyurethane Sealant (Pack Size) (Part Number)
Example
Ramset FyreBrakeTM Fire Rated Polyurethane Sealant (960g sausage) (FYBRGYS)
PRECAUTIONS
Do NOT use in: - Joints subject to prolonged immersion in water eg Swimming pools - Contact with chlorinated water - Joints subject to foot or vehicle traffic - Marine applications - Contact with materials containing bitumen - Prolonged contact with hydrocarbons - Glazing applications - Below grade applications FyreBrakeTM may not cure when used in confined or air free spaces Do not apply solvent or oil-based paint to FyreBrakeTM Do not use on Teflon, polyethylene or polypropylene. Pre-test for staining or discolouration on unpredictable absorptive surfaces such as marble, limestone or granite.
250
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
41.1
Stackwork Fire Collars

Cast-in and Retrot

Product
Ramset fire collars are fire and smoke protection devices for stackwork pipe penetrations in concrete structures. Under fire conditions, the intumescent compound in the Ramset fire collar expands and seals the softened pipe preventing flames, smoke and gases from spreading between compartments. Prior to activation, the pipes remain obstruction free allowing air and fluids to pass through the pipes completely unrestricted. Ramset fire collars were developed by our product engineering laboratory and independently tested by CSIRO to Australian fire standards. After 4 hours of testing under fire conditions to AS1530.4 and AS4072.1, the Ramset fire collars were structurally intact and showed superior fire resistance qualities achieving an FRL -/240/240.

Fire Rated up to 240 minutes Tested and approved for use with PVC, HDPE, PP pipes Suitable for pipe diameters (nom) 40 to 150mm Complies with AS1530.4 and AS4072.1 No fabrication on site, no extra parts to assemble Fast to fix. Screw in anchor, nail or gas pin fix depending on the fire collar design used Reinforced base with multiple fix points ensures firm clamping to formwork or concrete Suitable for concrete floor thicknesses from 100mm upwards Can be used with specialised concrete floor systems and also with permanent steel formwork systems
Vertical stackwork pipe (Internal riser) applications include: - Plumbing stack (inside of building). - Bathroom basins. - Laundry troughs. - Kitchen sinks. - Baths and toilets.
Refer to test data for tested applications and re rating before use. Go to www.ramset.com.au.
Installation Instructions
Cast-in Stackwork Fire collars
Fix fire collar firmly to formwork using the tab points around the base. Use appropriate screw, nail or gas pin to suit the formwork to be used. For short fire collars, prior to the concrete pour insert the correct pipe size, length and type, till flush with the surface of the formwork. Ensure pipe length used is greater than the floor thickness and of sufficient length to complete pipe installation. Ensure pipe is installed perpendicular to the formwork prior to the concrete pour. For tall fire collars securely fix the base to the formwork as above and ensure cap Is securely attached. After concrete floor has cured, cut cone to floor thickness (if necessary). Seal any gaps between pipe and inside wall of collar with fire rated sealant. Insert and connect correct pipe size.
Retrot Stackwork Fire collars

Seal the gap between the pipe and edge of pipe hole on the underside of the concrete floor with fire rated sealant (min. depth 5mm). Refer to sealant instructions for correct use. Unlock metal tab and open up body (dia. a & b). Place body around pipe and reconnect tab. Push body up till feet are flush a. against underside of concrete floor (dia. c). Use 4 x fire rated anchors (5 or 6mm Diam.) to secure fire collar. Use Ramset AnkaScrew 5x30mm Hex. Order No. - AS05030H
b.
c.
40mm
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
251
41.2
Cast-in Fire Collars

Tall and Short
41.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS - CAST-IN

Pipe installations after the concrete oor is poured
When using this method of installation the re collar is xed to the formwork in the desired position with the cap tted. The pipes are installed after the concrete oor has been poured, and the formwork removed.
Cast-in (Tall) Fire collars
High profile design (250mm height) to suit multiple concrete floor thicknesses. Choose from 2 body sizes with tall cones that suit pipe diameters and types: - Small body for PVC pipe 40/50/65mm (nom). HDPE pipe 75mm. - Large body for PVC pipe 80/90/100mm (nom). HDPE pipe 100mm. PP pipe 100mm. Water, debris and smoke tight rubber seal with cap protection. Flexible rubber membrane absorbs pipe movement and vibration. Suitable for concrete floor slab thicknesses up to 250mm.
Cast-in Stackwork Fire collars TALL

RFCH65S RFCH100S RFCH150S PVC 40/50/65mm PVC 80/90/100mm PVC 150mm HDPE 75mm HDPE 100mm. PP 100mm PE 150mm PPR 32/40/50/63/75mm PPR 90/100mm Body material Polypropylene Intumescent material Expanding re resistant Retaining ring Galvanised steel Smoke & water seal rubber membrane Full height 250mm 250mm 250mm Full width (base) 162mm 215mm 305mm Internal cutout width (base) 107mm 160mm 235mm Fire Rating Level (FRL) Up to 240 minutes. Refer test certicates for test data Part No. Pipe size(nom)/type
Pipe installations before the concrete oor is poured

For this method of installation the re collar is xed in position on the formwork, then a pipe of a suitable length for the application is inserted into the re collar until ush with the surface of the formwork. The pipe installations are completed after the concrete oor has been poured, and the formwork removed.
Cast-in (Short) Fire collars
Low profile design (80mm height) suitable for concrete floor slab thicknesses from 100mm upwards. Pipe tight neck design holds pipe perpendicular and concrete tight. Choice of 6 fire collar sizes for pipe diameters and types: - PVC 40/50/65/80/90/100mm. - HDPE 100mm & PP 100mm.
Cast-in Stackwork Fire collars SHORT

Part No. Pipe size(nom)/type RFCL40S PVC 40mm PPR 32/40mm RFCL50S PVC 50mm PPR 50mm RFCL65S PVC 65mm PPR 63mm RFCL80S PVC 80mm PPR 75mm RFCL90S PVC 90mm PPR 90mm RFCL100S PVC 100mm HDPE 100mm PP 100mm PPR 100mm 80mm 215mm 160mm
Body material Polypropylene Intumescent material Expanding re resistant Retaining ring Galvanised steel Full height Full width (base) Internal cutout width (base) Fire Rating Level (FRL)
80mm 162mm 107mm
80mm 80mm 80mm 80mm 162mm 162mm 215mm 215mm 107mm 107mm 160mm 160mm Up to 240 minutes. Refer test certicates for test data
252
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
41.3
Retrot Fire Collars

Surface Mounted
41.3 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS - RETROFIT

Pipe penetrations through existing concrete oors
Where a pipe penetration through a cored hole in a concrete oor requires re protection, use retrot re collars. Also suitable for the re rating of existing pipe penetrations in multiple level buildings undergoing refurbishment, renovation or upgrade. Retrot re collars are installed around the pipe, then anchored direct to the underside of the concrete oor.
Retrot Stackwork Fire collars (Low prole)
Low profile design (40mm height) for normal space, tight space and close to ceiling applications. For pipe clusters with limited space between each pipe. One piece galvanised steel body with fixed mounting brackets. Choose from 2 body sizes that suit multiple pipe diameters and types: - Small body for PVC pipe 40/50/65mm (nom). - Large body for PVC pipe 80/90/100mm (nom). HDPE pipe 100mm.
Retrot Stackwork Fire collars LOW PROFILE

Part No. Concrete Floor Slab Pipe size(nom)/type Concrete Wall Body material Galvanised steel Intumescent material Expanding Fire Resistant Mounting brackets Galvanised steel Body height Fire Rating Level (FRL) RFC100R PVC 80/90/100mm. PVC 40/50/65mm (nom) HDPE 100mm (nom) PPR 100mm. PVC 50mm (nom) PE 100mm (nom) 40mm 40mm Up to 240 minutes. Refer test certicates for test data RFC65R
Specify
Ramset BlazeBrakeTM Cast-in Stackwork Fire collars TALL (Type - Pipe Size) (Part Number)
Example
Ramset BlazeBrakeTM Cast-in Stackwork Fire collars TALL (PVC - 80/90/100mm) (RFCH100S)
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
253
42.1
Fire Rated Anchors

Mechanical

Product
Ramset fire rated anchors have been designed for fast high strength anchoring of suspension systems.
AnkaScrew Rod and Stud for fast anchoring of pipe and cable suspension systems. AnkaScrew 5 x 30mm Hex head for fast xing of retrot re collars, metal boxes and metal ducts. RediDrive 5 x 30mm. Hammer in anchor for bracket xing to concrete. DynaSet M10 anged and M12 drop in anchors for heavy duty pipe and cable tray suspensions.

AnkaScrew ROD and STUD is suitable for the suspension of: - Sprinkler pipe systems - Metal and plastic pipes - Steel ductwork - Steel trays, channel and steel trapeze. - Applicable for overhead, horizontal and vertical applications Fire tested and compliant to AS1530.4-2005 Engineered fire protection (2 hour minimum) Patented sharks tooth thread reduces the torque required to set the anchor. Provides substantial anchorage. The wider thread angle increases the mechanical interlock with the substrate. Low thread pitch provides resistance to cyclic loading. Galvanised coating - increases corrosion protection Ideal for fast power tool installation with socket adaptor AnkaScrew STUD
Description Part No, Working Load Limit (Tension) 32MPa Concrete *500kg *500kg
AnkaScrew ROD
AnkaScrewTM Rod 6x35mm M10 AnkaScrewTM Stud 6x35mm M8
AS06035R AS06035S
* This value incorporates a Factor of Safety FoS = 3 from the tested characteristic load = 1.5t
Product
Le


Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal parts to grind off. AnkaScrew 5 x 30mm Hex head - Part Number AS05030 Engineered fire protection (2 hour minimum)

Does not expand and burst concrete.
254
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
42.1
Fire Rated Anchors

Mechanical
Le
Product
The RediDrive Anchor is a strong, impact setting interference fit anchor.

Fast installation:
Anchor is simply hammered in.
Secure:
Mushroom head is tamper resistant and interference fit is permanent.
Suitable for non-coastal exterior use:

Mechanical Zinc Plating.
RediDrive 5 x 30mm - Part Number RD05030 Fire tested and compliant to AS1530.4-2005 Engineered fire protection (2 hour minimum)
Conduit and pipework Window frames Battens Fire collars
Product
The DynaSet Anchor is a heavy duty, displacement setting expansion anchor.
db
dh

Fast installation:
Shallow embedment and simple setting action.
Convenient:
Threaded rod can be cut to equal lengths. F langed version sits flush with surface in overdrilled holes.
Ideal as reusable anchorage point:

Internal threaded design. N o protruding metal parts when bolt or rod is removed.
DynaSet M10 flanged - Part Number DSF10 M12 drop in anchors - Part Number DSM12 Fire tested and compliant to AS1530.4-2005 Engineered fire protection (2 hour minimum)
Suspended services, such as cable tray, ventilation ducts or plumbing fixtures Installing racking Suspended ceilings
Specify
Ramset AnkaScrew Rod (Type) (Part Number)
Example
Ramset AnkaScrew Rod (6x35mm M10) (AS06035R)
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
255
Notes

256
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
43.1
Fire Rated Mechanical Anchor
SpaTec Plus

Product
Designed for use in concrete structures requiring protection under fire conditions. A high security, high performance , through fixing, torque controlled expansion anchor approved for use in cracked & non cracked concrete. Fire tested to TR020. Fire rated performance up to 120 minutes Anchor diameters M6 to M20 Variable concrete strengths & embedments
ETA
Le
Hex Head
Le
db
European Technical Approval (option 1) for mechanical anchoring - ETA-10/0276 Highest performance in cracked concrete High tensile capacity of Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt. Approved for all directions (floor, wall, overhead) Zinc Plated to 5m Anchor diameters from M6 to M20 Suitable for structural loads: Safety critical loads Heavy duty Tension & Shear anchoring into concrete. Heavy duty, heat treated washer. Improved security: Large expansion reserve that ensures retention in concrete if overloaded. Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload. Resistant to cyclic loading: Heavy duty sleeve with integrated pull-down section works to retain 65% of initial preload. Fast installation: Hex nut, hex bolt & countersunk head versions available Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.

Le
db
C/Sunk Head
db
Complies with European Fire test standards Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete Safety critical loads Steel columns & walkways Road barrier hold down Bridge refurbishment Road & Rail tunnel construction Wall Plates Safety Rails Intended working life of the anchor of 50 years
Installation
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
257
43.2-3
SpaTec Plus
Anchor effective depth, h (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125 Minimum dimensions Edge** Anchor* spacing, ac distance, ec (mm) (mm) 200 100 240 120 280 140 320 160 400 200 500 250 Concrete substrate thickness, bm (mm) 100 120 140 160 200 250
Installation Details
Drilled hole Anchor size, diameter, dh db (mm) (mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 10 12 15 18 24 28 Fixture hole diameter, df (mm) 12 14 17 20 26 30 Depth of drill hole, h1 (mm) 70 80 90 105 131 157 Tightening torque, Tr (Nm) 15 25 50 80 120 200
* For anchor spacings less than the minimum, please contact your local Ramset Engineer. ** If the fire attack is from more than one side,the edge distance of the anchor has to be 300mm and 2xh.

Anchor size, db (mm) Drilled hole diameter, dh (mm) 10 Effective Length, Le (mm) 55 70 100 70 76 80 90 97 105 90 105 125 125 155 200 150 185 225 Fixture thickness, t (mm) 5 20 50 10 16 20 20 27 35 10 25 45 25 55 100 25 60 100 ETA Designation Number V6-10/5 V6-10/20 E6-10/50 V8-12/20 TF8-12/16 E8-12/20 V10-15/20 TF10-15/27 E10-15/35 V12-18/10 V12-18/18 E12-18/45 V16-24/25 E16-24/55 E16-24/100 V20-28/25 E20-28/60 E20-28/100 Part Number Zinc (Hex Hd) 050673* 050674* 050679* SP10105 SP12105 SP12120 SP16145 SP20170 Zinc (C/Sunk Hd) 050686* SP10105F Zinc (Hex Nut -Thrd Rod) 050675* 050681* 050692* 050699* 050707* 050708* 050713* 050714*
M6
M8
12
M10
15
M12
18
M16
24
M20 * Lead times apply
28
43.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Carbon Steel

Shank Anchor size, diameter, ds db (mm) (mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 6.0 8.0 9.8 11.7 15.7 19.7 Bolt stress area, As (mm2) 20.1 36.6 58.0 84.3 157.0 245.0 Bolt yield strength, fy (MPa) 640 640 640 640 640 660 Bolt UTS, fu (MPa) 800 800 800 800 800 800 Spacer area, As (mm2) 40.7 51.1 83.4 119.8 201.7 242.5 Spacer yield Spacer UTS, strength, fy fu (MPa) (MPa) 245 245 350 330 330 330 460 460 480 430 430 430 Section modulus Z (mm2) 12.7 31.2 62.3 109.2 277.5 540.9
258
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
43.4
SpaTec Plus
Fire resistance duration = 30 minutes

Table 1a Characteristic values of resistance to tension loads in 20 MPa to 50 MPa concrete strength for Fire resistance duration = 30 minutes Anchor size, db Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) Characteristic Resistance
Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) 50 Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) 60 Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) 70 Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) 80 Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) 100 Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) 125 Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN)
M6 10
0.9 1.2 3.2
M8 12
M10 15
M12 18
M16 24
M20 28
2.8 3.0 5.0 4.5 4.0 7.4 17.6 10.3 32.8 18.0 51.1 31.4
Note: Bold values indicates limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanisms due to fire. Table 1b Characteristic values of resistance to shear loads in 20 MPa concrete strength for Fire resistance duration = 30 minutes Anchor size, db Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) Characteristic Resistance Edge distance, ec (mm)
Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) 100 Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) 120 Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) 140 Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) 160 Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) 200 Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) 300 Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN)
M6 10
0.9 0.9 2.5
M8 12
M10 15
M12 18
M16 24
M20 28
2.8 2.9 3.5 4.5 5.8 4.9 17.6 27.3 6.5 32.8 69.5 10.4 51.1 135.5 15.9
Note: Bold values indicates limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanisms due to fire. Note: Concrete edge failure values are based on 20 MPa concrete strength. For values in higher concrete strengths, please multiply V0Rk,c,fi,30 by the concrete compressive strength effect Xnc, as follows;
f'c (MPa) Xnc 20 1 30 1.22 40 1.41 50 1.55
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
259
43.4
SpaTec Plus
2
Table 2a Characteristic values of resistance to tension loads in 20 MPa tp 50 MPa concrete strength for Fire resistance duration = 60 minutes Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 15 18 24 28 Effective depth, h Characteristic Resistance (mm)
50 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60(kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60(kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60(kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) 0.6 1.2 3.2 2.1 3.0 5.0 3.3 4.0 7.4 11.4 10.3 21.3 18.0 33.2 31.4
60
70
80
100
125
Note: Bold values indicates limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanisms due to fire. Table 2b Characteristic values of resistance to shear loads in 20 MPa concrete strength for Fire resistance duration = 60 minutes Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 15 18 Edge distance, ec Characteristic Resistance (mm)
100 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60(kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60(kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60 (kN) 0.6 0.6 2.5 2.1 2.1 3.5 3.3 4.2 4.9 11.4 17.8 6.5 21.3 45.2 10.4 33.2 88.1 15.9
M16 24
M20 28
120
140
160
200
300
Note: Bold values indicates limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanisms due to fire. Note: Concrete edge failure values are based on 20 MPa concrete strength. For values in higher concrete strengths, please multiply V0Rk,c,fi,60 by the concrete compressive strength effect Xnc, as follows;
f'c (MPa) Xnc 20 1 30 1.22 40 1.41 50 1.55
260
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
43.4
SpaTec Plus

Table 3a Characteristic values of resistance to tension loads in 20 MPa to 50 MPa concrete strength for Fire resistance duration = 90 minutes Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 15 18 24 28 Effective depth, h (mm) Characteristic Resistance 0.4 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) 50 1.2 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) 3.2 1.3 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) 3.0 60 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) 5.0 2.1 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) 4.0 70 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) 7.4 5.3 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) 80 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) 10.3 9.8 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) 100 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) 18.0 15.3 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) 125 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) 31.4 Note: Bold values indicates limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanisms due to fire. Table 3b Characteristic values of resistance to shear loads in 20 MPa concrete strength for Fire resistance duration = 90 minutes Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 15 18 24 28 Edge distance, ec (mm) Characteristic Resistance Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,90 (kN) 0.4 Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,90 (N.m) 0.4 100 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,90 (kN) 2.5 1.3 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,90 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,90 (N.m) 1.3 120 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,90 (kN) 3.5 2.1 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,90 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,90 (N.m) 2.7 140 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,90 (kN) 4.9 5.3 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,90 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,90 (N.m) 8.2 160 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,90 (kN) 6.5 9.8 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,90 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,90 (N.m) 20.9 200 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,90 (kN) 10.4 15.3 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,90 (kN) 0 Steel Failure with lever arm - M Rk,s,fi,90 (N.m) 40.7 300 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,90 (kN) 15.9 Note: Bold values indicates limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanisms due to fire. Note: Concrete edge failure values are based on 20 MPa concrete strength. For values in higher concrete strengths, please multiply V0Rk,c,fi,90 by the concrete compressive strength effect Xnc, as follows;
f'c (MPa) Xnc 20 1 30 1.22 40 1.41 50 1.55
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
261
43.4
SpaTec Plus
4
Table 4a Characteristic values of resistance to tension loads in 20 MPa to 50 MPa concrete strength for Fire resistance duration = 120 minutes Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 15 18 24 28 Effective depth, h (mm) Characteristic Resistance 0.3 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) 1.0 50 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) 2.5 0.9 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) 2.4 60 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) 4.0 1.5 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) 3.2 70 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) 5.9 2.2 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) 80 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) 8.2 4.1 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) 100 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) 14.4 6.4 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) 125 Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) 25.2 Note: Bold values indicates limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanisms due to fire. Table 4b Characteristic values of resistance to shear loads in 20 MPa concrete strength for Fire resistance duration = 120 minutes Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 15 18 24 28 Edge distance, ec Characteristic Resistance (mm) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,120 (kN) 0.3 100 Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,120 (N.m) 0.3 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,120 (kN) 2.0 0.9 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,120 (N.m) 0.9 120 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,120 (kN) 2.8 1.5 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,120 (N.m) 1.9 140 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,120 (kN) 3.9 2.2 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,120 (N.m) 3.4 160 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,120 (kN) 5.2 4.1 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,120 (N.m) 8.7 200 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,120 (kN) 8.3 6.4 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,120 (N.m) 17.0 300 Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,120 (kN) 12.7 Note: Bold values indicates limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanisms due to fire. Note: Concrete edge failure values are based on 20 MPa concrete strength. For values in higher concrete strengths, please multiply V0Rk,c,fi,120 by the concrete compressive strength effect Xnc, as follows;
f'c (MPa) Xnc 20 1 30 1.22 40 1.41 50 1.55

262
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
44.1
FIX Z A4

Designed for use in concrete structures requiring protection under fire conditions, A Heavy duty, torque controlled expansion anchor for use in Cracked and Non-Cracked concrete. Fire tested to TR020 Fire rated Performance up to 120 minutes Anchor diameters M8 to M16 Variable concrete strengths & embedments A4 316 Stainless Steel
ETA
Le
db
European Technical Approval (option 1) for mechanical anchoring - ETA-04/0010 Heavy duty performance in cracked concrete Maximum tensile & shear load in cracked concrete Approved for all directions (floor,wall,overhead) Suitable for structural loads: True to size through fixture anchor A4-80 Stainless Steel Hexagonal Nut Improved security: Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload. Resistant to cyclic loading: Heavy duty sleeve with pull-down of fixture Anti rotation expansion sleeve Fast installation: Anchor diameter equals hole diameter Shallow embedment depths Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.
Complies with European fire test standards Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete Structural Steel columns & beams Road barrier hold down Bridge refurbishment Road & Rail tunnel construction Wall Plates Safety barriers Stadium seating Pallet racking Shallow embedment depths from 50mm Intended working life of the anchor of 50 years
Installation
1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter (same as the FIX Z A4) and depth using the fixture as a template. Clean the hole thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush. Remove the debris with a hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum. 2. Insert the anchor through the fixture and drive with a hammer until the washer contacts the fixture. 3. Tighten the nut with a torque wrench to the specified assembly torque.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
263
44.2-3
FIX Z A4
Installation Details
Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor size, diameter, dh diameter, df db (mm) (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 8 10 12 16 9 12 14 18 Anchor effective depth, h (mm) 35 48 42 58 50 70 64 86 Depth of drill hole, h1 (mm) 52 65 62 78 75 95 95 117 Tightening torque, Tr (Nm) 20 35 50 100 Minimum dimensions Edge** Anchor* distance, ec spacing, ac (mm) (mm) 140 70 192 96 168 84 232 116 200 100 280 140 256 128 344 172 Concrete substrate thickness, bm (mm) 100 100 100 116 100 140 128 172
* For anchor spacings less than the minimum, please contact your local Ramset Engineer. ** If the fire attack is from more than one side,the edge distance of the anchor has to be 300mm and 2xh.

Anchor size, db Drilled hole diameter, dh (mm) 8 Effective Length, Le (mm) 40 55 75 115 47 57 78 103 55 76 91 116 94 119 139 ETA Designation Number M8/5 M8/20-7 M8/40-27 M8/80-67 M10/5 M10/15 M10/35-20 M10/60-45 M12/5 M12/25-6 M12/40-21 M12/65-46 M16/30-8 M16/55-33 M16/75-53 Part Number 316 A4 SS 050441* 054610* 054620* 050367* 050466* 054630* 054640* 050442* 054670* 054650* 050368* 054680* 050443* 054700* 050444* Effective depth, h (mm)
M8
h = Le - t
M10
10
M12
12
16
44.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Stainless Steel

Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 Stress area threaded section, As (mm2) 36.6 58.0 84.3 157.0 Minimum diameter reduced section, ds (mm) 5.6 7.3 8.6 11.7 Threaded section Yield strength, fy (MPa) 780 780 780 780 UTS, fu (MPa) 900 900 900 900 Reduced section Yield strength, fy (MPa) 420 420 420 420 UTS, fu (MPa) 620 620 620 620 Section modulus Z (mm2) 31.2 62.3 109.2 277.5
264
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
44.4
FIX Z A4

Table 1a Characteristic values of resistance to tension loads in 20 MPa to 50 MPa concrete strength for Fire resistance duration = 30 minutes Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 12 15 18 24 Effective depth, h (mm) Characteristic Resistance
35 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,30 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,30 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,30 (kN) 4.9 0.8 1.3 4.9 1.0 2.9 7.7 1.5 2.1 7.7 1.9 4.6 11.3 1.9 3.2 11.3 2.3 7.4 21.0 3.0 5.9 21.0 4.0 12.3
48
42
58
50
70
64
86
NOTE: Bold values indicate limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanism due to fire. Table 1b Characteristic values of resistance to shear loads in 20 MPa concrete strength for Fire resistance duration = 30 minutes Anchor size, db M8 M10 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 12 15 Edge distance, ec (mm) Characteristic Resistance
70 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,30 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,30 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,30 (kN) 4.9 5.0 1.3 4.9 5.0 2.1
M12 18
M16 24
96
84
116
7.7 9.9 1.8 7.7 9.9 3.2 11.3 17.5 2.6 11.3 17.5 4.6 21.0 44.5 4.3 21.0 44.5 7.1
100
140
128
172
NOTE: Bold values indicate limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanism due to fire. Note: Concrete edge failure values are based on 20 MPa concrete strength. For values in higher concrete strengths, please multiply V0Rk,c,fi,30 by the concrete compressive strength effect Xnc, as follows;
f'c (MPa) Xnc 20 1 30 1.22 40 1.41 50 1.55
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
265
44.4
FIX Z A4
2

35 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60(kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60(kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60(kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60(kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,60 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,60 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,60 (kN) 3.2 0.8 1.3 3.2 1.0 2.9 5.1 1.5 2.1 5.1 1.9 4.6 8.2 1.9 3.2 8.2 2.3 7.4 15.2 3.0 5.9 15.2 4 12.3
48
42
58
50
70
64
86
70 Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60(kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60(kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60(kN) Steel Failure without lever arm - V0Rk,s,fi,60 (kN) Steel Failure with lever arm - M0Rk,s,fi,60 (N.m) Concrete edge failure - V0Rk,c,fi,60 (kN) 3.2 3.3 1.3 3.2 3.3 2.1
M12 18
M16 24
96
84
116
5.1 6.5 1.8 5.1 6.5 3.2 8.2 12.7 2.6 8.2 12.7 4.6 15.2 32.3 4.3 15.2 32.3 7.1
100
140
128
172
f'c (MPa) Xnc 20 1 30 1.22 40 1.41 50 1.55
266
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
44.4
FIX Z A4

35 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,90 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,90 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,90 (kN) 1.5 0.8 1.3 1.5 1.0 2.9 2.4 1.5 2.1 2.4 1.9 4.6 5.1 1.9 3.2 5.1 2.3 7.4 9.5 3.0 5.9 9.5 4 12.3
48
42
58
50
70
64
86
NOTE: Bold values indicate limiting load. Data in table lists all possible failure mechanism due to fire. Table 3b Characteristic values of resistance to shear loads in 20 MPa concrete strength for Fire resistance duration = 90 minutes Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 12 15 18 Edge distance, ec (mm) Characteristic Resistance
M16 24
96
84
116
2.4 3.1 1.8 2.4 3.1 3.2 5.1 7.9 2.6 5.1 7.9 4.6 9.5 20.1 4.3 9.5 20.1 7.1
100
140
128
172
f'c (MPa) Xnc 20 1 30 1.22 40 1.41 50 1.55
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
267
44.4
FIX Z A4
4

35 Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure concrete - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) Steel Failure - NRk,s,fi,120 (kN) Pull-out failure - NRk,p,fi,120 (kN) Concrete cone failure - NRk,c,fi,120 (kN) 0.7 0.6 1.0 0.7 0.8 2.3 1.1 1.2 1.6 1.1 1.5 3.7 3.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 1.8 5.9 6.6 2.4 4.7 6.6 3.2 9.9
48
42
58
50
70
64
86
M12 18
M16 24
96
84
116
1.1 1.5 1.5 1.1 1.5 2.5 3.5 5.5 2.1 3.5 5.5 3.7 6.6 14.0 3.4 6.6 14.0 5.7
100
140
128
172
f'c (MPa) Xnc 20 1 30 1.22 40 1.41 50 1.55
268
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
45.1
Fire Rated Chemical Anchor
EPCON C8

HCR
Product
Designed for use in significant concrete structures & connections requiring protection under fire conditions. Epcon C8 is a High Performance epoxy anchoring adhesive for use in cracked & non cracked concrete. Fire tested to European Fire Standards CSTB Fire test Report no 26007642/b For Wall to Slab connection with reinforcement bar For Beam frame reinforcement European Technical Approval option1 for use in cracked and non cracked concrete ETA-10/0309: Highest level of European approval for chemical anchors Variable embedment depths Approved for flooded holes Approved for floor, wall & overhead applications Data on Sustained Loading Greater productivity: Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes No Damage or Leaks less wastage Fast, easy dispensing with high flow (pneumatic) dispenser Jumbo dispensing cartridge 900ml Versatile Anchors all stud & bar diameters in all directions Suits variable concrete strengths Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes For tropical & cold weather conditions Greater safety: Low odour Non-flammable
ETA
Complies to European Fire test Standards Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete Road barrier rebar anchors Bridge refurbishment Road & Rail tunnel construction Reinforcing bar from 8 to 32mm Starter Bars Intended working life of the anchor of 50 years
Substrate: 5C to 40C Adhesive: 5C to 40C Load should not be applied to anchor until the chemical has sufficiently cured as specified.
Installation

-40C to 80C
Setting Times Epcon C8

Temperature of base material 5C - 9C 10C - 19C 20C - 24C 25C - 29C 30C - 39C 40C Gel Time 20 min 14 min 11 min 8 min 5 min 5 min Curing time in dry concrete 30 h 23 h 16 h 12 h 8h 6h Curing time in wet concrete 60 h 46 h 32 h 24 h 16 h 12 h
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert rebar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. Allow Ramset EPCON C8 to cure as per setting times.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
269
45.2-3
EPCON C8
Installation Details EPCON C8 with Reinforcing Bar
Anchor size, db (mm) N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N32 N40
Drilled hole diameter, dh (mm) 12 16 20 25 30 40 50

Description EPCON C8 Cartridge Size 900 ml Part No. 055829
45.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES Typical Engineering Properties of Grade 500 Reinforcing Bar
Rebar Size Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) Stress Area, As (mm2) Yield Stress, fsy (MPa) Tensile Steel Yield Capacity, Nsy (kN) N10 12 78.5 500 39.3 N12 15 113 500 56.5 N16 20 201 500 100.5 N20 25 314 500 157.0 N24 30 452 500 226.0 N32 40 804 500 402.0 N40 50 1260 500 630
270
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
45.4
EPCON C8
Reinforcing Bar Anchored with EPCON C8

Embedment Slab Fire Side Wall F Min. Concrete Cover

For Reinforcing Bar Steel Grade - 500 MPa and Concrete cylinder compressive strength - 20 MPa
Rebar Size Hole Diameter *Min. Concrete Cover 10 12 16 20 25 32 120 160 180 190 200 220 240 250 290 315 Rebar Max. Load (kN) in case of fire 25.3 12.1 17.8 19.4 31.6 36.7 39.8 51.8 55.0 58.2 320 340 80.9 360 400 20.2 22.3 24.3 25.3 36.4 64.8 101.2 145.8 259 404.7
Design reistance in accordance with Eurocode 2 for fire duration 30 minutes (kN)
10 12 16 20 24 32 40
12 16 20 25 30 40
6.1 7.3
8.1 9.7
10.9
9.6 -
13.0 14.6 16.2 18.2
50 40 Embedment (mm)
* Note: Minimum concrete cover according to Eurocode 2 part 1.2

*Min. Rebar Hole Concrete Size Diameter Cover 10 12 16 20 24 32 40 12 16 20 25 30 40 20 20 20 20 25 32 120 160 180 220 240 250 300 305 Rebar Max. Load (kN) in case of fire 25.3 36.4 31.6 24.3 30.9 44.2 50.0 72.0 100.2 495 51.8 58.2 64.8 101.2 145.8 259 404.7
3.0 3.2
8.1 9.4
11.1
10.9 13.4 14.6
10.5 14.6 17.8 19.4
16.2 18.2 22.3 24.3 25.3
80.9 320 360** 395 400 445
* Note: Minimum concrete cover according to Eurocode 2 part 1.2 ** Note: Values for Rebar Size 24 are based on Embedment = 350 mm Design method for resistance to fire according to Eurocode 2: Fire proof using design resistance: Rd,fi Ed,fi Rd,fi Design resistance in the fire situation Ed,fi Design effect of actions in the fire situation. This value could be calculated from the calculation at normal temperature:
Ed,fi = fi x FRdu
FRdu Design ultimate limit load at normal temperature for one rebar sealing at the anchorage depth (mm) fi Reduction factor for design load level in the fire situation fi is equal to 0.7.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
271
45.4
EPCON C8
Embedment F Min. Concrete Cover Fire Side Wall
Slab

*Min. Rebar Hole Concrete Size Diameter Cover 10 12 16 20 24 32 40 12 16 20 25 30 40 25 25 25 25 25 32 120 160 180 220 250 Rebar Max. Load (kN) in case of fire 25.3 17.0 22.7 25.9 27.1 28.4 36.7 51.8 265 290** 320 335 34.4 55.0 55.7 71.2 81.1 500 112.3 555 36.4 64.8 101.2 145.8 259 404.7
1.7 2.1
5.4 5.5 5.8
8.6 8.9
11.1 13.4 17.8
30.6
13.4 -
13.4 18.2 22.3 25.3
80.9 340 400 440
* Note: Minimum concrete cover according to Eurocode 2 part 1.2 ** Note: Values for Rebar Sizes 12, 16 and 20 are based on Embedment = 280 mm

*Min. Rebar Hole Concrete Size Diameter Cover 10 12 16 20 24 32 40 12 16 20 25 30 40 35 35 35 35 35 35 Rebar Max. Load (kN) Design reistance in accordance with Eurocode 2 for fire duration 120 minutes (kN) in case of fire 1.2 1.7 3.6 12.1 3.5 14.6 4.8 19.4 14.7 18.2 24.3 25.9 28.7 51.8 36.4 58.2 55.7 58.2 71.2 81.1 500 122.4 605 25.3 36.4 64.8 101.2 145.8 259 404.7
10.7 24.3 25.3
24.5 36.7
80.9 87.0 120 160 240 250 290 300 320 355 360 400 440** 460
* Note: Minimum concrete cover according to Eurocode 2 part 1.2 ** Note: Values for Rebar Size 40 are based on Embedment = 430 mm Design method for resistance to fire according to Eurocode 2: Fire proof using design resistance: Rd,fi Ed,fi Rd,fi Design resistance in the fire situation Ed,fi Design effect of actions in the fire situation. This value could be calculated from the calculation at normal temperature:
Ed,fi = fi x FRdu
272
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
45.4
EPCON C8

Embedment Slab Fire Side Wall F Min. Concrete Cover

*Min. Rebar Hole Concrete Size Diameter Cover 10 12 16 20 24 32 12 16 20 25 30 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 120 160 240 250 300 Rebar Max. Load (kN) in case of fire 25.3 36.4 32.0 40.5 63.2 81.1 112.3 555 93.1 575 132.5 655 64.8 101.2 145.8 259 404.7 350
1.0 1.5
1.9 2.4 3.6 7.9
9.6 10.8 12.8
17.7
15.2 18.2 19.4 21.2 24.3 25.9 44.5 320
24.3 25.3
44.2 50.0
40 50 50 Embedment (mm)
80.9 87.0 395 400 430 500
* Note: Minimum concrete cover according to Eurocode 2 part 1.2

*Min. Rebar Hole Concrete Size Diameter Cover 10 12 16 20 24 32 12 16 20 25 30 40 70 70 70 70 70 70 120 160 240 250 Design reistance in accordance with Eurocode 2 for fire duration 240 minutes (kN) Rebar Max. Load (kN) in case of fire 25.3 36.4 34.4 63.2 67.0 81.1 500 97.9 - 112.3 122.4 138.6 530 555 605 685 64.8 101.2 145.8 259 404.7 40.5 43.0 -
0.9 1.4
1.7 2.0 13.0 6.9
7.8 8.0 9.7
15.1
25.9 37.3 320
17.7 44.2 350
19.4 21.2 22.8
20.1 21.4
40 50 70 Embedment (mm)
80.9 375 400 425
* Note: Minimum concrete cover according to Eurocode 2 part 1.2 Design method for resistance to fire according to Eurocode 2: Fire proof using design resistance: Rd,fi Ed,fi Rd,fi Design resistance in the fire situation Ed,fi Design effect of actions in the fire situation. This value could be calculated from the calculation at normal temperature:
Ed,fi = fi x FRdu
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
273
Introduction
Cracked Concrete
Cracked Concrete
Cracked Concrete
Introduction
When selecting a post-installed anchor for a connection detail, there are a number of areas that need to be considered such as; Environment factors Installation considerations Chemical Resistance Anchor Applications Anchor Features This section focuses on post-installed anchors which can be used in the cracked regions of the concrete element, otherwise known as Cracked Concrete. Cracked Concrete can typically occur in the following areas; Tension Zones i.e. the underside of a slab Concrete Elements located in geographical areas that are susceptible to seismic activity
Tension
Other factors that may influence concrete to crack include excessive loads, temperature variations and concrete shrinkage. Ramset have a number of post-installed anchoring solutions for fixing into Cracked Concrete. They include both mechanical and chemical anchor types with material finishes available in zinc, hot dip galvanized, stainless steel A4 316 and high corrosion resistant stainless steel HCR. The following section provides strength limit state design data based on anchoring into Cracked Concrete with either mechanical or chemical anchoring systems. The anchoring systems in this section are also backed up with independent European Technical Approvals associated with anchoring into cracked concrete. A summary of the anchoring systems suitable for Cracked Concrete are as follows;
Mechanical Anchoring System

SpaTec Plus FIX Z A4
Chemical Anchoring System

EPCON C8 Anchor Studs EPCON C8 Reinforcing Bar
Note: Non-cracked concrete performance data is also available for the above mentioned systems either within this section or in other sections of the Specifiers Resource Book.
Tension Tension
274
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
46.1
Cracked Concrete - Chemical Injection
EPCON C8

HCR
Cracked Concrete - Anchor Studs
Product
EPCON C8 is a High Performance Epoxy Anchoring adhesive for use in Cracked and Non-Cracked concrete. For structures subject to external exposure , permanently damp or aggressive conditions .
ETA
European Technical Approval option1 for use in cracked and non cracked concrete ETA-10/0309:
Highest level of European approval for chemical anchors Variable embedment depths Approved for flooded holes Approved for floor, wall, & overhead applications Data for Sustained Loading
Greater productivity:
Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes No Damage or Leaks less wastage Fast ,easy dispensing with high flow (pneumatic) mixer Jumbo dispensing cartridge 900ml
Greater security:
Highest performance in cracked concrete
Versatile
Anchors all stud & bar diameters in all directions Suits variable concrete strengths Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes For tropical and Cold weather conditions
Greater safety:
Low odour Non-flammable
Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete Road barrier hold down bolts Bridge refurbishment Road & Rail tunnel construction Reinforcing bar from 8 to 32mm Starter Bars Threaded studs from M8 to M30 Threaded Stud material: Zn, A4 316, HCR steels Threaded Stud material: 5.8, 8.8, 10.9 grade Intended working life of the anchor of 50 yrs
Fire Rated : Refer Fire rated anchoring section
Installation

-40C to 80C
Setting Times EPCON C8

1 2 3 4 5 6
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert Ramset ChemSet Anchor Stud/rebar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. Allow EPCON C8 to cure as per setting times. 6. Attach fixture.
Temperature of base material 5C - 9C 10C - 19C 20C - 24C 25C - 29C 30C - 39C 40C
Gel Time 20 min 14 min 11 min 8 min 5 min 5 min
Curing time in dry concrete 30 h 23 h 16 h 12 h 8h 6h
Curing time in wet concrete 60 h 46 h 32 h 24 h 16 h 12 h
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
275
46.2-3
EPCON C8
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details:

EPCON C8 and ChemSet Anchor Studs
Anchor size, db (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Drilled Fixture Anchor Tightening hole hole effective torque, Tr diameter, diameter, depth, h (Nm) dh (mm) df (mm) (mm) 10 12 14 18 24 26 32 10 12 15 20 24 28 32 80 90 110 125 170 210 280 10 20 30 60 120 200 400
Minimum dimensions* ** WLL Concrete - Tension, Nac (KN) Concrete Edge Anchor substrate Concrete Compressive Strength, f'c spacing, distance, thickness, ac (mm) ec (mm) 20 MPa 30 MPa 40 MPa bm (mm) 160 80 110 6.4 6.6 6.8 180 90 120 9.0 9.4 9.7 220 110 140 12.4 13.1 13.6 250 125 160 17.8 18.9 19.8 340 170 220 30.3 32.4 34.5 420 210 265 44.9 48.9 52.0 560 280 350 61.6 67.7 73.3
* For anchor spacings or edge distances less than the minimum, please refer to the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. ** WLL Tension values are based on service temperature limits -40C to +40C only. If service temperature limits is beyond this range please contact Ramset Engineer.

ChemSet Anchor Studs and Threaded Rod
Anchor size, db (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 Anchor length, L (mm) 110 130 160 180 190 260 300 380 Anchor effective depth, h (mm) 80 90 110 110 125 170 210 280 Fixture thickness, t (mm) 15 20 30 50 40 55 55 70 Effective Length, Le (mm) 95 115 140 160 165 225 265 350 Part Number GR 5.8 Zinc CS08110 CS10130 CS12160 CS12180 CS16190 CS20260 CS24300 CS30380* GR 5.8 Gal CS08110GH CS10130GH CS12160GH CS16190GH CS20260GH CS24300GH CS30380GH* 316 S/S CS08110SS CS10130SS CS12160SS CS16190SS CS20260SS CS24300SS CS30380SS*
* Lead times apply
Injection System

Anchor Size, db
ChemSet Anchor Studs and Threaded Rod

Grade 8.8 Threaded Rod Stressed Shank diameter, ds Area (mm2) (mm) 6.8 36.6 8.6 58 10.4 84.3 14.1 157 17.7 245 21.2 353 26.7 561 Yield Strength fy MPa 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 Stainless Steel High Corrosion Resistance HCR Grade 1.4529/1.4565 Threaded Rod Section Shank UTS fu MPa Stressed Yield UTS fu MPa modulus Z (mm2) diameter, ds Area (mm2) Strength fy (mm) MPa 800 6.5 33.2 450 650 31.2 800 8.2 52.8 450 650 62.3 800 10 78.5 450 650 109.2 800 14 153.9 450 650 277.5 800 17.2 232.4 450 650 540.9 800 20.7 336.5 450 650 935.5 800 -
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Refer to "Engineering Properties" for ChemSet Anchor Studs Grade 5.8 and AISI 316 Stainless Steel on page 45.
276
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
46.4
EPCON C8
STEP 1


Table 1a - Indicative combined loading - interaction diagram
120
100
80
Notes: -- Shear Limited by Grade 5.8 steel resistance Notes: Tension -- Tension limited by combined pull-out and by Grade steel capacity. ~ Shear concrete cone limited resistance using5.8 nominal Tension limited by concrete capacity ~ depths using nominal depths. -- No edge or spacing effects edge or spacing effects. -- f'c = 20 MPa ~ No
~ f'c = 20 MPa
M30
60
M24
40
M20
20
M12 M10 M8
M16
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Table 1b - Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm) for cracked concrete Anchor size, db Min. Anchor spacing - am Min. Edge Distance - em M8 40 40 M10 50 50 M12 60 60 M16 80 80 M20 100 100 M24 120 120 M30 150 150

Refer to Description and Part Numbers table for ChemSet Anchor Studs on page 45. Effective depth, h (mm) Preferred h = hn otherwise,
h = Le - t h 6 * dh
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
277
46.4
EPCON C8
Verify cracked concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone tensile resistance - per anchor
Table 2a - Cracked Concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance, tension, N0Rd,p = N0Rk,p/Msp (kN) Msp = 1.8, f'c = 20 MPa, where N0Rk,p = * db * h * Rk,cr
Anchor size, db Drill hole dia, dh (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) 65 70 80 90 100 110 120 125 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 240 280 320 350 400 450 480 550 600 M8 10 8.6 9.3 10.6 11.9 13.3 14.6 15.9 16.6 18.6 19.9 21.2 M10 12 M12 14 M16 18 M20 25 M24 28 M30 35
STEP 2
11.6 13.3 14.9 16.6 18.2 19.9 20.7 23.2 24.9 26.5 28.2 29.8 31.5 33.2 34.8
17.0 18.8 20.7 22.6 23.6 26.4 28.3 30.2 32.0 33.9 35.8 37.7 39.6 45.2
26.1 28.5 29.7 33.2 35.6 38.0 40.4 42.7 45.1 47.5 49.8 57.0 66.5 76.0
44.5 47.5 50.4 53.4 56.4 59.3 62.3 71.2 83.1 94.9 103.8 118.7
57.0 60.5 64.1 67.6 71.2 74.8 85.5 99.7 113.9 124.6 142.4 160.2 170.9
88.0 102.6 117.3 128.3 146.6 164.9 175.9 201.6 219.9
Bold values are at ChemSet Anchor Stud nominal depths Note: Effective depth, h must be 6 x drilled hole diameter,dh for anchor to acheive tabled shear capacities. Wet Holes in cracked concrete: Multiply N0Rd.p*0.70 For capacity in Non-cracked concrete use the following multiplier factors; For M12, M16, M30 Multiply N0Rd,p* 1.75 For M8, M10, M20 Multiply N0Rd,p* 1.64, For M24 Multiply N0Rd,p* 1.53 When using Non-cracked concrete tensile capacity, please follow the remainder of the step 2 design process shown in tables 2b, 2c and 2d.
Table 2b-1 - Cracked concrete service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns
Anchor size, db Service temperature (C) -40C to +40C -40C to +80C M8 1.00 0.58 M10 1.00 0.58 M12 M16 M20 Service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.56 0.53 0.53 M24 1.00 0.53 M30 1.00 0.57
Table 2b-2 - Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc

Anchor size, db f'c (MPa) 20 25 30 40 50 M8 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.07 1.09 M10 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.08 1.10 M12 M16 M20 Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.02 1.03 1.03 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.09 1.11 1.14 1.12 1.15 1.17 M24 1.00 1.04 1.09 1.16 1.20 M30 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.19 1.25
278
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
46.4
EPCON C8
M20 M24 M30
Table 2c - Cracked concrete Edge distance effect, tension, Xne

Anchor size, db Edge distance, e (mm) 40 45 55 65 85 90 105 110 120 125 140 170 210 250 280 M8 0.63 0.68 0.77 0.86 1 M10 M12 M16
Xne = 0.27 + 0.725*(e/h) Where em e ec ec = 1*h Note: Tabled values are based on the nominal effective depth, h shown in the installation details. For other values of Xne, please use equation shown above.
N
0.71 0.79 0.95 1
0.63 0.70 0.83 0.86 0.96 1
0.65 0.76 0.79 0.88 0.91 0.97 1
0.63 0.65 0.72 0.74 0.78 0.80 0.87 1
0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.75 0.86 1
0.63 0.71 0.81 0.92 1
Table 2d - Cracked concrete anchor spacing effect, tension, Xna

Anchor size, db Anchor spacing, a (mm) 40 45 55 65 85 105 140 160 180 220 250 300 340 370 450 560 M8 0.63 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.94 1 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Xna = 0.5 + a/(4*h) Where am a ac ac = 2*h Note: Tabled values are based on the nominal effective depth, h shown in the installation details. For other values Xna, please use equation shown above.
0.63 0.65 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.89 0.94 1
0.63 0.65 0.69 0.74 0.82 0.86 0.91 1
0.61 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.78 0.82 0.86 0.94 1
0.63 0.65 0.71 0.74 0.76 0.82 0.87 0.94 1
0.63 0.67 0.69 0.71 0.76 0.80 0.86 0.90 0.94 1
0.63 0.64 0.66 0.70 0.72 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.90 1
2 STEP 3
Design cracked concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance, NRd,c
NRd,p = N0Rd,p * Xns * Xnc * Xne * Xna
Verify cracked concrete tensile resistance - per anchor

Ms = 1.5 for Grade 5.8 and Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel Ms = 1.87 for M8 to M24 A4 316 Stainless Steel and Ms = 2.86 for M30 A4 316 Stainless Steel Ms = 2.6 for HCR Stainless Steel
Table 3a - Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tension, NRd,s = NRk,s/Ms (kN)
Anchor size, db Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel A4 316 Stainless Steel HCR Stainless Steel
M8 12 19.3 13.9 9.2
M10 19.3 30.7 21.9 14.6
M12 28 44.7 31.6 21.2
M16 52.7 84 58.8 39.2
M20 82 130.7 92 61.2
M24 118 188 132.1 88
M30 187.3 299.3 98.3 140.4
Design cracked concrete tensile resistance, NRd
NRd = minimum of NRd,p , NRd,s Check N*/NRd 1,

www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
279
46.4
EPCON C8
Verify cracked concrete edge shear resistance - per anchor
Table 4a - Cracked concrete edge resistance, shear, V0Rd,c = V0Rk,c / Mc (kN) Mc = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa
Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) Min. Edge distance, em 40 50 60 80 100 120 150 M8 80 2.6 3.8 5.2 8.1 12.2 16.7 24.9 M10 90 M12 110 M16 125 M20 170 M24 210 M30 280
STEP 4
NOTE: For capacity in Non-cracked concrete Multiply V0Rd,c * 1.41 When using Non-cracked concrete shear capacity, please follow the remainder of the step 4 design process shown in tables 4b, 4c, 4d and 4e.
V*
Table 4b - Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, shear, Xvc

f'c (MPa) Xvc 20 1 25 1.1 30 1.26 40 1.41 50 1.55
Table 4c - Cracked concrete load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd
Angle, Xvd 0-55 1 60 1.1 70 1.2 80 1.5 90-180 2
Table 4d - Cracked concrete anchor spacing and edge distance effect, concrete edge shear, Xve For single anchor fastening Xve
V
h>1,5. e
Xve = e/em *e/em

a
e/em Xve
1.0 1.00
1.2 1.31
1.4 1.66
1.6 2.02
1.8 2.41
2.0 2.83
2.2 3.26
2.4 3.72
2.6 4.19
2.8 4.69
3.0 5.20
3.2 5.72
For 2 anchors fastening Xve

e/em a/em
1.0
h>1,5. e
1.0 0.67 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00
1.2 0.84 0.93 1.02 1.11 1.20 1.30
1.4 1.03 1.12 1.22 1.32 1.42 1.52 1.62
1.6 1.22 1.33 1.43 1.54 1.64 1.75 1.86 1.96
1.8 1.43 1.54 1.65 1.77 1.88 1.99 2.10 2.21 2.33
2.0 1.65 1.77 1.89 2.00 2.12 2.24 2.36 2.47 2.59 2.71 2.83
2.2 1.88 2.00 2.12 2.25 2.37 2.50 2.62 2.74 2.87 2.99 3.11
2.4 2.12 2.25 2.38 2.50 2.63 2.76 2.89 3.02 3.15 3.28 3.41
2.6 2.36 2.50 2.63 2.77 2.90 3.04 3.17 3.31 3.44 3.71 3.71
2.8 2.62 2.76 2.90 3.04 3.18 3.32 3.46 3.60 3.74 4.02 4.02
3.0 2.89 3.03 3.18 3.32 3.46 3.61 3.75 3.90 4.04 4.33 4.33
3.2 3.16 3.31 3.46 3.61 3.76 3.91 4.05 4.20 4.35 4.65 4.65
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
a1
a2
a3 an-1
For 3 anchors fastening and more
Xve =
h>1,5.e
3*e + a1 +a2 +a3 ++an-1 3*n*em
*e/em
280
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
46.4
EPCON C8
M20 170 121.1 64.1 M24 210 179.4 95.0 M30 280 246.3 140.7
Table 4e - Cracked concrete Pryout failure, V0Rd,cp = VRk,cp / Mpr (kN) Mpr = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) -40C to +40C -40C to +80C M8 80 25.5 14.7 M10 90 35.8 20.7 M12 110 49.8 27.6 M16 125 71.2 37.7
4a 4b STEP 5
Design cracked concrete edge shear resistance, VRd,c
VRd,c = V0Rd,c * Xvc * Xvd * Xve
Design cracked concrete Pryout failure, VRd,cp
VRd,cp = V0Rd,cp * Xnc * Xne*Xna
Verify cracked concrete shear resistance - per anchor

Table 5a - Cracked concrete steel shear resistance, VRd,s = VRk,s/Ms (kN) Ms = 1.25 for Grade 5.8 and Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel Ms = 1.56 for M8 to M24 A4 316 Stainless Steel and Ms = 2.38 for M30 A4 316 Stainless Steel Ms = 2.17 for HCR Stainless Steel Anchor size, db Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel A4 316 Stainless Steel HCR Stainless Steel M8 7.2 12 8.3 5.5 M10 12 18.4 12.8 8.8 M12 16.8 27.2 19.2 12.4 M16 31.2 50.4 35.3 23.5 M20 48.8 78.4 55.1 36.9 M24 70.4 112.8 79.5 53 M30 112 179.2 58.8 83.9
Design cracked concrete shear resistance, VRd
VRd = minimum of VRd,c , VRd,cp,VRd,s Check V*/VRd 1,

www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
281
46.4
EPCON C8
Combined Loading
Check N*/NRd + V*/VRd 1.2,
STEP 6
Example Ramset EPCON C8 Injection M20 (CS20260) Maximum fixed thickness to be 55 mm To be installed in accordance with Ramset Technical Data Sheet
Ramset EPCON C8 Injection (Anchor Size) (Part Number) Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm
Specifiy
Tension - Sustained Loading Cracked Concrete

Concrete Strength f'c = 20 MPa - (-40 C to +40 C) Anchor Size (db) Tension load in Cracked Concrete Displacement M8 (kN) N0 (mm) (short term) N (mm) (long term) 10.6 0.23 0.60 M10 14.9 0.23 0.64 M12 20.7 0.21 0.64 M16 29.7 0.24 0.64 M20 50.4 0.24 0.67 M24 74.8 0.24 0.74 M30 102.6 0.22 0.67
Concrete Strength f'c = 20 MPa (-40 C to +80 C) Anchor Size (db) Tension load in Cracked Concrete Displacement M8 (kN) N0 (mm) (short term) N (mm) (long term) 6.1 0.13 0.35 M10 8.6 0.13 0.37 M12 11.5 0.12 0.36 M16 15.7 0.13 0.34 M20 26.7 0.13 0.36 M24 39.6 0.13 0.39 M30 58.6 0.13 0.38
Note: Above tables are based on the nominal effective depth, h shown in the installation tables within. For all other values of effective depth, h, please contact your local Ramset Engineer.
Shear - Sustained Loading Cracked Concrete

Concrete Strength f'c = 20 MPa Anchor Size (db) Displacement V0 (mm/kN) (short term) V (mm/kN) (long term) M8 0.08 0.12 M10 0.07 0.11 M12 0.06 0.10 M16 0.06 0.09 M20 0.04 0.06 M24 0.03 0.04 M30 0.01 0.02
Note: Displacement short term (mm) = V0 x VSd (Shear Design Load in Cracked Concrete) Displacement long term (mm) = V x VSd (Shear Design Load in Cracked Concrete)
282
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
47.1
EPCON C8

Cracked Concrete - Reinforcing Bar
Product
EPCON C8 is a High Performance Epoxy Anchoring adhesive for use in Cracked and Non-Cracked concrete. For structures subject to external exposure, permanently damp or chemically aggressive conditions. European Technical Approval option1 for use in cracked and non cracked concrete ETA-10/0309: Highest level of European approval for chemical anchors Variable embedment depths Approved for flooded holes Approved for floor, wall, & overhead applications Data for Sustained Loading Greater productivity: Anchors in dry, damp, wet or flooded holes No Damage or Leaks less wastage Fast ,easy dispensing with high flow (pneumatic) mixer Jumbo dispensing cartridge 900ml Greater security: Highest performance in cracked concrete Versatile Anchors all stud & bar diameters in all directions Suits variable concrete strengths Anchors in carbide drilled and diamond cored holes For tropical and Cold weather conditions. Greater safety: Low odour. Non-flammable. Fire Rated: Refer Fire rated anchoring section
ETA
Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete Road barrier hold down bolts Bridge refurbishment Road & Rail tunnel construction Reinforcing bar from 8 to 32mm Starter Bars Threaded studs from M8 to M30 Threaded Stud material : Zn ,A4 316, HCR steels Threaded Stud material : 5.8, 8.8 , 10.9 grade Intended working life of the anchor of 50 yrs
Installation

-40C to 80C
Setting Times Epcon C8

Temperature of base material 5C - 9C 10C - 19C 20C - 24C 25C - 29C 30C - 39C 40C Gel Time 20 min 14 min 11 min 8 min 5 min 5 min Curing time in dry concrete 30 h 23 h 16 h 12 h 8h 6h Curing time in wet concrete 60 h 46 h 32 h 24 h 16 h 12 h
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole. 2. Important: Clean dust and debris from hole with stiff wire or nylon brush and blower in the following sequence: blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4, brush x 3, blow x 4. 3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly, ensuring no air pockets form. 4. Insert rebar to bottom of hole while turning. 5. Allow Ramset EPCON C8 to cure as per setting times.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
283
47.2-3
EPCON C8
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details:
Anchor size, db (mm) N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 N32
Drilled hole diameter, dh (mm) 12 15 20 25 30 35 40
Anchor effective depth, h (mm) 90 110 125 170 210 270 300
Minimum dimensions* Concrete Edge Anchor substrate spacing, ac distance, ec thickness, bm (mm) (mm) (mm) 180 90 120 220 110 140 250 125 160 340 170 215 420 210 270 540 270 340 600 300 380
** WLL Cracked Concrete - Tension, Nac (KN) Concrete Compressive Strength, fc 20 MPa 9.0 12.4 17.8 30.3 44.0 59.4 65.3 3O MPa 9.4 13.1 18.9 32.4 47.9 65.3 72.5 40 MPa 9.7 13.6 19.8 34.5 51.0 70.1 78.4
* For anchor spacings or edge distances less than the minimum, please refer to the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity. ** WLL Tension values are based on service temperature limits -40C to +40C only. If service temperature limits is beyond this range please contact Ramset Engineer.

47.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES Typical Engineering Properties of Grade 500 Reinforcing Bar
Rebar Size Drilled Hole Dia, dh (mm) Stress Area, As (mm2) Yield Stress, fsy (MPa) Tensile Steel Yield Capacity, Nsy (kN) N10 12 78.5 500 39.3 N12 15 113 500 56.5 N16 20 201 500 100.5 N20 25 314 500 157.0 N24 30 452 500 226.0 N28 35 616 500 308.0 N32 40 804 500 402.0
284
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
47.4
EPCON C8
STEP 1
120
Table 1a - Indicative combined loading - interaction diagram Notes: -- Shear Limited by Grade 500 steel Notes: resistance Shear limited by Grade 5.8 steel capacity. ~ -- Tension limited by by combined and Tension limited concretepull-out capacity ~ concrete cone resistance using nominal depths. using nominal depths ~ No edge or spacing effects. -- No edge or spacing effects ~ f'c = 32 MPa -- f'c = 20 MPa
Tension 100
80
N32
N28
60
N24
40
N20
20
N12 N10
N16
0 0 30 60 90 120 150

Table 1b - Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm) for cracked concrete Anchor size, db Min. Anchor spacing - am Min. Edge Distance - em N10 50 50 N12 60 60 N16 80 80 N20 100 100 N24 125 125 N28 140 140 N32 160 160

Refer to nominal recommended effective depths, h, listed in installation and working load limit table on page 284
h 6 * dh
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
285
47.4
EPCON C8
Verify cracked concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone tensile resistance - per anchor
Table 2a - Cracked Concrete combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance, tension, N0Rd,p = N0Rk,p/Msp (kN) Msp = 1.8, f'c = 20 MPa where N0Rk,p = * db * h * Rk,cr
Anchor size, db Drill hole dia, dh (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) 70 80 90 100 110 120 125 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 240 270 280 300 320 350 400 450 500 560 640 N10 12 11.6 13.3 14.9 16.6 18.2 19.9 20.7 23.2 24.9 26.5 28.2 29.8 31.5 33.2 N12 15 N16 20 N20 25 N24 30 N28 35 N32 40
STEP 2
17.0 18.8 20.7 22.6 23.6 26.4 28.3 30.2 32.0 33.9 35.8 37.7 39.6 45.2
28.5 29.7 33.2 35.6 38.0 40.4 42.7 45.1 47.5 49.8 57.0 64.1 66.5 71.2 76.0
44.5 47.5 50.4 53.4 56.4 59.3 62.3 71.2 80.1 83.1 89.0 94.9 103.8 118.7
62.8 66.3 69.8 73.3 83.8 94.2 97.7 104.7 111.7 122.2 139.6 157.1 174.5
77.0 88.0 99.0 102.6 110.0 117.3 128.3 146.6 164.9 183.3 205.3
87.1 98.0 101.6 108.9 116.2 127.1 145.2 163.4 181.5 203.3 232.3
Bold values are at ChemSet Reinforcing Bar nominal depths Note: Effective depth, h must be 6 x drilled hole diameter,dh for anchor to acheive tabled shear capacities. Wet Holes in cracked concrete: Multiply N0Rd,p*0.70 For capacity in Non-cracked concrete use the following multiplier factors; For N10 Multiply N0Rd,p* 1.45, for N12, N20 Multiply N0Rd,p* 1.50 For N16, N24 Multiply N0Rd,p* 1.63, for N28, N32 Multiply N0Rd,p* 1.73 When using Non-cracked concrete tensile capacity, please follow the remainder of the step 2 design process shown in tables 2b, 2c and 2d. Table 2b-1 - Cracked concrete service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 Service temperature (C) Service temperature limits effect, tension, Xns -40C to +40C 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 -40C to +80C 0.58 0.56 0.53 0.53 0.56 0.53 Table 2b-2 - Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc Anchor size, db N10 N12 N16 N20 N24 N28 f'c (MPa) Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc 20 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 25 1.02 1.02 1.03 1.03 1.04 1.04 30 1.05 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.09 1.10 40 1.08 1.09 1.11 1.14 1.16 1.18 50 1.10 1.12 1.15 1.17 1.21 1.23 N32 1.00 0.54 N32 1.00 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.26
286
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
47.4
EPCON C8
N24 N28 N32
Table 2c - Cracked concrete Edge distance effect, tension, Xne Anchor size, db Edge distance, e (mm)
50 60
N10
0.67 0.75 0.79 0.91 1.00
N12
N16
N20
0.67 0.70 0.80 0.86 0.93 1.00 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.91 0.97 1.00 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.80 0.87 0.95 1.00 0.70 0.75 0.82 0.86 1.00 0.65 0.70 0.73 0.83 1.00 0.66 0.68 0.78 0.92 1.00
65 80 90 100 110 120 125 140 160 170 210 270 300
N
Xne = 0.27 + 0.725*(e/h) Where em e ec ec = 1*h Note: Tabled values are based on the nominal effective depth, h shown in the installation details. For other values of Xne, please use equation shown above.
Table 2d - Cracked concrete anchor spacing effect, tension, Xna Anchor size, db Anchor spacing, a (mm)
50
N10
0.64 0.67 0.72 0.75 0.78 0.85 0.89 0.94 1.00
N12
N16
N20
N24
N28
N32
60 80 90 100 125 140 160 180 220 250 300 340 420 540 640
0.64 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.86 0.91 1.00 0.66 0.68 0.70 0.75 0.78 0.82 0.86 0.94 1.00 0.65 0.68 0.71 0.74 0.76 0.82 0.87 0.94 1.00 0.65 0.67 0.69 0.71 0.76 0.80 0.86 0.90 1.00 0.63 0.64 0.66 0.70 0.72 0.77 0.80 0.88 0.98 0.63 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.83 0.92 1.00
2 STEP 3
Design cracked concrete cone resistance, NRd,c
NRd,p = N0Rd,p * Xns * Xnc * Xne * Xna

Table 3a - Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tension, NRd,s = NRk,s/Ms (kN) Ms = 1.4 Anchor size, db Grade 500 Rebar N10 30.7 N12 44.3 N16 79.3 N20 123.6 N24 177.7 N28 242.1 N32 315.7
NRd = minimum of NRd,p , NRd,s Check N*/NRd 1,

www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
287
47.4
EPCON C8
Table 4a - Cracked concrete edge resistance, shear, V0Rd,c = V0Rk,c / Mc (kN) Mc = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa
Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) Min. Edge distance, em 50 60 80 100 125 140 160 N10 90 3.8 5.2 8.1 12.2 17.7 22.4 27.9 N12 110 N16 125 N20 170 N24 210 N28 270 N32 300
STEP 4
Note: Effective depth, h must be 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities. NOTE: For capacity in Non-cracked concrete Multiply V0Rd,c * 1.41 When using Non-cracked concrete shear capacity, please follow the remainder of the step 4 design process shown in tables 4b, 4c, 4d and 4e. Table 4b - Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, shear, Xvc
f'c (MPa) Xvc 20 1 25 1.1 30 1.26 40 1.41 50 1.55
V*
Table 4c - Cracked concrete load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd Load direction effect, conc. edge shear, Xvd
Angle, Xvd 0-55 1 60 1.1 70 1.2 80 1.5 90-180 2
V
h>1,5. e
e/em Xve
1.0 1.00
1.2 1.31
1.4 1.66
1.6 2.02
1.8 2.41
2.0 2.83
2.2 3.26
2.4 3.72
2.6 4.19
2.8 4.69
3.0 5.20
3.2 5.72
Xve = e/em *e/em

a
For 2 anchors fastening Xve e/em a/em

1.0 0.67 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00 1.2 0.84 0.93 1.02 1.11 1.20 1.30 1.4 1.03 1.12 1.22 1.32 1.42 1.52 1.62 1.6 1.22 1.33 1.43 1.54 1.64 1.75 1.86 1.96 1.8 1.43 1.54 1.65 1.77 1.88 1.99 2.10 2.21 2.33 2.0 1.65 1.77 1.89 2.00 2.12 2.24 2.36 2.47 2.59 2.71 2.83 2.2 1.88 2.00 2.12 2.25 2.37 2.50 2.62 2.74 2.87 2.99 3.11 2.4 2.12 2.25 2.38 2.50 2.63 2.76 2.89 3.02 3.15 3.28 3.41 2.6 2.36 2.50 2.63 2.77 2.90 3.04 3.17 3.31 3.44 3.71 3.71 2.8 2.62 2.76 2.90 3.04 3.18 3.32 3.46 3.60 3.74 4.02 4.02 3.0 2.89 3.03 3.18 3.32 3.46 3.61 3.75 3.90 4.04 4.33 4.33 3.2 3.16 3.31 3.46 3.61 3.76 3.91 4.05 4.20 4.35 4.65 4.65
1.0
h>1,5. e
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
a1
a2
a3 an-1
Xve =
h>1,5.e
3*e + a1 +a2 +a3 ++an-1 3*n*em
*e/em
288
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
47.4
EPCON C8
N24 210 175.9 99.0 N28 270 237.5 126.7 N32 300 261.4 140.7
Table 4e - Cracked concrete Pryout failure, V0Rd,cp = VRk,cp / Mpr (kN) Mpr = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) -40C to +40C -40C to +80C N10 90 35.8 20.7 N12 110 49.8 27.6 N16 125 71.2 37.7 N20 170 121.1 64.1
4a 4b STEP 4
VRd,cp = V0Rd,cp * Xnc * Xne*Xna

Table 5a - Cracked concrete steel shear resistance, VRd,s = VRk,s/Ms (kN), Ms = 1.5 Anchor size, db Grade 500 Rebar N10 14.7 N12 20.7 N16 36.7 N20 57.3 N24 82.9 N28 112.7 N32 147.3
VRd = minimum of VRd,c, VRd,cp,VRd,s Check V*/VRd 1,

www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
289
47.4
EPCON C8
Check
STEP 6
N*/NRd + V*/VRd 1.2,

Ramset EPCON C8 Injection (Anchor Size) grade 500 Rebar. Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.
Specify
Ramset EPCON C8 Injection with N20 grade 500 Rebar Drilled hole depth to be 170 mm. To be installed in accordance with Ramset Technical Data Sheet
Example
Tension - Sustained Loading - Cracked Concrete

Concrete Strength f'c = 20 MPa - (-40 C to +40 C) Anchor Size (db) Tension load in Cracked Concrete Displacement N10 (kN) N0 (mm) (short term) N (mm) (long term) 14.9 0.23 0.64 N12 20.7 0.21 0.64 N16 29.7 0.24 0.64 N20 50.4 0.24 0.67 N24 73.3 0.25 0.70 N28 99.0 0.24 0.68 N32 108.9 0.21 0.62
Note: Above tables are based on the nominal effective depth, h shown in the installation tables within. For all other values of effective depth, h, please contact your local Ramset Engineer.
Shear - Sustained Loading - Cracked Concrete

Concrete Strength f'c = 20 MPa Anchor Size (db) Displacement V0 (mm/kN) (short term) V (mm/kN) (long term) N10 0.07 0.11 N12 0.06 0.10 N16 0.06 0.09 N20 0.04 0.06 N24 0.03 0.04 N28 0.02 0.03 N32 0.02 0.03
Note: Displacement short term (mm) = V0 x VSd (Shear Design Load in Cracked Concrete) Displacement long term (mm) = V x VSd (Shear Design Load in Cracked Concrete)
290
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
48.1
Cracked Concrete - Safety Anchors
SpaTec Plus

Cracked Concrete - Mechanical Anchoring
Product
A high security, high performance, through fixing, torque controlled expansion anchor which has approval for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete. European Technical Approval (option1) ETA-10/0276: Highest level of European approval for mechanical expansion anchors Approved for all directions (floor, wall, overhead) Shallow embedment depths Highest performance in cracked concrete Zinc Plated to 5m Anchor diameters from M6 to M20
ETA
Le
Hex Head
Le
db
Suitable for structural loads:

Le
db
Safety critical loads High tensile capacity of Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt. C/Sunk Heavy duty, heat treated washer. Heavy duty, thick expansion sleeve Head that provides secure grip to concrete.
db
Improved security:
Large expansion reserve that ensures retention in concrete if overloaded. Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload.

Heavy duty sleeve with integrated pull-down section works to retain 65% of initial preload.
Fast installation:
Hex Nut & Hex Bolt versions available Countersunk heads available. Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.
Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete Safety critical loads Steel columns & walkways Road barrier hold down Bridge refurbishment Road & Rail tunnel construction Wall Plates Safety Rails Intended working life of the anchor of 50 years
Fire rated: Refer Fire rated mechanical anchor section.
Installation
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
291
48.2-3
Cracked Concrete - Safety Anchors
SpaTec Plus
Fixture Drilled hole hole diameter, diameter, df dh (mm) (mm) 10 12 15 18 24 28 12 14 17 20 26 30

Anchor size, db (mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 Anchor effective depth, h (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125 Depth of Tightening drill hole, h1 torque, Tr (mm) (Nm) 70 80 90 105 131 157 15 25 50 80 120 200 Concrete substrate thickness, bm (mm) 100 120 140 160 200 250 WLL - Tension, Nac (kN) Concrete Compressive Strength, f'c 20 MPa 1.7 4.0 5.3 8.6 12.0 16.8 30 MPa 2.0 4.9 6.5 10.5 14.6 20.4 40 MPa 2.3 5.6 7.5 12.1 16.9 23.6

Anchor size, db (mm) Drilled hole diameter, dh (mm) 10 Effective Length, Le (mm) 55 70 100 70 76 80 90 97 105 90 105 125 125 155 200 150 185 225 Fixture thickness, t (mm) 5 20 50 10 16 20 20 27 35 10 25 45 25 55 100 25 60 100 ETA Designation Number V6-10/5 V6-10/20 E6-10/50 V8-12/20 TF8-12/16 E8-12/20 V10-15/20 TF10-15/27 E10-15/35 V12-18/10 V12-18/18 E12-18/45 V16-24/25 E16-24/55 E16-24/100 V20-28/25 E20-28/60 E20-28/100 Part Number Zinc (Hex Hd) 050673* 050674* 050679* SP10105 SP12105 SP12120 SP16145 SP20170 Zinc (C/Sunk Hd) 050686* SP10105F Zinc (Hex Nut -Thrd Rod) 050675* 050681* 050692* 050699* 050707* 050708* 050713* 050714*
M6
M8
12
M10
15
M12
18
M16
24
28
48.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Carbon Steel

Shank Anchor size, diameter, ds db (mm) (mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 6.0 8.0 9.8 11.7 15.7 19.7 Bolt stress area, As (mm2) 20.1 36.6 58.0 84.3 157.0 245.0 Bolt yield strength, fy (MPa) 640 640 640 640 640 660 Bolt UTS, fu (MPa) 800 800 800 800 800 800 Spacer area, As (mm2) 40.7 51.1 83.4 119.8 201.7 242.5 Spacer yield Spacer UTS, strength, fy fu (MPa) (MPa) 245 245 350 330 330 330 460 460 480 430 430 430 Section modulus Z (mm2) 12.7 31.2 62.3 109.2 277.5 540.9
292
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
48.4
SpaTec Plus
STEP 1
35

Table 1a - Indicative combined loading - interaction diagram
Tension 30
25
Notes: Notes: -- Shear Limited by Hex Head or C/sunk Head ~ Shear limited by Grade 5.8 steel capacity. steel resistance ~ Tension limited by concrete capacity -- Tension limited by concrete pull through using nominal depths. orNo concrete cone resistance edge or spacing effects. -- ~ No spacing effects f' edge = 32or MPa
M20
20
15
M16
10
M10
M12
5
M6
M8
0 0 30 60 90 120 150

Table 1b Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm) Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) Min. Anchor spacing - am For - em Min. Edge Distance - em For - am M6 50 50 80 50 100 M8 60 60 100 60 100 M10 70 70 100 70 160 M12 80 80 160 80 200 M16 100 100 180 100 220 M20 125 125 300 150 300

h = Le - t
Anchor size determined, absolute minimum compliance achieved, effective depth (h) calculated.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
293
48.4
SpaTec Plus
Verify cracked concrete cone tensile resistance - per anchor
Table 2a - Cracked concrete cone resistance, tension, N0Rd,c = NRk,c/Mc (kN) Mc = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa Anchor size, db Drill hole dia, dh (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125 M6 10 8.5 11.2 14.1 17.2 24 33.5 M8 12 M10 15 M12 18 M16 24 M20 28
STEP 2
Table 2b - Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc f'c (MPa) Xnc
N
20 1
30 1.22
40 1.41
50 1.55
Table 2c - Cracked concrete Edge distance effect, tension, Xne Anchor size, db Edge distance, e (mm) 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 150 170 190 M6 0.75 0.85 0.95 1 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Xne = 0.25 + 0.5*(e/h) Where em e ec ec = 1.5*h Note: Tabled values are based on the nominal effective depth, h shown in the installation details. For other values of Xne, please use equation shown above.
N
0.75 0.83 0.92 1
0.75 0.82 0.89 0.96 1
0.75 0.81 0.88 1
0.75 0.85 1
0.85 0.93 1
Table 2d - Cracked concrete anchor spacing effect, tension, Xna Anchor size, db Anchor spacing, a (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125 150 180 210 240 300 375 M6 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.85 0.92 1 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
0.67 0.69 0.72 0.78 0.85 0.92 1
0.67 0.69 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.93 1
0.67 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.88 0.94 1
0.67 0.71 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 1
0.67 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.82 0.90 1
2
294
NRd,c = N0Rd,c * Xnc * Xne * Xna
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
48.4
SpaTec Plus
STEP 3
Verify cracked concrete tensile resistance tension - per anchor

Table 3a - Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tension, NRd,s = NRk,s/Ms (kN), Ms = 1.5 Anchor size, db Carbon Steel M6 10.7 M8 19.5 M10 30.9 M12 44.9 M16 83.7 M20 130.7
Table 3b - Cracked concrete Pull-through resistance**, N0Rd,p = NRk,p/Mp (kN) Mp = 1.5, f'c = 20 MPa Anchor size, db Drill hole dia, dh (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125 M6 10 3.3 8 10.6 -* -* -* M8 12 M10 15 M12 18 M16 24 M20 28
* Not decisive failure mode ** Cracked concrete Pull-through resistance is not influenced by reduced anchor spacing or edge distance.
3a 3b
Design cracked concrete pull-through resistance, NRd,p
NRd,p = N0Rd,p * Xnc
NRd = minimum of NRd,c , NRd,p , NRd,s Check N*/NRd 1,

www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
295
48.4
SpaTec Plus
Table 4a - Cracked concrete edge resistance, shear, V0Rd,c = VRk,c / Mc (kN) Mc = 1.5, fc = 20 MPa Anchor size, db min. edge distance, em min. anchor spacing, am Effective depth, h (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125 M6 50 100 2.4 3.5 4.8 6.6 9.7 18.7 M8 60 100 M10 70 160 M12 80 200 M16 100 220 M20 150 300
STEP 4
V*
fc (MPa) Xvc
20 1
30 1.22
40 1.41
50 1.55
Table 4c - Cracked concrete load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd Load direction effect, conc. edge shear, Xvd Angle, Xvd 0-55 1 60 1.1 70 1.2 80 1.5 90-180 2
V
h>1,5. e
e/em Xve
1.0 1.00
1.2 1.31
1.4 1.66
1.6 2.02
1.8 2.41
2.0 2.83
2.2 3.26
2.4 3.72
2.6 4.19
2.8 4.69
3.0 5.20
3.2 5.72
Xve = e/em *e/em

a

1.0 0.67 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00 1.2 0.84 0.93 1.02 1.11 1.20 1.30 1.4 1.03 1.12 1.22 1.32 1.42 1.52 1.62 1.6 1.22 1.33 1.43 1.54 1.64 1.75 1.86 1.96 1.8 1.43 1.54 1.65 1.77 1.88 1.99 2.10 2.21 2.33 2.0 1.65 1.77 1.89 2.00 2.12 2.24 2.36 2.47 2.59 2.71 2.83 2.2 1.88 2.00 2.12 2.25 2.37 2.50 2.62 2.74 2.87 2.99 3.11 2.4 2.12 2.25 2.38 2.50 2.63 2.76 2.89 3.02 3.15 3.28 3.41 2.6 2.36 2.50 2.63 2.77 2.90 3.04 3.17 3.31 3.44 3.71 3.71 2.8 2.62 2.76 2.90 3.04 3.18 3.32 3.46 3.60 3.74 4.02 4.02 3.0 2.89 3.03 3.18 3.32 3.46 3.61 3.75 3.90 4.04 4.33 4.33 3.2 3.16 3.31 3.46 3.61 3.76 3.91 4.05 4.20 4.35 4.65 4.65
1.0
h>1,5. e
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
a1
a2
a3 an-1
Xve =
h>1,5.e
3*e + a1 +a2 +a3 ++an-1 3*n*em
*e/em
296
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
48.4
SpaTec Plus
M16 M20
Table 4e - Cracked concrete Pryout failure, V0Rd,cp = VRk,cp / Mpr (kN) Mpr = 1.5, fc = 20 Mpa Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125 M6 8.5 22..3 28.1 34.3 48.0 67.1 M8 M10 M12
4a 4b STEP 5
VRd,cp = V0Rd,cp * Xvc * Xvd * Xne*Xna

Table 5a - Cracked concrete steel shear resistance, VRd,s = VRk,s/Ms (kN), Ms = 1.25 Anchor size, db Carbon Steel - Hex Head and C/Sunk Head Carbon Steel - Hex Nut and Gr 8.8 Threaded Rod M6 18.7 11.4 M8 26.1 15.2 M10 39.3 24.8 M12 58.2 37.9 M16 93.8 74.5 M20 138.8 87.9
Design cracked concrete shear resistance, VRd Check V*/VRd 1, if not satisfied return to step 1
VRd = minimum of VRd,c , VRd,cp,VRd,s
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
297
48.4
SpaTec Plus
Check N*/NRd + V*/VRd 1.2,
STEP 6 6
Ramset SpaTec Plus Anchor, (Anchor Size) (Part Number) Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.
Specify
Ramset SpaTec Plus Anchor, M12 (SP12120). Maximum fixed thickness to be 8 mm. To be installed in accordance with Ramset Tchnical Data Sheet.
Example

Concrete Strength fc = 20 MPa Anchor Size (db) Tension load in (kN) Cracked Concrete N0 (mm) (short term) Displacement N (mm) (long term) Concrete Strength fc = 50 MPa Anchor Size (db) Tension load in (kN) Cracked Concrete N0 (mm) (short term) Displacement N (mm) (long term) M6 3.7 0.7 0.7 M8 8.9 0.9 0.9 M10 11.8 1.1 1.1 M12 19.0 1.3 1.3 M16 26.6 1.7 1.7 M20 37.1 2.2 2.2 M6 2.4 0.6 0.6 M8 5.7 0.6 0.6 M10 7.6 0.6 0.7 M12 12.3 0.7 0.7 M16 17.1 0.7 1.0 M20 23.9 0.8 1.0

Anchor Size (db) Shear load in (kN) Cracked Concrete N0 (mm) (short term) Displacement N (mm) (long term) M6 13.4 6.0 (+1.5) 9.0 (+1.5) M8 18.6 6.4 (+1.5) 9.7 (+1.5)
Hex Head and C/sunk Head in Concrete Strength fc = 20 MPa to 50 MPa M10 28.1 6.9 (+1.5) 10.4 (+1.5) M12 41.5 7.4 (+1.5) 11.0 (+1.5) M16 67.0 8.3 (+2.0) 12.4 (+2.0) M20 99.1 9.4 (+2.0) 14.1 (+2.0)
Hex Nut and Gr. 8.8 Threaded Rod in Concrete Strength fc = 20 MPa to 50 MPa Anchor Size (db) Shear load in (kN) Cracked Concrete N0 (mm) (short term) Displacement N (mm) (long term) M6 8.2 4.5 (+1.5) 6.7 (+1.5) M8 10.9 4.8 (+1.5) 7.1 (+1.5) M10 17.7 5.0 (+1.5) 7.5 (+1.5) M12 27.1 5.3 (+1.5) 7.9 (+1.5) M16 53.2 5.8 (+2.0) 8.8 (+2.0) M20 62.8 6.5 (+2.0) 9.8 (+2.0)
Note: Displacement the tables above show the deformation to be expected from the anchor itself whilst the bracketed value indicates the additional movement between the anchor body and the hole in the fixture.
298
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
49.1
Cracked Concrete - Stud Anchor
FIX Z A4

Product
A Heavy duty, torque controlled expansion anchor, made of stainless steel for use in Cracked and Non-Cracked concrete. European Technical Approval (option1) ETA-04/0010: Highest level of European approval for mechanical expansion anchors Approved for all directions (floor, wall, overhead) Maximum Tensile & Shear load in cracked concrete A4 (AISI 316) Stainless Steel Anchor diameters M8 to M16 Suitable for structural loads: True to size through fixture anchor A4-80 Stainless Steel Hexagonal Nut Improved security: Torque induced pull down closes gaps and induces preload. Resistant to cyclic loading: Heavy duty sleeve with pull-down of fixture Anti rotation expansion sleeve Fast installation: Anchor diameter equals hole diameter Shallow embedment depths Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.
Fire rated: Refer Fire rated mechanical anchor section for details.
ETA
Le
db
Anchoring into cracked & non cracked concrete Structural Steel columns & beams Road barrier hold down Bridge refurbishment Road & Rail tunnel construction Wall Plates Safety barriers Stadium seating Pallet racking Shallow embedment depths from 50mm Long working life
Installation
1. Drill or core a hole to the recommended diameter (same as the FIX Z A4) and depth using the fixture as a template. Clean the hole thoroughly with a hole cleaning brush. Remove the debris with a hand pump, compressed air, or vacuum. 2. Insert the anchor through the fixture and drive with a hammer until the washer contacts the fixture. 3. Tighten the nut with a torque wrench to the specified assembly torque.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
299
49.2-3
Cracked Concrete - Stud Anchor
FIX Z A4

Anchor size, db Tension, Nac (KN) Concrete Minimum dimensions* Drilled Fixture Anchor Depth of Tightening substrate Anchor hole hole effective Concrete Compressive Edge drill hole, torque, Tr thickness, spacing, distance, diameter, diameter, depth, h Strength, f'c h1 (mm) (Nm) bm (mm) a (mm) dh (mm) df (mm) (mm) ec (mm) 20 MPa 30 MPa 40 MPa c 8 10 12 16 9 12 14 18 35 48 42 58 50 70 64 86 52 65 62 78 75 95 95 117 20 35 50 100 100 100 100 116 100 140 128 172 140 192 168 232 200 280 256 344 70 96 84 116 100 140 128 172 1.0 1.4 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.4 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.1 3.1 3.7 4.9 6.5 1.4 1.9 2.8 3.5 3.5 4.2 5.6 7.5
M8 M10 M12 M16
*For shear loads acting towards an edge or where minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verfiy capacity.

Anchor size, db Drilled hole diameter, dh (mm) 8 Effective Length, Le (mm) 40 55 75 115 47 57 78 103 55 76 91 116 94 119 139 ETA Designation Number M8/5 M8/20-7 M8/40-27 M8/80-67 M10/5 M10/15 M10/35-20 M10/60-45 M12/5 M12/25-6 M12/40-21 M12/65-46 M16/30-8 M16/55-33 M16/75-53 Part Number 316 A4 SS 050441* 054610* 054620* 050367* 050466* 054630* 054640* 050442* 054670* 054650* 050368* 054680* 050443* 054700* 050444* Effective depth, h (mm)
M8
h = Le - t
M10
10
M12
12
16
49.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Stainless Steel

Anchor size, db Stress area threaded section, As (mm2) 36.6 58.0 84.3 157.0 Minimum diameter reduced section, ds (mm) 5.6 7.3 8.6 11.7 Threaded section Yield strength, fy (MPa) 420 420 420 420 UTS, fu (MPa) 620 620 620 620 Reduced section Yield strength, fy (MPa) 780 780 780 780 UTS, fu (MPa) 900 900 900 900 Section modulus Z (mm2) 31.2 62.3 109.2 277.5
M8 M10 M12 M16
300
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
49.4
FIX Z A4
STEP 1
8

Table 1a Indicative combined loading - interaction diagram Notes: Notes: -- - Shear by steel steelcapacity resistance Shear Limited Limited by -- - Tension by concrete concrete pull through Tension limited limited by pull through resistance resistance -- - No spacingeffects effects Noedge edge or or spacing -- - f'f' 20 MPa c = c = 20 MPa
Tension
5
M16
M12
M10
M8
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Table 1b Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm) Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) Min. Anchor spacing - am Min. Edge Distance - em M8 35 60 60 48 50 60 42 75 65 M10 58 55 65 50 170 100 M12 70 75 90 64 150 100 M16 86 90 105

Refer to Description and Part Numbers table on page 300.
h = Le - t
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
301
49.4
FIX Z A4
STEP 2
Verify cracked concrete cone tensile resistance - per anchor

Table 2a - Cracked concrete cone resistance, tension, N0Rd,c = NRk,c/Mc (kN) Mc = 1.5, fc = 20 MPa
Anchor size, db Drill hole dia, dh (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) 35 42 48 50 58 64 70 86 14.1 19.1 10.6 12.3 8 8.5 M8 8 5 6.5 M10 10 M12 12 M16 16
Table 2b - Cracked concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc fc (MPa) Xnc 20 1 30 1.22 40 1.41 50 1.55
Table 2c - Cracked concrete Edge distance effect, tension, Xne

N
2c1 - For Minimum Effective Depth

Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) Edge distance, e (mm) 60 65 100 100 M8 35 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 M10 42 M12 50 M16 64
2c2 - For Maximum Effective Depth

Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) Edge distance, e (mm) 60 65 72 80 90 105 130 M8 48 0.91 0.95 1.00 0.91 0.96 1.00 0.94 1.00 0.90 1.00 M10 58 M12 70 M16 86
Xne = 0.25 + 0.33*(e/h) Where em e ec ec = 1.5*h Note: Tabled values are based on the nominal effective depth, h shown in the installation details. For other values of Xne, please use equation shown above.
N
Table 2d - Cracked concrete anchor spacing effect, tension, Xna 2d1 - For Minimum Effective Depth
Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) Anchor spacing, a (mm) 60 75 100 105 110 125 150 170 192 M8 35 0.78 0.86 0.98 1.00 0.80 0.90 0.92 0.94 1.00 0.83 0.85 0.87 0.92 1.00 0.76 0.77 0.79 0.83 0.89 0.94 1.00 M10 42 M12 50 M16 64
Xna = 0.5 + a/(6*h) Where am a ac ac = 3*h Note: Tabled values are based on the nominal effective depth, h shown in the installation details. For other values of Xna, please use equation shown above.
302
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
49.4

N
FIX Z A4
2d2 - For Maximum Effective Depth

Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) Anchor spacing, a (mm) 50 55 75 90 110 130 145 155 175 205 210 258 M8 48 0.67 0.69 0.76 0.81 0.88 0.95 1.00 0.66 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.87 0.92 0.95 1.00 0.68 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.85 0.87 0.92 0.99 1.00 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.84 0.90 0.91 1.00 M10 58 M12 70 M16 86
Xna = 0.5 + a/(6*h) Where am a ac ac = 3*h Note: Tabled values are based on the nominal effective depth, h shown in the installation details. For other values of Xna, please use equation shown above.
2 STEP 3
NRd,c = N0Rd,c * Xnc * Xne * Xna

Table 3a - Cracked Concrete steel resistance, tension, NRd,s = NRk,s/Ms (kN), Ms = 1.5 for M8 to M12 and Ms = 2.1 for M16 Anchor size, db Stainless Steel M8 8.5 M10 14.4 M12 20.0 M16 29.7
Table 3b - Cracked concrete Pull-through resistance**, N0Rd,p = NRk,p/Mp (kN) Mp = 1.5, fc = 20 MPa Anchor size, db Drill hole dia, dh (mm) Effective depth, h (mm) 35 42 48 50 58 64 70 86 M8 8 2.0 4.0 2.7 5.0 5.0 8.0 6.0 10.7 M10 10 M12 12 M16 16
** Cracked concrete Pull-through resistance is not influenced by reduced anchor spacing or edge distance.
3a 3b
Design cracked concrete pull-through resistance, NRd,p
NRd,p = N0Rd,p * Xnc
Design cracked concrete tensile resistance, NRd NRd = minimum of NRd,c , NRd,p , NRd,s Check N*/NRd 1, if not satisfied return to step 1
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
303
49.4
FIX Z A4
STEP 4

Table 4a - Cracked concrete edge resistance, shear, V0Rd,c = VRk,c / Mc (kN) Mc = 1.5, fc = 20 MPa Anchor size, db Min. Anchor spacing - am Min. Edge Distance - em Effective depth, h (mm) 35 42 48 50 58 64 70 86 M8 60 60 3.3 4.1 3.7 8.7 4.4 10.1 8.2 11.8 50 60 75 65 M10 55 65 170 100 M12 75 90 150 100 M16 90 105
V*
fc (MPa) Xvc
20 1
30 1.22
40 1.41
50 1.55
Table 4c - Cracked concrete load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd Load direction effect, conc. edge shear, Xvd Angle, Xvd 0-55 1 60 1.1 70 1.2 80 1.5 90-180 2
V
h>1,5. e
Xve = e/em *e/em

a
e/em Xve
1.0 1.00
1.2 1.31
1.4 1.66
1.6 2.02
1.8 2.41
2.0 2.83
2.2 3.26
2.4 3.72
2.6 4.19
2.8 4.69
3.0 5.20
3.2 5.72

h>1,5. e
1.0 0.67 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00
1.2 0.84 0.93 1.02 1.11 1.20 1.30
1.4 1.03 1.12 1.22 1.32 1.42 1.52 1.62
1.6 1.22 1.33 1.43 1.54 1.64 1.75 1.86 1.96
1.8 1.43 1.54 1.65 1.77 1.88 1.99 2.10 2.21 2.33
2.0 1.65 1.77 1.89 2.00 2.12 2.24 2.36 2.47 2.59 2.71 2.83
2.2 1.88 2.00 2.12 2.25 2.37 2.50 2.62 2.74 2.87 2.99 3.11
2.4 2.12 2.25 2.38 2.50 2.63 2.76 2.89 3.02 3.15 3.28 3.41
2.6 2.36 2.50 2.63 2.77 2.90 3.04 3.17 3.31 3.44 3.71 3.71
2.8 2.62 2.76 2.90 3.04 3.18 3.32 3.46 3.60 3.74 4.02 4.02
3.0 2.89 3.03 3.18 3.32 3.46 3.61 3.75 3.90 4.04 4.33 4.33
3.2 3.16 3.31 3.46 3.61 3.76 3.91 4.05 4.20 4.35 4.65 4.65
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
a1
a2
a3 an-1
Xve =
h>1,5.e
3*e + a1 +a2 +a3 ++an-1 *e/em 3*n*em

1300 780 063
304
www.ramset.com.au
49.4
FIX Z A4
Table 4e - Cracked concrete Pryout failure, V0Rd,cp = VRk,cp / Mpr (kN) Mpr = 1.5, fc = 20 Mpa Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm) 35 42 48 50 58 64 70 86 M8 5.0 6.5 8.0 8.5 10.6 24.6 28.2 38.2 M10 M12 M16
4a 4b STEP 5
VRd,cp = V0Rd,cp * Xvc * Xvd * Xne*Xna

Table 5a - Cracked concrete steel shear resistance, VRd,s = VRk,s/Ms (kN), Ms = 1.5 for M8 to M12 and Ms = 1.8 for M16 Anchor size, db A4 316 Stainless Steel M8 7.5 M10 12.0 M12 17.4 M16 25.3
VRd = minimum of VRd,c , VRd,cp,VRd,s Check V*/VRd 1,

www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
305
49.4
FIX Z A4
STEP 6 6

Check
N*/NRd + V*/VRd 1.2,
Specify
Ramset FIX Z A4 Anchor (Anchor Size) ((Part Number)). Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.

Example
Ramset FIX Z A4 Anchor M12 (054650) Maximum fixed thickness to be 6 mm. To be installed in accordance with Ramset Technical Data Sheet.

Concrete Strength fc = 20 MPa Anchor Size (db) Effective Depth, h (mm) Tension load in (kN) Cracked Concrete N0 (mm) (short term) Displacement N (mm) (long term) Concrete Strength fc = 50 MPa Anchor Size (db) Effective Depth, h (mm) Tension load in (kN) Cracked Concrete N0 (mm) (short term) Displacement N (mm) (long term) M8 35 1.9 0.8 0.8 48 2.5 0.8 1.0 42 3.7 1.1 1.1 M10 58 4.6 1.1 1.1 50 4.6 0.5 0.8 M12 70 5.5 0.6 1.0 64 7.4 0.5 1.0 M16 86 9.8 0.6 1.0 M8 35 1.2 0.4 0.5 48 1.6 0.6 1.0 42 2.4 0.4 0.8 M10 58 3.0 0.6 1.0 50 3.0 0.5 0.8 M12 70 3.6 0.6 1.0 64 4.8 0.6 1.0 M16 86 6.4 0.3 1.0

Concrete Strength fc = 20 MPa to 50 MPa Anchor Size (db) Effective Depth, h (mm) Shear load in (kN) Cracked Concrete N0 (mm) (short term) Displacement N (mm) (long term) M8 35 5.4 4.2 (+0.7) 4.2 (+0.7) 48 5.4 4.2 (+0.7) 4.2 (+0.7) 42 8.6 4.4 (+1.2) 4.4 (+1.2) M10 58 8.6 4.4 (+1.2) 4.4 (+1.2) 50 12.4 4.6 (+1.2) 4.6 (+1.2) M12 70 12.4 4.6 (+1.2) 4.6 (+1.2) 64 18.1 5.0 (+1.2) 5.0 (+1.2) M16 86 18.1 5.0 (+1.2) 5.0 (+1.2)
Note: Displacement the tables above show the deformation to be expected from the anchor itself whilst the bracketed value indicates the additional movement between the anchor body and the hole in the fixture.
306
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
Cracked Concrete
Notes
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
307
50
Introduction
Cast-In Anchoring
Cast-In Anchoring
Cast-In Anchoring
Whether an application calls for precast or cast in-situ components, there is a suitable Cast-In solution for almost every design case. Ramset understands the importance of supporting the product with technically superior design information, such as this resource book, to guide correct product selection and safe installation. Extensive research, development and testing are invested by Ramset so that designers can be secure in the knowledge that they have access to the real performance and capabilities of Cast-in products. As many of the Cast-In solutions are also available from Ramset, all the technical information is developed and published in conjunction with our sister company Reid. Care should be taken to remember that this performance data should not be used to justify generic replacement that may appear physically similar, as the actual performance will be heavily influenced by the steel grade and manufacturing tolerances.
All Cast-In products are available in Zinc and Hot Dipped Galvanised to cater for a wide range of environmental conditions. Reid Elephant Foot Ferrules are also available in Stainless Steel. The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer to the ferrule range of Cast-In solutions and provides direction on where to obtain the performance information to allow selection of the right Cast-In solution for the job.
308
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
50-51
Cast-In Anchoring
Ferrules
Reid Elephant Foot Ferrules

50 GENERAL INFORMATION
Product
The Elephant Foot Ferrule is a premium grade, medium to heavy duty, cast-in ferrule.
Cast-In Anchoring

Improved security:
No cross bar required to develop rated capacity.
High Quality Material Options:

5.8 grade. 42 micron hot dip galvanised coating. Premium 316 SS.
Versatile:
Use in near or far face applications with our range of accessories. May be used with small rebar for fixing to mesh.
Small and lightweight precast fixing point Structural connections Curtain wall and panel facade fixings Temporary precast panel bracing points
Reid Round Bar Ferrules

51 GENERAL INFORMATION
Product
The Round Ferrule is a medium to heavy duty, cast-in ferrule.

Economical:
Simple cost effective design.

42 micron hot dip galvanised coating.
Structural connections Panel to panel connection High shear load applications Temporary precast panel bracing points
Versatile:
Use in near face, far face or side face applications with our range of accessories.
Double ended round bar ferrules, ideal for fixing points on both sides of the panel at the same location, are also available. Manufactured in M16 and M20 threads, to suit common panel thicknesses.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
To obtain a copy of the latest Reid Technical Design manual please contact a Reid Engineer on 1300 780 250.
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
309

Design Worksheet
Speciers Resource Book Design Worksheet
Project Design Location Project ID Design by

Sketch
Date Checked Notes

N* & V* are the per anchor load cases. Check both external and internal anchors for suitability. Tensile design action effect Shear design action effect Fixture thickness Concrete compressive strength Anchor spacing Edge distance No. of anchors in row parallel to edge N* V* t a e n degs. kN kN mm mm mm
fc MPa
Direction of shear load
STEP

Anchor Type
Table 1a Interaction Diagram Find intersection of N* and V* values. Select anchor size. Table 1b Absolute minima, am & em Check for compliance with absolute minima Step 1c Calculate effective depth, h
Tick
1
Anchor size selected? Comply with absolute minima? Effective depth, h calculated?
Tick Tick Tick
Notes for this application
310
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063

Design Worksheet
Speciers Resource Book Design Worksheet
STEP
Table 2a Concrete tensile capacity, Nuc Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xnc x Table 2c Edge distance effect, Xne x Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, external to a row, Xnae Table 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, Xnai x or
2
Calculate Nurc = Nuc * Xnc * Xne * (Xnae or Xnai) =
STEP
Table 3a Calculate steel tensile capacity, Nus Step 3b Confirm bolt tensile capacity, Ntf
3
Nur = Minimum of Nurc, Nus, Ntf N* / Nur 1.0 ? If not satisfied return to step 1.
/ = Tick
TENSILE DESIGNCOMPLETED
STEP
Table 4a Concrete shear capacity, Vuc Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xvc x Table 4c Load direction effect, Xvd x Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, Xva x Table 4e Multiple anchors effect, Xvn x
4
Calculate Vurc = Vuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn =
STEP
Table 5a Calculate steel shear capacity, Vus Step 5b Confirm bolt shear capacity, Vsf
5
Vur = Minimum of Vurc, Vus, Vsf V* / Vur 1.0 ? If not satisfied return to step 1.
/ = Tick
SHEAR DESIGNCOMPLETED
STEP
6 6
N* / Nur + V* / Vur 1.2 ? If not satisfied return to step 1.
Tick
DESIGNCHECK COMPLETED
Specify
www.ramset.com.au
1300 780 063
311
NSW/ACT QLD VIC/TAS SA/NT WA NATIONAL
For additional information or any further enquiries, contact your local Ramset engineer:
nswacteng@ramset.com.au qldeng@ramset.com.au victaseng@ramset.com.au santeng@ramset.com.au waeng@ramset.com.au nateng@ramset.com.au or call 0412 592 075 or call 0412 592 037 or call 0412 559 612 or call 0412 579 206 or call 0412 264 658 or call 0418 653 711
HEAD OFFICE SERVICE CENTRE 1 Ramset Drive, Chirnside Park Victoria 3116
STATE BRANCHES VICTORIA New South Wales 5/71 Victoria Crescent, Abbotsford 3067 71 Carnarvon Street, Silverwater 2128 1 Ramset Drive Chirnside Park, 3116 563 Gardeners Road, Mascot 2020 3/8 Channel Road, Mayeld West 2304 SOUTH AUSTRALIA 115 Sir Donald Bradman Drive, ACT Hilton 5033 5/19 Tennant Street, Fyshwick 2609
QUEENSLAND 281 Montague Road, West End 4101 153 Ingham Road, Townsville 4810 WESTERN AUSTRALIA 1/12 Colin Jamieson Drive, Welshpool 6106
ITW Australia Pty. Ltd. ABN 63 004 235 063 trading as Ramset. Trademarks of Cetram Pty. Ltd. used under licence by Ramset Copyright 2011 RAMSRBED3
Information included in this catalogue is correct at time of printing, but is subject to change without notice. In the interests of product improvement, Ramset reserves the right to alter product specifications as required. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure product selected is appropriate for its intended use. For further technical information go to www.ramset.com.au or contact Ramset on the numbers indicated. Ramset A division of ITW Australia Pty Ltd ABN 63 004 235 063. Trademarks of Cetram Pty. Ltd. used under licence by Ramset Copyright 2011
Sales, Orders and Enquiries

Tel:
Fax: Email: Web:
1300 780 063 1300 780 064
enquiry@ramset.com.au www.ramset.com.au

A Ramset SRB Ed3 Full Edition PDF

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

A Ramset SRB Ed3 Full Edition PDF

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Speciers

Speciers Resource Book

Ramset Products are Tested in Australia

It means our customers can specify with confidence!

Quality ISO 9001

Speciers Resource Book

WelcomeToTheRamset Specifiers Resource Book

Whats NEW in this edition?

1300 780 063

Speciers Resource Book

44 45 45 45 47 48 48 49-54 55 56 56 57-62 63 64 64 65-70 71 72 72 73-78 79 80 80 81-86

96 97-98 98 99 100 100 101-106 107 108 108 109-114

1300 780 063

PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS

Temporary or removable anchor.

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS

Stainless Steel High Corrosion resistance. HCR Grade 1.4529/1.4565.

Corrosion resistant. Not recommended for direct exposure to sunlight.

INSTALLATION RELATED SYMBOLS

Suitable for wall applications.

Anchors suitable for use in damp holes.

Suitable for overhead applications.

Anchors suitable for use in holes filled with water.

Suitable for hollow brick/block and hollow core concrete applications.

Suitable for use in drilled holes.

Anchor can be through fixed into substrate using fixture as template.

Suitable for use in cored holes.

Suitable for AAC and lightweight concrete applications.

Suitable for contact with drinking water for human consumption

1300 780 063

Speciers Resource Guide

1300 780 063

STRENGTH LIMIT STATE NOTATION (CRACKED CONCRETE)

1300 780 063

Select anchor to be evaluated

1300 780 063

Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchor

Nurc = Nuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai ) (kN)

Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchor

Design reduced ultimate tensile capacity, Nur

Nur = minimum of Nurc, Nus, Ntf

1300 780 063

Note down the value for Vuc

Vurc = Vuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn (kN)

1300 780 063

Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor

Vur = minimum of Vurc, Vus, Vsf

Combined loading and specification

N*/Nur + V*/Vur 1.2,

Specify the product to be used as detailed.

1300 780 063

Anchor spacing Fixture plate + grout thickness No. of anchors in shear

1300 780 063

Select anchor to be evaluated

Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchor

1300 780 063

ACTION Nus = 100.5 kN

20 / 30.7 = 0.65 1 Tensile design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 4.

Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor

Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor

45 / 56.6 = 0.80 1 Shear design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 6.

1300 780 063

Combined loading and specification

Check that the combined loading relationship is satisfied:

N/Nur + V/Vur 1.2,

N/Nur + V/Vur 1.2,

N/Nur + V/Vur 1.2,

4 .1.1 RAMSET ANCHOR DESIGN SOFTWARE v1.3